





THE 



J. in 











By M. J. K : E\ ./>:!¥, /. M. 

axthor of Compendium v> -it. at and TVLciern History. 



■P13VISKD AND ENLAKGED EDITION. 



Z\ 



K 




Xc?j> BALTIMORE; 

jOHN MURPHY ft CO., Publishers. 




B & if 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 



ho I 



Shelf :.,Ki8 a. 



UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



THE 



FIRST 

Class Book of History. 



DESIGNED FOR 



Pupils Commencing the Study of History; 
ith notations, adapted to titt Mu of $dtook 



By M> J. KERNEY, A. M. 

Author of Compendium of Ancient and Modern History ; 
Abridgment of Murray's Grammar, &c. 



Revised and Enlarged Edition brought down 
to Date. 



BALTIMORE: 



JOHN MURPHY & CO. , f> V 

v7rn J 



PUBLISHERS. 3"7S* 



Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1869, by 

JOHN MURPHY, 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Maryland. 

Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1893, by 

JOHN MURPHY & CO., 

in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



* 9 



v* 



«* 



PUBLISHERS' PREFACE. 



History being an indispensable part of an education, 
it is of the highest importance that only reliable and 
well tested books on this study should be used. The 
most desirable qualities are clearness, precision, and at- 
tractiveness. In this book these three cardinal points 
have always received especial attention, which, in a 
measure, explains its great success in the class-room. 

Many rapidly occurring events in the world's con- 
stantly changing history decided the publishers to issue 
this new edition, bringing the continuation of history 
down to the present year. For this reason this little 
book, that has passed through more editions than it has 
years of existence, is again offered to its patrons revised, 
enlarged, and in every respect improved. 

In order to make it conform in character with the 
author's larger work, the " Compendium of Ancient and 
Modern History," a synopsis of Sacred and Ancient 
History has been introduced; and in Modern History 
many new chapters are added, embracing the most im- 
portant recent events that have transpired in the civil- 
ized countries of the world. The chapters on Italy, 
Spain, Portugal, Greece, and Switzerland, and portions 
of the others are new — the whole being brought up to 
date. 

The publishers trust that in its improved form the 
book will find a place in a still wider circle of schools 
than that in which it has been heretofore known and 
appreciated, and they invite a careful review of this 
edition. 

Baltimore, August, 1893. 



CONTENTS. 



MSI 

Preface •••••• 8 

Introduction 9 

Chapter I. — Division of History IS 

Chapter II. — Sacred History 16 

ANCIENT HISTORY. 

Chapter HI. — The Egyptians 26 

Chapter IV. — The Phoenicians 82 

Chapter V. — The Assyrians and Babylonians 34 

Chapter VI. — The Medes and Persians 38 

Chapter VII. — India 44 

Chapter VIII. — Greece 46 

Chapter IX. — Rome 62 

MODERN HISTORY. 

Chapter X. — Discovery of America 91 

Chapter XI. — Discoveries made by other Navi- 
gators 104 

Chapter XII. — Discovery and Conquest of Mexico 106 
Chapter XIII. — Discovery and Conquest of Peru 120 

THE AMERICAN COLONIES. 

Chapter XIV. — Settlement of Virginia 125 

Chapter XV. " New York, New Jer- 
sey, and Delaware 185 

1* ▼ 



VI CONTENTS. 

PAGB 

Chapter XVI. — Settlement of Massachusetts ..... HI 
Chapter XVII. " New Hampshire, 

Connecticut, and Rhode Island 146 

Chapter XVIII. — Settlement of Maryland 149 

Chapter XIX. " Pennsylvania 155 

Chapter XX. " the Carolinas and 

Georgia 158 

Chapter XXL — The Indian Wars ...... 160 

Chapter XXII. — - The French War 167 



THE UNITED STATES. 

Chapter XXIII. — The Revolution 176 

Chapter XXIV. — Declaration of Independence 192 

Chapter XXV. — Battle of Brandy wine, Surren- 
der of Burgoyne, Destruction of Wyoming 195 

Chapter XXVI. — Gates's Defeat, the Treachery 

of Arnold, the Surrender of Lord Cornwallis 202 

Chapter XXVII. — The Formation of the Consti- 
tution 210 

Chapter XXVIII. — War with Great Britain — . 
Causes of the War, &c. 215 

Chapter XXIX. — Perry's Victory, Battle of the 

Thames, &c. . ., 219 

Chapter XXX. — The War with Mexico — 

Causes of the War, &c. 225 

Chapter XXXI. — From the Reduction of Vera 

Cruz to the Surrender of the City of Mexico 231 

Chapter XXXII. — American Civil War 235 



CONTENTS. Vll 

ENGLAND. 

PAGE 

Chapter XXXIII. — From the Conquest by the 

Romans, A. C. 55 to A. D. 827 245 

Chapter XXXIV. — From the Foundation of 

the Monarchy to the Norman Conquest — A. D. 

827 to 1066 251 

Chapter XXXV. — The Kings of the Norman 

Family— From A. D. 1066 to 1154 260 

Chapter XXXVI. — Family of Plantagenet — 

From A. D. 1135 to 1399 263 

Chapter XXXVII. — The Lancaster Family — 

From A. D. 1399 to 1461 273 

Chapter XXXVIII.— The House of York— 

From A. D. 1461 to 1485 , 275 

Chapter XXXIX.— The Tudor Family— From 

A. D. 1485 to 1603 279 

Chapter XL. — The Stuart Family — From A. D. 

1603 to 1714 291 

Chapter XLL— The House of Brunswick — From 

A. D. 1714 295 

FRANCE. 

Chapter XLIL— The Kingdom of the Franks... 303 
Chapter XLIII. — The Capetian Race of Kings 

of France— From A. D. 987 to 1328 307 

Chapter XLIV. — The House of Valois — Philip 

the Sixth— From A. D. 1328 to 1498 312 

Chapter XLV. — From the Accession of Louis 

XII. to the Reign of Henry III.— From A. D. 

1498 to 1589 320 



Viii CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Chapter XLV1. — House of Valois-Orleans — 

From A. D. 1589 to 1774 ., 327 

Chapter XLVII. — Louis the Sixteenth — The 
Revolution — Bonaparte — The Restoration — 

Napoleon III. 332 

Chapter XLVIII.— Ireland— The Early In- 
habitants — The Introduction of Christianity by 

St. Patrick , 350 

Chapter XLIX.— Ireland invaded by Henry II. 

of England 355 

Chapter L. — The Insurrection of 1798 361 

Chapter LI. — Italy 368 

Chapter LIL— Spain 380 

Chapter LIII. — Portugal 385 

Chapter LI V.— Poland 387 

Chapter LV.— Russia 390 

Chapter LVI. — Prussia and the German 

Empire 397 

Chapter LVII. — The Austrian Empire 402 

Chapter LVIII. — Sweden, Denmark, and 

Norway 400 

Chapter LIX. — Holland and Belgium 410 

Chapter LX. — Switzerland 413 

Chapter LXI— Greece (Modern) 415 

Chapter LXII. — The Middle Ages 418 

Chapter LXIII. — The Crusades 423 

Chapter LXIV. — Progress of Civilization... 426 



INTRODUCTION. 



L My young friends, you are about to entei 
-ipon a study which will unfold to you the 
secrets of the past, and lay open before you a 
wide field for the cultivation and improvement 
of your minds. 

2. From History you will learn to commune 
with the past, and to converse with people 
who have long since disappeared from the 
theatre of the world: you will learn the man- 
ners and customs of kingdoms and nations, 
which have arisen and flourished, and then 
fallen to ruin and decay 

3. From the pages of history you will gather 
the sad story of those great cities of old, whose 
mouldering ruins alone attest at the present 
day their former grandeur and power. 

Questions. — 1. What study are you about to enter 
npon? 2. From history what will you learn ? 8. From 
ihe pages cf history what will you gather ? 



10 INTRODUCTION. 

4. You will, moreover, find your task a pleas 
jng and delightful one. Every step of youi 
progress will open to you something new — 
something entertaining. Your little history 
will prove an interesting companion, with 
whom you can retire and converse on the 
events of bygone days. 

5. The advantages to be derived from the 
study of history are numerous, and should al- 
ways be kept in view. In the first place, it 
will enable you to profit by the writings of 
those already acquainted with the events of the 
past, and at the same time, it will render you 
capable of entertaining others less informed 
than yourselves. 

6. In the second place, you will learn from 
this study, experience, without undergoing the 
sad reality. When you read of those who 
have been wicked, and of the punishments 
with which they were afflicted for their 
crimes, learn also to avoid their example, lest 
perhaps you share in their misfortunes. 

Questions. — 4. What pleasures will you derive! 
6. What is the first advantage to be derived from his- 
tory? 6. In the second place, what is said? When 
you read of those who have been wicked, what should 
you learn? 



INTRODUCTION. 11 

7. On the other hand, let the example of 
fche great and good of whom you read, influ« 
ence your actions; let their virtues shine be- 
fore you as a burning light by which you may 
direct your course in the stormy sea of life, so 
that the evening of your days may be as calm 
and tranquil as your youth is happy and joy- 
ous. 

8. In perusing the pages of history, your 
hearts will often become sad, and your eyes 
will grow dim with the tear of sorrow, while 
contemplating the misguided zeal of particu- 
lar, individuals in matters of religion. But, 
my young friends, when you read of the 
intolerance which has sometimes been exer- 
cised by this class of persons, remember that 
this is to be attributed to the perversity of 
men, as persecution is not the spirit of Chris- 
tianity. The spirit of true religion is a spirit 
of charity, which inculcates love for all men 
without distinction. It is to the happy in- 
fluence of this spirit that we owe all the 
blessings we enjoy. 

Questions. — 7. On the other hand, what is said ? 8. In 
perusing the pages of history, what will you see to re- 
gret ? What should we remember ? 



12 INTRODUCTION. 

9. If then, my young readers, you be of di 
ferent opinions in matters of religion, enter- 
tain towards one another the kindest feelings ; 
and never make use of any expression that 
might, in the slightest degree, wound the re- 
ligious sensibilities of your companions. Ee- 
member, that we are all journeying forward 
to another and better world, where we hope 
to meet and dwell together in the bosom of 
our God. 



Questions. '-9. If then you be of different opinions ! 
What should w> remember ? 



First Class-Book of History. 



CHAPTEE I. 
Division of History. 



1. History is a written account of th« 
avents that have taken place in the world, of 
facts concerning nations, their origin, and their 
progress or decay. It is divided into two 
periods : 

2. First: — Ancient History, which com- 
prises the events that have occurred from the 
creation of the world to the early days of 
Christianity ; 

3. Second : — Modern History, which extends 
from that time to our days. 

4. That period of Modern History, extend- 
ng from the middle of the Fifth Century to 
the middle of the Fifteenth, is called the Mid- 
dle Ages. 



Questions. — 1. What is History? How is it divided? 
2. What is Ancient History? 3. Modern History? 
4 The History of the Middle Ages ? 

2 13 



14: DIVISION OF HISTORY. 

5. According to the nature of the subjects 
treated, History is also designated as Sacred, 
Profane, Ecclesiastical, or Civil. 

6. Sacred History is the narrative of events 
contained in the Scriptures or Bible, the only 
record we have of the creation and of the 
three thousand years that followed. It is 
confined especially to the history of the peo- 
ple of Israel, and only mentions the other na- 
tions of antiquity incidentally. 

7. Profane History, the earlier part of 
which is clouded in obscurity, is the history 
of the ancient Heathen peoples. 

8. Ecclesiastical History commences with 
the birth of our Saviour ; it is the history of 
His Church. 

9. The Civil or Political History of a nation 
is that which concerns its laws and govern- 
ment, and the changes caused therein by revo- 
lutions and wars. 

10. The History of the Middle Ages shows 
to us the barbarous customs of the Heathens 
giving way to the civilizing influence of 
Christianity; the idols and false gods crum- 
bling before the victorious cross; and the 
word of the true God penetrating alike into 

Questions. — 5. By what other names are the divi- 
sions of History designated? 6. What is Sacred His- 
tory? 7. Profane History ? 8. Ecclesiastical History 7 
9. Civil History? 10. Tell us about the Middle Ages. 



DIVISION OF HISTORY. 15 

fche palaces of the kings and the hovels of the 
poor. 

11. The remarkable circumstances of that 
period are the advent of Mahometanism, the 
establishment of Monastic Institutions, the 
Feudal system, the Crusades, and Chivalry. 

12. Modern History is extensively kno^n, 
thanks to the invention of the art of printing. 
Among the important events of this period, 
are the discovery of America, which opened 
a new world to enterprise; the Protestant 
Eeformation, which divided the Christian 
world; and the American and French Eevo- 
lutions — the former giving birth to a new 
people and proving a blessing to mankind; 
the latter convulsing the old world, steeping 
the French people in blood, and bequeathing 
to Europe a spirit of disorder and discontent. 

13. The progress made in the arts and 
sciences in our own days, is truly wonderful : 
and steam navigation, the magnetic and the 
submarine telegraph, are evidences of the genius 
of man, while they proclaim the greatness of 
God, who endowed man with a thinking mind 
— a soul. 

Questions. — 11. What are the remarkable circum- 
stances of that period ? 12. What of Modern History 1 
18. Tell as about more recent wonders in arts, &c. 



16 SACRED HISTORY. 

CHAPTEK II. 
Sacred History. 

1. The world, according to the chronolo- 
gical system generally adopted, was created 
about four thousand years before the Christian 
era. 

2. God alone is a Creator. Whatever man 
may invent or make, he must use an already 
existing substance ; but the Almighty created 
the universe from nothing. He willed, and 
ihe world was. 

3. The universe in all its admirable details, 
from the tiniest blade of grass to the mosi 
brilliant planet, was created in six days. Ou 
the sixth day, God made man from the dust 
of the earth, and breathed into him an imper- 
ishable soul. Thus, man was made superior 
to all the animals of the earth, over which he 
was given power. The first man was named 
Adam, which means terrestrial', or "from the 
earth/' 

4. Having contemplated His work and 
judged it perfect, God rested on the seventh 
day, which He sanctified and reserved as the 

Questions. — 1. When was the world created ? 2. Ex- 
plain the meaning of the word Creator. 3. In how many 
days was the world created? Who was the first man? 
4. What was done on the seventh day? 



SACRED HISTORY. 17 

day upon which all creatures should worship 
Him. 

5. God, in His admirable goodness, deemed 
that a companion similar in perfection should 
be given to man ; and having cast Adam into 
a deep sleep, He took from his side a rib, out 
of which He formed the first woman, to whom 
He gave the name of Eve, which means Life, 
because she was destined to give life to the 
human race. 

6. The Almighty having thus provided for 
man's happiness, placed him with his com- 
panion in the Garden of Eden, situated in 
Asia Minor, and through which flowed the 
rivers Tigris and Euphrates. 

7. Eden was a terrestrial paradise in which 
the most delicious fruits abounded and nature 
was clothed in perpetual verdure. Peace and 
harmony reigned in that delightful spot, — the 
lion played with the lamb. Such was the 
home given to our first parents by a bountiful 
God. He made one reservation only: in the 
middle of the garden was a tree called the 
Tree of Knowledge, and the fruit of this tree, 
God commanded Adam and Eve not to taste. 

QtESTiONS. — 5. Whom did Adam get for companion? 
5. Where did God place Adam and Eve? 7. Describe 
the Garden of Eden. What was God's command to 
Adam and Eve ? 
3* 



18 SACRED HISTORY. 

8. God also created the Angels, spiritual 
6eings who do not live in the flesh like man. 
Some of the Angels, led by Satan, the proudest 
of them all, rebelled against the Lord, who in 
punishment of their crime, shut from them 
the light of Heaven, and sentenced them to 
live in eternal banishment from Him. When 
Adam and Eve were put in the Garden of 
Eden, Satan, jealous of the happiness of these 
newly created beings, resolved to tempt them 
to do evil. 

9. The Lord permitted this, because having 
given man an intelligent mind capable of dis- 
tinguishing good from evil, He left him free 
to do or avoid wrong. 

10. Satan persuaded Eve to taste of the for- 
bidden fruit, and she induced her husband to 
partake of it. For this act of ingratitude and 
disobedience, God banished them from Eden, 
and ordained that they should be subject to 
disease and death. 

11. Adam and Eve now reaped the bitter 
fruits of disobedience. They felt the pangs 
of hunger, and had to labor to obtain the 
food that the earth had hitherto yielded 
them spontaneously ; the animals fled their 

Questions. — 8. What about the Angels ? What did 
Satan resolve ? 9. Why did God permit this? 10. How 
was Eve tempted, and what resulted ? 11. What wap 
the condition of our first parents after their fall » 



SACKED HISTORY. 19 

approach or rebelled against them; they suf- 
fered from cold and heat. They suffered 
bodily pain, and were soon to experience sor- 
row : they had children, and Cain, their first- 
born, killed his brother Abel in a fit of jealousy. 

12. The descendants of Adam became so 
wicked that they provoked the anger of the 
Almighty. Ten generations only had suc- 
ceeded our first parents, and mankind was 
already deemed unfit to live. There was, 
however, one just man, the patriarch Noah, 
who found favor in the eyes of the Lord, and 
was excepted with his family from the gen- 
eral destruction. 

13. God commanded Noah to build a large 
vessel called an ark, and to give shelter in it 
to several of each kind of beasts, birds and 
reptiles. Noah obeyed this command, and fol- 
lowing the Lord's instructions, shut himself 
up in the ark with his family. 

14. God then caused heavy rains to fall for 
forty days, and the rivers and seas to overflow 
the*r boundaries. The earth was covered with 
water, and all creatures perished, except those 
in the ark. This event is termed the Deluge, 
and occurred some 1700 years after the Crea- 
tion, and 2300 B. C. 

Questions. — 12. How did the descendants of Adam 
behave? What just man found favor with the Lord? 
13. What did Noah, by command of God? 14. What 
followed ? 



20 SACRED HISTORY. 

15. The flood having subsided, the ark retted 
on a mountain called Ararat, and Noah and 
his family went forth, followed by the animals. 

16. Noah, his three sons, Shem, Cham and 
Japhet, with their numerous descendants, all 
lived together as one people, speaking the 
same language. About a hundred years after 
the Deluge, they resolved to build a tower 
reaching to the skies, which should render 
their name famous, and afford a safe retreat 
in case of another flood. 

17. They commenced the execution of this 
project, and the tower had already attained a 
great height, when God, to punish their pre- 
sumption, struck them with confusion. The 
workmen commenced speaking different lan- 
guages, and could no longer understand one 
another. They therefore separated, and went 
in every direction. Shem's descendants re- 
mained in Asia ; Japhet's settled in Europe, 
and Cham's spread over a portion of Asia and 
into Africa. The unfinished tower received 
the name of Babel, which means confusion. 

18. Thus the different nations originated 
Those descendants of Noah, who forgot the 

Questions. — 15. What became of those in the ark ? 
16. What of the descendants of Noah ? 17. What wai 
the result of this undertaking? What name was given 
to the unfinished tower ? 



SACKED HISTORY. 21 

teachings of their fathers and gradually be- 
came idolaters and pagans, disappear in the 
night of time ; and when we find them again 
under the name of Egyptians, Phoenicians, 
and others, their traditional history is lost. 
The posterity of Shem, who remained faithful 
to the true God, preserved theirs, and it is this 
traditional history, beginning with the crea- 
tion, that has been transmitted to us by the 
sacred writer Moses. It is to be found in the 
Bible, the only authentic record of those early 
times. 

19. Abraham, the ninth lineal descendant of 
Shem, went by command of God into the land 
of Canaan or Palestine, and became the father 
of the Hebrew nation ; a people destined to 
preserve the true knowledge and worship of 
God, until the coming of the Messiah. They 
took the name of Israelites, also, from Jacob, 
called Israel, the son of Isaac and grandson 
*f Abraham. 

20. Jacob had twelve sons, who became the 
patriarchs of the twelve tribes of Israel. The 
Israelites left the land of Canaan and moved 
into Egypt, where they were at first prosper- 
ous, but the Egyptians, jealous of their grow- 
ing numbers, oppressed them. 

Questions. — 18. What became of the descendants of 
Noah? 19. Who settled in Canaan? From whom did 
the Israelites take their name ? 20. Tell us about the 
ions of Jacob. 



22 SACRED HISTORY. 

21. They were at last, with the help of God, 
delivered from the Egyptians, by Moses, 1491 
B. C. Crossing the Eed Sea dry-shod, they 
entered into what is now the desert of Arabia, 
and fifty days after their departure from Egypt 
received the Divine Law, communicated from 
Mount Sinai to their leader. The idolatry 
they had learned from the Egyptians, and 
their other infidelities to God, brought upon 
them a severe punishment. He detained them 
wandering for forty years in the desert, before 
they were allowed to enter the promised land 
of Canaan. Moses died within sight of it, and 
his successor, Joshua, put them in possession. 

22. The Israelites, after their arrival in Ca- 
naan, were for three hundred years governed 
by Judges under the wise laws framed by 
Moses ; had they always observed those laws, 
they would have been happy, but they trans- 
gressed them, and God permitted that they 
should be persecuted and even subjugated by 
their enemies, the Madianites, the Ammonites, 
and the Philistines. 

23. But the Lord, who wished to punish and 
not to destroy his chosen people, gave them 
from time time, as they repented of their 
errors, some great man for Judge, who deliv- 
ered them from the oppression of their ene- 

Questions. — 21. Who led the Israelites out of Egypt! 
22. Did the Israelites respect the laws ? 



SACRED HISTORY. 25 

mies. The most illustrious of these heaven- 
inspired chiefs were Gideon, Deborah, Jephtha, 
Samson, and Samuel. 

24. At last, the people of Israel became tired 
of being governed by judges, and they clam- 
ored for a king. The difference between a 
judge and a king in Israel was, that the judge 
only enforced the execution of the laws be- 
queathed by Moses, whereas the king could 
make new laws. The venerable Samuel, their 
last judge, was inspired by the Lord to select 
the king whom He had consented to give His 
people. Samuel anointed Saul, a young man 
of the tribe of Benjamin, 1095 B. C. 

25. King Saul gained great victories over 
his enemies, but becoming disobedient to G-od, 
the divine favor was withdrawn from him. 
David, a youth of the tribe of Judah, was at 
this time anointed by Samuel for the office of 
king, but did not begin to govern until after 
the death of Saul, who reigned for forty years, 
and then put an end to his own life, 1055 B. C. 

26. David established the seat of his king- 
dom at Sion or Jerusalem, which he captured 
from the Jebusites. During his reign of forty 
years, he was engaged in many wars, but was 
always successful; and at his death left his 

Questions. — 23. What great men did the Lord send 
them ? 24. What change took place in their rulers ! 
2fi. What is said of Saul ? 26. Who succeeded Saul ? 



24 SACRED HIS'IOK* 

people prosperous and happy. After his death^ 
the kingdom passed into the hands of his son, 
the wise Solomon. This prince signalized hip 
reign by building the Temple of Jerusalem, 
one of the most magnificent structures ever 
dedicated to the glory of God, 1000 B. C. 

27. After Solomon's death, his kingdom was 
divided by the revolt of ten tribes against the 
authority of Eoboam, his son and successor, 
975 B. C. The tribes of Judah and Benjamin 
alone remained faithful to him, and formed 
the kingdom of Judah, whose people were the 
Jews properly so called. They were after- 
wards joined by the tribe of Levi, and by some 
families from other .tribes. 

28. Jeroboam, the successful leader of the 
revolt, established for himself and his succes- 
sors the kingdom of Israel. These Israelites 
soon became idolaters, but their kingdom en- 
dured for two hundred and fifty-four years, 
and in 721 B. C. was overrun by the Assy- 
rians. The people were carried captives to 
Nineveh, and were replaced by Assyrians, who 
afterwards became the Samaritan nation. 

29. The royal family of David, which was 
destined to give to the world a Saviour, gov* 

Questions. — 26. Who was David's successor ? What 
iid he do ? 27. What happened after Solomon's death ! 
28. What became of the followers of Jeroboam ? 28. 
How long did the family of David govern the Jews ? 



SACRED HISTORY. 25 

arned the Jews during 387 years. In 606 B. C. 
Jerusalem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar II., 
k'ng of Babylon, and the city, as well as the 
great Temple built by Solomon, razed to the 
ground. 

30. Then commenced the captivity of the 
Jews in Babylon. It lasted seventy years, 
and it was only when Cyrus the Great, king 
of Persia, conquered the Babylonian empire, 
that this unfortunate people were permitted 
to return to their country, and to rebuild the 
city and temple of Jerusalem, 536 B. 0. 

31. But the Jews, so often blessed by the 
manifest protection of Grod, as often incurred 
His displeasure by their ingratitude, and were 
successively subjugated by the Persians, the 
Egyptians, the Syrians, the Macedonians, and 
finally by the Eomans, 63 B. 0. 

32. Judea was still a Roman province when 
God, fulfilling His promise, sent a Saviour to 
mankind. But even this proof of His divine 
love did not open the eyes of the Jews. They 
crucified our Lord Jesus Christ ; according to 
His prophecy, Jerusalem was completely de- 

Questions. — 29. What happened after that time? 
80. Tell us about the captivity of the Jews. 31. What 
was the subsequent fate of the Jews ? 32. What great 
event happened after Judea had becc me a Roman prov- 
ince ? How was the prophecy of oui Lord Jesus Christ 
fulfilled ? 



26 TflE EGYPTIANS. 

stroyed by the Romans, seventy yeais after 
His death; and the Jews, dispersed all over 
the world, remain to this day a people with- 
out a country. 



CHAPTER III. 

Ancient History — The Egyptians. 

1, Although the history of the Assyrians 
can be traced back to an earlier period than 
that of the other Heathen nations, we give 
precedence to the Egyptians because they were 
the most advanced in civilization, and in the 
knowledge of various sciences, which they in- 
troduced into other countries by means of their 
colonies. 

2. Egyp' ie situated on the north-eastern 
coast of Africa, and is connected with Asia by 
the isthmus of Suez. Its soil is sterile, with 
the exception of the low lands through which 
the river Nile has its course. This river has 
periodical overflows which last three months, 
and the alluvial deposit, with which the soil 
remains covered after the water has retired, 
is a great fertilizer. 

Questions.— 1. Which is the first among Heathen 
nations ? 2. Tell us about Egypt. 



THE EGYPTIANS. 2? 

3. The early history of this country is very 
obscure. Various dynasties succeeded each 
other in its government, the first of which is 
said to have been founded by Mizraim or 
Kenes, a son of Cham, 2188 B. C. 

4. The second dynasty, founded by Arabian 
conquerors, was that of the Shepherd Kings. 
It was one of these who made Joseph his vice- 
gerent. Joseph, with the consent of Pharaoh 
(a name borne by most of the Egyptian kings), 
gave lands to his father Jacob, and all his 
family, in Egypt. The Shepherd Kings con- 
tinued in power for two hundred and sixty 
years, when they were expelled, about 1600 
B. C. 

5. Aline of native princes succeeded. These 
oppressed the Israelites, the descendants of 
Jacob, until their deliverance by Moses, 1498 
B.C. 

6. Sesostris, who ascended the throne about 
the year 1490 B. C, was one of the most re- 
markable kings of Egypt, both as a conqueror 
and a legislator. He made several warlike 
expeditions, in thercourse of which he subdued 
the Ethiopians, overran a large part of Asia, 
and left colonies in Greece and elsewhere. He 

Questions. — 3. What about the early history of 
the Egyptians ? 4. Who conquered the Egyptians ? 
6. What kings succeeded the Shepherd Kings ? 6. Tel] 
ub about gesostris. 



28 THE EGYPTIANS. 

divided the people into classes, according to 
their callings, protected and encouraged the 
arts, and constructed some of the great monu- 
ments that embellished interior Egypt. 

7. Towards 670 B. C, the historical data 
concerning the Egyptians become more pre- 
cise. Psammeticus, who then reigned in Egyptx 
opened its ports to the Greeks for the purposes 
of commerce. His son and successor, Pharaoh 
Necho, undertook to connect the Nile with 
the Eed Sea, by means of a canal. He failed 
in this enterprise, but signalized his reign by 
sending Phoenician navigators on a voyage of 
exploration, which lasted three years. They 
started from the Eed Sea, went around the 
continent of Africa, and arrived at the mouth 
of the Nile. 

8. The son of Necho was dethroned by 
Amasis, who extended considerably the com- 
mercial intercourse between Egypt and Greece. 
It was then that Solon and Pythagoras visit- 
ed Egypt to study her civilization. They re- 
turned to their country, the former to pub- 
lish his laws, and the latter to spread nig 
doctrines. 

Questions. — 7. When does the history of Egypt be- 
come more precise ? What about Psammeticus ? About 
his successor? 8. Who dethroned the son of Necho! 
Who visited Egypt about that time ? 



THE EGYPTIANS. 29 

9. Towards the year 525 B. C, Cambyses, 
King of Persia, conquered Egypt and made it 
a Persian province. Cambyses rendered him- 
self odious to the Egyptians by killing, witb 
hie own hands, the ox Apis, which they ven- 
erated as one of their gods. 

10. Two hundred years later, Egypt again 
changed masters, and became part of the do- 
minions of the famous Macedonian conqueror, 
Alexander the Great. Ptolemy, a Macedonian 
general, was appointed governor, who, after 
Alexanders death, took the title of king. 
Thus was founded the dynasty of the Ptole- 
mies, which occupied the throne until the 
death of the renowned Queen Cleopatra, the 
last lineal descendant of Ptolemy, 30 B. C. 

11. After the battle of Actium, Egypt became 
a Eoman province. The country that had been 
the cradle of arts and science, and which had 
stood at the head of civilization, fell into in- 
significance, and bore the yoke, successively, of 
the Arabs, the Turks, and the Mamelukes. It 
was, and still is subjected to the Ottoman Em- 
pire, at least nominally. The prophecy of 
Ezekiel that Egypt should never again be ruled 
by native monarchs, has been fulfilled during 
the last twenty-three centuries. 

Qitbstions. — 9. Who conquered Egypt? What did 
Cambyses dc ? 10. What happened two hundred years 
later? How was a new dynasty founded? 11. What 
occurred after the battle of Actium ? 
3* 



80 THE EGYPTIANS. 

12. The Egyptians were not habitually a 
warlike people, but principally devoted them- 
selves to the peaceful pursuits of agriculture 
and commerce, and to the study of the sciences. 
They were idolaters, and worshipped the ox, 
the dog, the cat, the crocodile, &c. They 
even counted a number of lesser divinities in 
the vegetable kingdom. 

13. They had, however, many wise laws and 
interesting customs. Their kings, after death, 
were publicly tried — the people having the 
right to accuse their memory of the faults 
committed during their lifetime — and, if found 
guilty, they were denied honorable burial. 
The soldier who showed cowardice was de- 
graded, but could redeem his honor by good 
conduct afterwards; those who falsely accused 
others, suffered the same punishment that the 
alleged criminal would have received. 

14. The three principal cities of Egypt, 
Ileliopolis, Memphis, and Thebes, each elected 
a number of judges, in proportion to their re- 
spective population. These judges, thirty in 
number, composed the tribunal or court of 
justice. To avoid the seductions of eloquence, 

Questions. — 12. Describe the character of the Egyp- 
tians ; their religion. 13. Tell us about the laws and 
customs of Egypt. 14. What capital cities were there 
in Egypt? How did the judges render justice ? 



THE EGYPTIANS. 31 

contending parties had to submit their case in 
writing. When a decision was rendered, the 
presiding judge touched the party gaining ttie 
suit with a small figure representing truth j 
thus implying that truth alone had dictated 
the judgment. 

15. The Egyptians wove fine cloths, and 
manufactured elaborately painted vases, long 
before these articles were known in othor 
countries. They have left stupendous monu- 
ments of their architectural skill, among whicn 
are the famous pyramids, and the lofty obe- 
lisks cut of one piece. Some of these obelisks 
were carried to Eome during the reign of the 
.Roman emperors, and still adorn that city; 
another was shipped to Paris, with great 
trouble and expense, during the reign of Louis 
Philip. 

16. The Egyptians were skilled in astronomy 
and other sciences, and in agriculture. Their 
large commerce was carried on by the Phoeni- 
cians. They invented the art of embalming 
dead bodies; and the mummies prepared by 
them three thousand years ago, are still in a 
fine state of preservation. 

Questions. — 15. Tell us about the industry of Egypt. 
A.bout the pyramids and obelisks. 16. What is said of 
the knowledge of the Egyptians ? 



82 THE PHOENICIANS. 

CHAPTEK IY. 
The Phoenicians. 

1. The Phoenicians were hardy navigators 
who lived in Asia, on the Mediterranean coast. 
Without any other compass than the polar 
star, they undertook distant voyages for the 
purposes of trade. They founded colonies in 
the islands of Cyprus and Rhodes ; in Greece, 
Sicily, and Sardinia. Their barks even braved 
the perils of the ocean, and they visited sev- 
eral European ports. They established a 
mart at Cadiz, in Spain ; and it is believed, 
even left a colony in Ireland. 

2. The Phoenicians were instrumental in 
propagating the discoveries in the sciences 
and arts, made by the nations with which 
they trafficked ; and yet, very little is known 
of their own history. They founded several 
flourishing towns, three of which were famous 
for wealth and splendor — Sidon, Tyre and Car- 
thage. The first of these is said to have been 
founded by Sidon, the great-grandson of Noah. 

3. Tyre is celebrated in part for its well- 
known dye. This discovery was accidental. 
A hungry dog seeing a small shell-fish on the 

Questions. — 1. Who were the Phoenicians? 2. What 
is known of their history ? What cities did they found 
8. How was the purple dye discorered ? 



THE PHOENICIANS. 38 

eea-beach. proceeded to eat it. As he crushed 
the shell between his teeth, his jaws were 
dyed a bright and beautiful color. Some 
Tymns, who had witnessed this incident, 
were so struck with the richness of this new 
color, that they collected a quantity of these 
shells, and succeeded in extracting from them 
the precious liquid. It was successfully ap- 
plied to dyeing, and Tyrian purple, on account 
of its beauty and rarity, became the color 
worn by kings. 

4. Tyre preserved all the advantages of a 
capital city and great commercial mart until 
the rise of Carthage, in Africa, founded in 880 
B. C, by a colony from Tyre, under Queen Dido. 

5. Carthage became so powerful as to rival 
Eome and to arouse her jealousy and hatred. 
Thirty-one years after the death of Hannibal, 
her most renowned general, the famous Roman 
general Scipio, surnamed the African, destroyed 
the city, and ended the power of the Phoeni- 
cians, B. C. 146. 

6. To this sea-faring people we owe one of 
the greatest inventions of ancient times — the 
letters of the alphabet. Previously to this in- 
vention, people made use of hieroglyphics, that 
is, of pictures, instead of letters and words; a 

Questions. — 4. What city surpassed Tyre? 5. Tell 
us about Carthage. 6. For what invention are we in- 
debted to the Phoenicians ? 



34 THE ASSYRIANS AND BABYLONIANS. 

slow and imperfect mode of conveying thought. 
The alphabet is ascribed, perhaps justly, to the 
Egyptians, but the Phoenician, Cadmus, first 
introduced it into Greece, whence it has been 
transmitted to us after some modifications. 



CHAPTEE Y. 
The Assyrians and Babylonians. 

1. The Assyrians and Babylonians inhabited 
Mesopotamia; a fertile country situated be- 
tween the rivers Tigris and Euphrates, and 
favored by nature with a great variety of pro- 
ductions. 

2. Their two empires, the first known in 
Asia, became united under Ninus, King of 
Assyria, about 1267 B. C. Niniveh became 
the capital of the united kingdom, but Baby- 
lon, as enlarged and embellished by Seniira- 
mis, the wife of Ninus, was considered the 
most magnificent city, not only of the empire, 

ut of the world. 

3. Semiramis reigned alone after her hus- 
band's death, and increased her dominions by 

Questions. — 1. What people lived in Mesopotamia? 
2. How were the two empires united? Tell us about 
the two great citie*, 3. Tell us about Semiramis. 



THE ASSYRIANS AND BABYLONIANS. 35 

several conquests. The failure of her last ex- 
pedition against India, in which she lost one 
hundred thousand men, shortened her life, and 
she died soon after her return to Babylon. 
She had reigned forty-two years, and was one 
of the greatest sovereigns of ancient times. 

4. Her son, Kmyas, who succeeded her in 
the government of the empire, was as con- 
temptible as his mother had been great. He 
led a life of idleness a&d pleasure; and, un- 
worthy of the love of his subjects, forced their 
submission by means of a standing army. 
Little is known of his deeds or those of his 
successors, for thirty generations, until we 
come to Sardanapalus, whose disastrous end 
made him famous in history. 

5. This effeminate prince led a most shame- 
ful life. The people conspired to overthrow 
the tyrant; and Arbaces, governor of Media, 
and Belesis, governor of Babylon, became thek 
leaders. At the first news of this revolt, Sar- 
danapalus hid himself in his palace, but his 
officers compelled him to march against the 
rebels. His army was vanquished, and pur- 
sued to the very gates of Niniveh, where the 
fugitive king sought refuge. 



Questions. — 4. Who was her suCoes&j I Tell us of 
this prince's reign and of his successors. 5. What hap 
pened during the reign of Sardanapalus ? 



36 THE ASSYRIANS AND BABYLONIANS. 

6. The city was besieged ; and Sardanapalus 
finding it impossible to resist, caused a funeral 
pyre to be built in the palace court; and after 
placing himself on it, with his wives, his eu- 
nuchs and his treasures, had it fired, and per- 
ished in the flames. 

7. By the death of Sardanapalus or Saracus, 
747 B. C, an end was put to the first Assyrian 
empire. Media, under Arbaces, and Babylon 
under Nabonassar, became distinct kingdoms. 
The second Assyrian empire begins with the 
series of the kings of Niniveh, whose reigns 
cover a period of one hundred and twenty 
years. In 676 B. C, Niniveh was destroyed 
by the Medes and Babylonians under Cyax- 
ares, and Babylon became the seat of the em- 
pire, until its destruction by Cyrus, 538 B. C. 
This event ended also the seventy years' cap- 
tivity of the Jews. 

8. Nitocris, one of the queens of Baby' ? iia, 
gave her successors a good lesson on avarice 
and the thirst for wealth. She caused her 
tomb to be built over the principal gate of the 
city, and a report to be spread that a great 
treasure would be buried with her. On the 
tomb was an inscription warning her succes- 
sors not to disturb her ashes. Darius, one of 

Questions. — 6. What was his fate? 7. What fol- 
lowed ? What occurred during this period ? 8. Tell us 
the anecdote about the queen's tomb. 



THE ASSYRIANS AND BABYLONIANS. 37 

her successors, instead of respecting her last 
wishes, broke open the tomb*, but the only 
thing he found near the body was a tablet 
upon which these words were engraved : "If 
thouwert not thirsting for vain lucre, and the 
prey of the basest avarice, thou wouldst not 
have desecrated the abode of the dead." 

9. The last king of Babylon was Belshazzar, 
under whose reign lived the prophet Daniel, 
who had enjoyed so much consideration at the 
court of King Nebuchadnezzar II. Belshaz- 
zar was the impious and dissolute king whose 
downfall was foretold by the mysterious writ- 
ing on the wall, interpreted by Daniel. He 
was killed at the taking of Babylon by Cyrus 
the Great, King of Persia, by which event 
Babylon became a Persian province. 

10. The Babylonians or Chaldeans cultivated 
the sciences, and gave much attention to the 
study of astronomy. They discovered the 
solar year to be composed of 365 days and 6 
hours. They were the inventors of the sun- 
dial, and of astrology, or divination by means 
of the planets. The Chaldean doctors were 
palled Magi : thence is derived the word 
Magic. 

Questions. — 9. Who was the last king of Babylon? 
What is said of him ? 10. Describe the character of the 
Babylon .ans. 

4 



38 THE MEDES AND PERSIANS. 

CHAPTEK VI. 

The Medes and Persians. 

1. The Medes, who, like the Persians, lived 
beyond the river Tigris, threw off the yoke of 
the Assyrians during the reign of Sardanapa- 
lus, and about 708 B. C. elected Dejoces for 
their king. 

2. Dejoces was a wise and peaceful prince, 
who, during thirty years that he reigned, 
labored to soften the natural fierceness of his 
people, ind to inspire them with the love of 
peace. His successor, Phraortes, was more 
warlike and ambitious. He conquered the 
Persians, and having joined their forces to his 
own, overran Asia. He even dared to attack 
the Assyrians; but was defeated by Nebu- 
chadnezzar and killed. 

3. His son, Cyaxares, continued the war; 
and finally took Nineveh and destroyed it, 626 
B. C. Astyages, the son of this king, gov- 
erned the kingdom after his father's death foi 
thirty-five years, with great wisdom, dying 
in 560 B. C. Astyages left a son and a daughter, 
the former of whom succeeded him as Cyan- 

Questions. — 1. How did the Medes form a kingdom? 
2. Tell us about Dejoces and his successor. 3. What 
followed ? 



THE MEDES AND PERSIANS. 8fc 

ares II., and the other, Mandana, by her mar- 
riage with Cambyses, Prince of Persia, became 
the mother of the future king, Cyrus. 

4. Cyrus gave early signs of his future great- 
ness; when quite young he commanded the 
army of his father Cambyses. At the head 
of the Persian allies he gained for his uncle 
Cyaxares, two glorious victories over the Baby- 
lonians and the troops of Croesus, king of 
Lydia. 

5. The name of this Lydian king, who was 
immensely wealthy, has become proverbial, 
and " as rich as Croesus " is a familiar expres- 
sion everywhere. A touching incident is re- 
ported concerning his only son, who was dumb. 
At the storming of Sardis, a soldier was about 
to deal a fatal blow to the king; the young 
prince's emotion upon seeing his father's dan- 
ger was so great that it burst the bonds that 
held his tongue captive, and he exclaimed 
aloud: " Soldier! do not kill Croesus !" 

6. Cyrus followed up his victories. From 
Lydia, he marched upon Babylon, which he 
took by stratagem, 538 B. C. After this, 
Babylon fell into decay, and is site is now 
only a heap of ruins. These events had all 



Questions. — 4. Tell u^ about Cyrus the Great. 5. Re- 
late the anecdote about Croesus. 6. What did Cyrui 
aftei his victory ever Croesus ? 



4.0 THE MEDES AND PERSIANS. 

been predicted by the prophets Isaiah atd 
Jeremiah. Thus fell the Babylonian or sec- 
ond Assyrian Empire, two hundred and ten 
years after its formation, and eighty-eight 
after tho fall of Nineveh. 

7. Cyrus, by his marriage with the onrj 
child of his uncle, Cyaxares, became the heir 
of the kingdom of Media, as he was already 
heir to that of Persia through his father Cam- 
byses. By their decease he ascended the throne 
as king, and founded the Persian Empire, 536 
B. C. The first year of the reign of Cyrus the 
Great was made memorable by his generous 
treatment of the Israelites, who had Deen held 
captive in Babylon for seventy years. He set 
them free, permitted them to rebuild the 
temple of Jerusalem, and restored to them all 
Judea. 

8. Cambyses the Younger, in 529 B. C, suc- 
ceeded his father Cyrus, whom he was far 
from resembling, being vindictive and cruel, 
and possessing none of the noble qualities 
which had earned for his predecessor the sur- 
name of Great. The conquest of Egypt, 525 
B. C.j was the only remarkable event of his 
reign. He had unjustly put to death his sis- 
ter and brother. During his absence in Egypt, 

Qi/estions. — 7. What more in regard to Cyrus* 
8 Who succeeded Cyrus ? What is said of Cambyses 



THE MEDES AND PERSIANS. 41 

an impostor assumed the name of this brother, 
Smerdis, and usurped the throne. Cambyses 
died in Egypt, 522 B. C. Id the following 
year the imposition was discovered, and the 
pretended Smerdis was slain by the lords of 
the court. 

9. Darius Hystaspes, one of these lords, 
was proclaimed king. The Babylonians re- 
volted, but through the self-devotion of one of 
his officers, Zopyrus, Darius obtained posses- 
sion of the city, and then .demolished its bra- 
zen gates and other defences. Darius invaded 
Scythia without result, but added India, Mace- 
don, Thrace, and numerous islands to his 
empire. 

10. Hippias, an exile from Athens, having 
stirred up the Persian governor of Sardis 
against the Athenians, the Athenians in re- 
venge assisted the Greeks of the Persian empire 
in a revolt, and destroyed Sardis, 500 B. C. 
Darius therefore formed an expedition against 
Athens, but was defeated at the celebrated bat- 
tle of Marathon, 490 B. C. Thus began that 
long contest between the Greeks and the Per- 
sians, which was to end in the destruction of 
the Persian empire. 

11. At the death of Darius, in 485 B. C, 
Xerxes, his son, succeeded to the throne. He 

Questions. — 9. What is said of the reign of Dariua 
Hystaspes ? 10. Of the Greeks during his reign ? 
11. Who succeeded Darius? 



42 THE MEDES AND PERSIANS 

invaded Greece with more than two millions 
of men, but was defeated at the battle of Sala- 
mis, 480 B C, and in the following year at 
Platsea and Mycale. His reign is supposed 
to have lasted twelve years ; and ended in his 
violent death. 

12. Artaxerxes I., called Longimanus from 
the length of his hands, succeeded his father 
Xerxes. The defeats suffered by him from 
the Greeks occasioned him to conclude a 
peace with them, 449 B. C. Three sons of 
this king succeeded him, one after the other, 
the third of whom, Darius Nothus, reigned 
for nineteen years, leaving for successor, Arta- 
xerxes II., his son, 405 B. C. 

13. This prince, called Mnemon from his 
remarkable memory, intrusted his brother, 
Cyrus the Younger, with important commands. 
Cyrus, being desirous of supreme power, ad- 
vanced with Greek allies upon his brother, 
but was killed in battle. The Greeks, although 
not unsuccessful, were obliged to return to 
their own country through great dangers- 
This retreat is known in history as the Re- 
treat of the Ten Thousand, 399 B. C. 

14. The Persian empire endured under thres 
more kings, the thirteenth and last king being 

Questions. — 12. Who succeeded Xerxes? 13. TclJ 
as about the successor of Xerxes 



THE MEDES AND PERSIANS. 43 

Darius Codomanus. In the battle of Arbela., 
331 B. C, he was vanquished by Alexander 
the Great, and an end was put to the Persian 
empire, after it had lasted two hundred and 
six years from its foundation oy Cyrus the 
Great. 

15. The Persians at first adored the Spirit 
of God, but afterwards became worshippers 
of the sun and of fire. They built no temples, 
saying that to enclose the Deity between walls 
would be an insult. 

16. The Persian provinces were governed 
by officers called satraps, over whom were 
three superintendents, who reported to the 
king. The prophet Daniel was for a time one 
of these three. The Persian laws were excel- 
lent, and the judges were just. The morals 
of the young were watched over, and their 
diet and exercise prescribed by law. The 
strength of mind and body thus acquired gave 
the Persians great advantages ovei the sur- 
rounding nations, until wealth and luxury 
enfeebled them. 

Questions. — 14. What was the final end of the Per- 
jian empire ? 15. Tell us about the religion of the Per- 
lians. 16. About their government a ad laws. 



44 INDIA. 

CHAPTEK VII. 
India. 

1. Yery little is known about the origin and 
early history of the various tribes who inhab- 
ited the country named India, the principal 
part of which lies between the two rivers 
Indus and Ganges. That country abounded 
in the most valuable productions. Kice, the 
sugar-cane, the different varieties of spices, 
and the most delicious fruits grew there, and 
required little cultivation. Diamonds and 
other precious stones were also found in great 
abundance ; and numerous herds of elephants 
inhabited the forests. 

2. So much wealth could not fail to awaken 
the cupidity of ambitious conquerors. Semii- 
amis, more than 2000 B. C, had crossed the 
Indus, and invaded the country, as Sesostris 
did 700 years after. Neither of these held 
permanent possession. Eight hundred years 
later, Darius Hystaspes, King of Persia, fitted 
out a large fleet for the purpose of exploring 
the Indus ; and followed this up by an inva- 
sion of the country beyond, of which he took 
possession, 500 to 521 B. C. The importance 

Questions. — 1. Describe India. 2. What invasion* 
were made ? 



INDIA. * 45 

of this conquest may be judged from the fact 
that these new possessions brought Darius a 
yearly income of three hundred and sixty gold 
talents — over four millions of dollars. 

3. After achieving the subjugation of Per- 
iia, the great conqueror, Alexander of Mace- 
don, organized an expedition against its In- 
dian provinces, 326 B. C. He gained great 
advantages, and pushed as far as the Hydas- 
pes, which he crossed, gaining a signal victory 
over the Indian army under Porus, which de- 
fended the shores of that river. Alexander 
would probably have pushed his conquests 
beyond the Ganges; but his troops became 
disheartened at the prospect of penetrating 
into that unknown country, and the project 
was abandoned. Seleucus, who succeeded to 
part of Alexander's dominions, carried his 
arms to the Granges or beyond. After this we 
know but little of the ancient history of India. 

4, The Indians believed in one God, creator 
of the world. They recognized the immor- 
tality of the soul, but believed in metempsy- 
chosis, which teaches that the soul, after death, 
passes into another body ; and that the souls 
of vioious and criminal men were condemned 
t,o live in the bodies of the vilest animals. 

Questions. — 3. What other conqueror made an ex- 
pedition to India? With what result? 4. What were 
the religious notions of the Indians ? 



46 GREECE. 

5. The Brahmins were a privileged caate, 
who occupied the highest offices and filled the 
priesthood ; but agriculture was held in such 
great honor, that those who tilled the soil 
were exempted from all taxation. 



CHAPTEK YIII. 
Greece. 



1. This country, situated in the south-east- 
ern extremity of Europe, and bounded by 
water on all Bides except on the north, was 
formerly divided into several small kingdoms 
and states. These constituted ancient Greece. 

2. The Greeks, at first fierce and savage 
tribes, subsequently advanced to such a de- 
gree of discipline and cultivation as to occupy 
the first rank among nations. Their early 
history is entirely traditional and greatly min- 
gled with fiction. 

3. The first remarkable enterprise of the 
Greeks transmitted to us by tradition, was 

Questions. — 5. What classes were privileged and 
honored ? — 1 . Where was ancient Greece situated ? 
2. What have you to say about the early history of the 
Greeks? 3. What first remarkable enterprise of the 
Greeks can you relate ? 



GREECE. 47 

the expedition of the Argonauts ii starch of 
the Golden Fleece, 1253 B. C. This expedi- 
tion was probably only a voyage of discovery, 
undertaken for the purpose of extending the 
commercial relations of the Greeks, and of 
establishing colonies on the Mediterranean 
coast. 

4. Another celebrated enterprise was the 
siege of Troy, or Ilium, by the allied princes 
of Greece, to aveDge the wrongs of Menelaus, 
a Grecian king, whose wife was carried off by 
Paris, son of Priam, king of Troy. This 
event has been rendered forever memorable 
in the admirable poetry of Homer. Troy was 
taken 1134 B. 0. 

5. Greece was originally settled by the de- 
scendants of Javan or Ion, son of Japhet and 
grandson of Noah. Its most ancient city was 
Sicyon, founded about 2000 B. C, by iEgia- 
leus, a cotemporary of Abraham's father. 
Argos, founded 1856 B. C, Athens, 1582, 
Thebes, 1519, Sparta, 1516, and Corinth, 1376, 
were among the other ancient cities. 

6. The three great divisions of Greece were 
the Peloponnesus (now Morea), containing six 
states; Hellas, north of this peninsula, con- 

Questions. — 4. What other celebrated enterprise 
have the poets sung ? 5. By whom was Greece origin- 
ally settled ? Which were its ancient cities ? 6 What 
were the great divisions of Greece ? 



48 GREECE. 

taming nine , the third being composed of the 
two states of Thessaly and Epirus. To these 
was afterwards added Macedonia, at the ex- 
treme north. 

7. Lacedsemon, or Laconia, generally called 
Sparta, from its principal city, rose to the head 
of the first of these divisions, as Attica, whose 
capital was Athens, did in the second. These 
two states were rivals, and their frequent 
quarrels involved the other states in many 
bloody wars. 

8. Eleusis, celebrated for its temple of the 
goddess Ceres, where the Eleusinian mysteries 
(a certain form of worship) took place ; Mount 
Parnassus, where the Muses were supposed to 
dwell; and Delphi, famous for its temple of 
Apollo, were all in Hellas, or Middle Greece. 

9. The events of Grecian history were reck- 
oned by Olympiads, periods of four years be- 
tween the celebration of the Olympic games, 
in which all Greece took part, at Olympia, in 
the Peloponnesus. The first of these recorded 
was in 776 B. C. 

10. About this time, Lycurgus gave laws to 
the Spartans, and their government of two 
hereditary kings was established. Athens, in 

Questions. — 7. What were the chief states of Greece? 
8. What famous places in Greece ? 9. How is Grecian 
history reckoned ? 10. Tell us about the laws and gov 
>rnment of Sparta and Athens. 



GREECE. 49 

622 B. C ,, adopted the laws of Draco, but re- 
placed them, twenty-eight years after, by the 
milder code of Solon. This provided archons 
as the chief rulers, and established the cele- 
brated court of the Areopagus, the same body 
that was afterwards addressed by St. Paul the 
apostle. With a few interruptions, Athens 
and Sparta continued these forms of govern- 
ment until absorbed in the Eoman empire, 
146 B. C. 

11. The first of these interruptions was the 
usurpation of the government of Athens, for 
fifty years, by Pisistratus and his family. 
Hippias, his son, was expelled from Greece, 
and took refuge with Darius (Hystaspes), 
king of Persia, 510 B. C. Out of revenge 
against his countrymen, Hippias urged this 
king to make war on Greece. Darius had other 
reasons for undertaking this war, because, in a 
revolt against him of the Greek cities in his 
empire, they had been assisted by Athens. 

12. Darius landed in Attica with one hun- 
dred and ten thousand men, under one of his 
best generals, and advanced upon Athens. 
Miltiades, with ten thousand Athenians and 
one thousand Platseans, met the enemy at 
Marathon, and completely defeated him, 490 
B.C. 

Questions. — 11. What usurpation occurred in Athens, 
and what followed ? 12. What is said of Darius' 
6 



50 GREECE. 

13 Xerxes, the son and successor of Darius, 
undeitook a second invasion of Greece, ten 
years later, with two millions of men. From 
the point where his forces landed, his way led 
to Athens, in part through the narrow pass 
of Thermopylae. This was guarded by about 
six hundred Greeks, one-half of whom were 
Spartans, all under the command of Leonidas, 
one of the Spartan kings, 480 B. C. 

14. The little band of heroes fought with 
desperation, and kept the enemy at bay for 
some days, making a dreadful slaughter among 
them, but were finally all killed, with the ex- 
ception of one man, who carried the news to 
Sparta. The Persians overran Attica, and 
ravaged the country. They sacked and burned 
Athens, which had been abandoned by its in- 
habitants. 

15. Theinistocles, the commander of the 
Athenians, in the same year encountered a 
Persian fleet of twelve hundred galleys, at 
Salamis, and, with one-fourth of that number 
of vessels, gained a complete victory. Xerxes, 
terrified at this destruction of the greater part 
of his naval forces, returned to Asia, leav- 
ing an army corps, under his lieutenant Mar- 
donius, to carry on hostilities by land. Ovei 

Questions. — 13. Of Xerxes? 14. What is said of 
the battle of Thermopylae ? 15. Of the victories thai 
followed ? 



GREECE. 51 

these, the Greeks, under Pausanias, king of 
Sparta, and Aristides, the Athenian general, 
gained a brilliant victory at Platsea, in the fol- 
lowing year. A similar success for the Greeks, 
both by land and by sea, occurred at Mycale, 
in Asia Minor, the same year, 479 B. C. 

16. The Spartans erected a monument at 
Thermopylae in honor of Leonidas, and their 
other brave countrymen, on which was graven 
this inscription : " Go, traveller, and tell Sparta 
that we died here in obedience to her sacred 
laws." 

17. The continued successes of the Greeks 
over the Persians, occasioned Artaxerxes I., 
the son of Xerxes, to propose terms of peace, 
which were adopted 449 B. C. In the same 
year, Cimon, the leader of the Athenians, 
died. He had been associated with Aristides 
and afterwards with Pericles in the govern- 
ment. All these, and many others of tho 
great men of Athens, suffered more or less 
from the fickleness of their countrymen. The 
most remarkable example of this injustice 
occurred afterwards, in the case of the phi- 
losopher Socrates, one of the greatest men 
whom Athens or the world has produced, who 

Questions. — 16. "What honor did the Spartans ren 
der to the memory of Leonidas and his companions ? 
17. What is said of Artaxerxes ? Of the fickleness of the 
Greeks ? 



52 GREECE. 

was compelled by his countrymen to drink 
poison. 

18. The rivalry existing between Sparta and 
Athens, and the ambition of the former, which 
sought to rule the destinies of Greece, brought 
about the Peloponnesian war, in which all the 
Grecian states took part. The Spartans were 
the aggressors, and invaded Attica, 431 B. C. 
Two years after this died Pericles, under whom 
Athens arrived at the highest pitch of her glory. 
After ten years of continual civil warfare, dur- 
ing which victory favored alternately the two 
contending parties, a treaty of peace was con- 
cluded, called the Peace of Nicias, from the 
name of the Athenian who was instrumental 
In securing it. 

19. Hostilities were soon resumed, however, 
by the Athenians, under the influence of Alci- 
biades, a young general of brilliant talents, and 
continued for many years, during which, not- 
withstanding occasional reverses, the power 
of Sparta increased considerably. The Pelo- 
ponnesian war, after lasting for twenty-seven 
years, was ended by the capture of Athene^ 
404 E. C. 

20. The Greek troops, being now unemployed 
In war, were invited by Cyrus the Younger 

Questions. — 18. What brought about the first ciril 
war * How did it end ? 19. Was the peace lasting? 



GREECE. 53 

to assist him in wresting the throne of Persia 
from his brother, Artaxerxes II. The Greeks 
were victorious, but Cyrus having been killed 
in battle, there was no longer any motive for 
their stay in Persia, and they retraced their 
steps to their own country. This march of 
fifteen hundred miles was the famous " Eetreat 
of the Ten Thousand/' 399 B. C. Besides 
meeting every variety of hardship, they had to 
fight their way both against the Persians and 
the native tribes through whose lands they 
passed. Their leader, Xenophon, has left us 
the history of this great achievement. 

21. A combination of several of the Grecian 
states against Sparta, in 395 B. C, recalled the 
Spartan king Agesilaus from Persia, where he 
was meeting with great successes. He over- 
came the allies at Coronea, but his fleet was 
defeated at Cnidus at the same time. The 
Persians aided Athens on this occasion, but 
the Spartans afterwards gained them over by 
a dishonorable treaty, restoring the Greek 
cities in Asia Minor to Persia. For fear of 
Persia and Sparta combined, all the states 
were obliged to ratify this treaty, 387 B. C. 

22, Five years after, the Spartans unjustifi- 
ably seized the citadel of Thebes. Pelopidas 

Questions. — 20. What circumstances occasioned the 
Retreat of the Ten Thousand ? 21 What events then 
occurred in Greece ? 



54 GKEECE 

and Epaminondas, two eminent Thebans, with 
the assistance of Athenian and Boeotian troops, 
retook the citadel, 378 B. C. Thus began the 
Theban war, in which the Spartans were de- 
feated at Leuctra, 371 B. C, and at Mantinea, 
363. By this last blow Sparta was perma- 
nently humbled. Epaminondas lost his life at 
Mantinea, and Thebes, as a state, returned to 
its original obscurity. 

23. The next war in Greece was occasioned 
by an invasion of the precincts of the temple 
of Apollo at Delphi, by the people of Phocis, 
in whose state it was situated. This is called 
the Sacred War, 357 B. C. Philip, who had 
ascended the throne of Macedonia two years 
before, took part in this war, which agitated 
the whole of Greece, lasting eleven years. 

24. This gave Philip a foothold in Attica, 
and his ambitious schemes for the subjugation 
of Greece soon became apparent. The elo- 
quent Demosthenes roused his countrymen to 
a desperate resistance, but, weakened by their 
continual wars, they could not compete with 
the troops of the wily Macedonian. The vic- 
tory of Cheronasa made Philip the ruler of 
Greece, 338 B. C. 

Questions. — 2.2. How did the Theban war break out ? 
Tell us about its results. 23. Why was the Sacred War 
undertaken ? 24. Who schemed the subjugatioa of 
Greece, and with what results ? 



GREECE, 56 

25. Philip was succeeded, two yeais after 
this, by his son Alexander, then but twenty 
years of age, to whom posterity has awarded 
the surname of Great, for his extraordinary 
success in war. This young prince undertook, 
with a very small army, the conquest of the 
world. In a few years he conquered all West- 
ern Asia and Egypt, and put an end to the 
Persian empire, 331 B. C. 

26. Alexander then made an expedition into 
India, and penetrated that country, conquer- 
ing all who opposed his march, including the 
Scythians of Northern Asia. But his troops 
having refused to advance further into these 
vast and unknown regions, he was compelled 
to abandon the project of passing beyond the 
Granges. 

27. The young conqueror returned to Baby- 
lon to prepare new schemes for the aggrand- 
izement of his empire ; but having given him- 
self up to intemperate excesses, he died inglo- 
riously, in the flower of his age, 324 B. C. 
After his death, his empire fell to pieces, 
Greece and Macedonia forming, under Cassan- 
der, one of its four divisions, 301 B. C. Greece 
did not recover her independence, but became 

Questions. — 25. Who succeeded Philip ? What coun- 
tries did he conquer? 26. What expedition did he then 
make? 27. What was the ultimate fate of this famous 
conqueror ? 



66 GREECE. 

a prey to revolutions and internal disturb 
ances. 

28. In the midst of the reigning disorder t 
Macedonia and Thrace were invaded by the 
Gauls under Brennus, who even advanced into 
Greece and plundered the temple at Delphi. 
While they were engaged in this robbery, 
there arose a fearful storm, accompanied with 
an earthquake. Tlie darkness became so dense 
that the Gauls attacked one another, believing 
the enemy was upon them. Seized with a 
strange terror, they took to flight, crying that 
the god Pan protected the temple. It is from 
thisincidentthat the expression " panic terror/' 
employed to designate uncontrollable fear, took 
its rise. The Gauls were repulsed, one part 
settling on the Danube, another in Thrace, 
and a third in a country in Asia Minor called, 
after them, Galatia. St. Paul afterwards 
preached there, and addressed one of his epis- 
tles to the Galatians. 

29. Achaia, one of the states of the Pelo- 
ponnesus, had, by its good government and 
its internal discipline, begun to rise in influ- 
ence among the Grecian states. Many of 
these formed with it a confederacy for mutual 
protection, called the Achaean League, 251 

Questions. — 28. Tell us about the Gauls at Delphi. 
What became of them ? 29. What is said of Achaia ? 



GREECE. 67 

£. C. Aratus, a distinguished citizen of 
Sicyon, was called to the head of affairs 
Athens and Thebes no longer possessed any 
political importance, and the Athenians had 
become weakened by luxury and effeminacy. 

30. Sparta also was sinking, from the decay 
of its ancient manly spirit, and from the hos- 
tility which its long course of aggressions had 
brought upon it from the other Grecian states. 
Its king, Agis Y., endeavored to restore to 
their former vigor the laws of Lycurgus, but 
the effort cost him his life, and even that of 
his mother and grandmother, who were put 
to death with him by his degenerate country- 
men, 240 B. C. Cleomenes III., his warlike 
successor, gained repeated advantages over the 
Achseans, who then called in to their assistance 
Antigonus Doto, or Doson, king of Macedon. 
These armies defeated the Spartans in their 
own territory, at Sallasia, by which defeat 
Sparta was nearly annihilated, 222 B. C. 

31. Philip, king of Macedon, the sixth of the 
name, nephew and successor of Antigonus, 
provoked the Bomans by joining an alliance 
against them which had been set on foot by 
Hannibal. In consequence, Roman troops in- 

Questions. — 29. What is said of Athens and Thebes? 
30 What of Sparta? Of its kings, Agis and Cleomenes 1 
81. What of Macedonia and the Romans? 



68 GREECE. 

vaded Macedonia and conquered it, but did not 
at once take away its liberties, 197 B. C 

32. The days of Grecian independence now 
begin to draw to a close. The Spartans, in a 
final struggle with the Achasans, were con 
quered by the successor of Aratus, Philipoe- 
men, called "the last of the Greeks," because 
Greece produced afterwards no other worthy 
of her ancient glory, 191 B. C. Sparta then 
joined the Achaean League, and her eventful 
history of six centuries, beginning from the 
time of LycurguSj closes. The glorious career 
of Athens, extending over a period' of four 
hundred years from the time of Solon, is also 
at an end, and she is now only an undistin- 
guished member of the Achaean confederacy. 

38. Perseus, king of Macedon, inheriting 
the animosity of his father, Philip, against 
the Bomans, again draws down upon his coun- 
try their victorious arms. By his defeat at 
Pydna, in his own dominions, an end is put 
to the Macedonian kingdom, after it had lasted 
one hundred and fifty-six years from the time 
of Alexander the Great. 148 B. C. With 
Thesssly and Epirus, it then formed the Bo- 

Questions. — 32. What is said of the last days of Gre- 
cian independence ? Of Sparta? Of Athens? 33. Tell 
us about the events that put an end to the Macedonian 
empire What did it become under the Romans ? 



GREECE. 59 

man province of Macedonia, with the capital 
at Thessalonica. 

34. The Achseans themselves, now the last 
surviving representatives, of Grecian liberty, 
were, so imprudent as to provoke Eome into 
aggressions. They had confidently reckoned 
on success, but on the first encounter with the 
Roman troops near Corinth, (the capital at 
that time of the confederacy,) were disas- 
trously routed, in the one hundred and fifth 
year of the confederacy, 146 B. C. The Bo- 
man forces captured Corinth and totally de- 
stroyed it : its male citizens were put to death, 
and its women and children sold into slavery. 
Thus, the subjugation of Greece, which the 
Persians had attempted, and the Macedonians 
had begun, was reserved for the Romans. 
Henceforth, all Greece south of Thessaly and 
Epirus became a Roman province under the 
title of Achaia. Corinth, rebuilt under Julius 
Caesar, became its capital. The capitals both 
of Macedonia and Achaia were afterwards the 
scene of the labors of St. Paul, who addressed 
two of his epistles to the former, (Thessalo- 
nians,) and two to the latter, (Corinthians.) 

Questions. — 34. What was the end of the Achaean 
League ? What were the events at Corinth ? What is 
the subsequent history of Greece? Tell us about St 
Paul. 



60 GREECE. 

35. No other country could ever boast of sa 
many great men as did Greece in the days of 
her splendor. In science and arts, in warfare 
and literature, she held the first rank; and 
her influence, so great in the days of her inde- 
pendence, has survived her ruin, and is pre- 
served in the imperishable literary treasures 
which she has bequeathed to posterity. 

36. The striking contrast between the na- 
tional traits of the two leading Grecian states, 
Sparta and Athens, was due principally to the 
different systems of civilization of the two 
great legislators of antiquity, Lycurgus and 
Solon. The former made of the Spartans a 
people of warriors. Every thing like luxury 
was banished from the state, and the young 
Spartans were subjected, from an early age, to 
a pbysical training that fitted them for a sol- 
dier's life. 

37. An anecdote is told of Lycurgus, to 
show the power and influence of education. 
He took two young hounds from the same 
litter, and had them carefully brought up upon 
two very different systems. One of the dogs 
was abundantly fed on choice viands, and left 
to follow his own instincts ; the other was 
allowed a spare diet, and trained daily for the 

Questions. — 35. What is said of the great men of 
Greece? 36. Contrast Sparta and Athens. 37. Tell m 
the anecdote of the two young hounds. 



GREECE. 61 

chase. One day, when the people were assem- 
bled on the public place, as was customary, 
Lycurgus caused the two hounds to be brought 
out. Then, at some distance before them, a 
hare was let loose, and a dish of meat wa? 
placed on the ground. The trained dog at 
once started in pursuit of the hare, while his 
idle and pampered brother ran to the dish. 

38. " O Spartans," said Lycurgus ; " these 
two hounds are of the same noble breed, come 
from the same litter; behold how different 
their tastes! So is it with your children: 
train them early, and they will become useful 
citizens; but let them grow up in idleness and 
luxury, and they will become the degenerate 
victims of vice." 

39. Solon developed in Athens the notions 
of civilization he had brought from Egypt. 
The young Athenians were educated with the 
greatest care in every branch of study. The 
arts were cultivated, and Athens became the 
cradle of literature and science. 

40. The result of the two systems is found 
in the glory shed upon these two states by 
their respective citizens. If Sparta could boast 
of heroes and warriors like Leonidas, Agesi 

Questions. — 38. What did Lycurgus say to the peo- 
ple? 39. What were the fruits of Solon's system? 
40. What different results did these systems of educa- 
tion produce ? 
6 



62 ROME. 

laus, Pausanias, and others, Athens had a host 
of bright names to show in every career j 
statesmen, orators, philosophers, and warriors, 
such as Pericles, Demosthenes, Socrates, Aris- 
tides, JVliltiades, Cimon — names that have 
become immortal; besides artists, poets, and 
historians, the most of whose works have been 
handed down to our own day. 



CHAPTEE IX. 

EOME. 



1. Eome was founded by Eomukis, a de- 
scendant of the Trojan prince iEneas. The 
poets relate that Eomulus and his brother 
Eemus, abandoned in the woods, were fed by 
a she-wolf; that as they grew up, they gath- 
ered around them a band of hunters and shep- 
herds like themselves ; then, having discovered 
that they were descended from the family of 
the kings of Alba, they resolved to build neai 
Alba a city which should be the seat of their 
own power. The hill to be chosen for the site 
of the new city was a matter of dispute be- 
tween the brothers. The result of the quarrel 
was, that Eemus was killed by his brother, 

Questions. — 1. How and by whom was Rome 
founded ? 



ROME. 63 

and the Palatine hill chosen for the site. Here 
the city was laid out, and received the name 
of Rome from its founder, 753 B. C. 

2. Adventurers were invited hither from all 
countries, ai d Romulus soon found himself at 
the head of a growing kingdom. Six kings suc- 
ceeded Romulus, the whole period of the mon- 
archy embracing two and a half centuries. 
These kings were — Numa Pompilius, a wise 
legislator and the founder of the religion of 
the Romans ; Tullus Hostilius and Ancus Mar- 
tius, both warlike princes, under the first of 
whom the kingdom of Alba was subdued, and 
under the second the city of Ostia built. 
Tarquinius Priscus, who built the Cloaca 
Maxima, or great sewer, still in use, and con- 
quered the Etrurians and Sabines ; Servius 
Tullius, who improved the laws and extended 
the limits of the city so as to embrace Rome's 
sjeven hills ; and finally, Tarquinius Superbus, 

>r the Proud. The criminal actions of this 
king and of his son occasioned their banish- 
ment, 509 B. C. 

3. The Romans were at this time divided 
into two classes, the patricians, men of free 
or noble ancestry, and the plebeians, compris- 
ing all others. On the fall of the monarchy 

Questions. — 2. What kings succeeded Romulus? 
What change then took place ? 3. How was the repub- 
ic organized? 



64 ROME 

a republic was proclaimed with two Consuls 
at the head, chosen from the patricians. Oiie 
of the first two was Brutus, renowned for his 
just condemnation of his own son to death. 
Horatius Codes and Mutius Scaevola were 
two other Eoman heroes who performed about 
this time deeds of valor against Porsenna, 
king of Etruria. 

4. After several years of war caused by the 
attempts of the Tarquin family to regain its 
lost power, peace was restored between Eome 
and her neighbors. Domestic troubles fol- 
lowed, however, arising from the oppressed 
condition of the plebeian classes. The discord 
was quieted by the appointment of five (after- 
wards ten) magistrates, called Tribunes, chosen 
from among themselves, and elected yearly, 
like the consuls, 493 B. C. Their office was 
to protect the rights of the plebeians. They 
could annul a law of the senate by saying, 
Veto, " I forbid it." 

5. A new office was created shortly before, 
that of Dictator. In times of great public 
danger, the dictator was to have supreme 
command for six months. The office had 
been filled by two persons up to this period ; 
the third who held it was Cincinnatus, called 

Questions. — 4. What wars and troubles followed the 
formation of the republic? 5. What new office wan 
created alout this time ? Who filled it ? 



BOMB. 65 

from the plough to defend his country against 
the jiEqui. Having defeated the enemy, he 
resigned the dictatorship after holding it for 
sixteen days, and returned to his farm, 458 
B. C. His example had its parallel in modern 
times in the conduct of our own Washington. 
Examples like this are rare, owing to the vio- 
lent love of power among men. 

6. The need of a settled body of laws obliged 
the Eomans to send deputies to Greece to col- 
lect laws, chiefly from among those of Solon. 
On their return, (452 B. C.,) ten commission- 
ers were appointed, called Decemvirs, to draw 
up a code. During the year that they were so 
engaged, all the power of the state was placed 
in their hands. On various pretexts they con- 
trived to retain their power for another year, 
and then for another. Their chief, Appius 
Claudius, attempted to carry off Yirginia, the 
daughter of a plebeian, Yirginius. Her father 
took her life to save her honor, and then 
aroused the people against the decemvirs, 
who were banished or put to death, and the 
consuls and tribunes restored to office, 449 
B. C. 

7. The office of Censor was created shortly 
after. The censor was to take the census 

Questions. — 6 What about the decemvirs ? 7. What 
other offices were created? 
6* 



66 ROME. 

every five years, and to strike from the lisl 
and degrade any citizen who had in the mean 
time been guilty of gross offences. Two Quaes* 
tors or treasurers were appointed to take caro 
of the finances of the city, and two others to 
follow the army. In place of the two consuls 
from the patrician order, three military tri- 
bunes, eligible either from the patricians or 
the plebeians ; began to hold office 444 B. C. 
Seventy-eight years after, the old order of con- 
suls was restored. 

8. The army now began to receive regular 
pay, and its services became more valuable. 
Camillus, elected dictator on account of a war 
with the neighboring Yeii, led the troops 
against the wealthy city of that name, and 
took it. On account of an unjust charge made 
against him in connection with the spoils of 
Yeii, Camillus quitted Eome. An invasion of 
the Gauls under Brennus took place in thi? 
interval. They defeated the Eomans at th* 
river Allia, entered the city, put to death if? 
eighty aged senators, and sacked and burned 
Rome, 390 B. C. 

9. Camillus generously came to the relief 
of Eome, and expelled the Gauls. The city 
was rebuilt. The Latins, so called from the 

Questions. — 8. What is said of the army ? Of Carail 
his ? What events followed ? 9. What happened to th# 
Gauls and other enemies of the Romans? 



ROME. 67 

territory of Latium around Eome, were next 
subdued, 338 B. C. War had also been begun 
with the people of Samnium, an adjoining 
province. It was continued for about sixty 
years, and the Samnites were finally subju- 
gated, 282 B. 0. The following year, war 
broke out with the Tarentines of Calabria in 
Southern Italy, and the Eomans were victori- 
ous here also. Thus, all Central and South- 
ern Italy became subject to Eome, 274 B. C. 
Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, one of the Grecian 
states, who had assisted the Tarentines, shared 
in the defeat of the latter. With these flatter- 
ing successes, Rome approached the completion 
of her five hundredth year. 

10. The Mamertines, or inhabitants of Mes- 
sina, at a point on the island of Sicily nearest 
Italy, were attacked by Hiero, king of Syra- 
cuse, assisted by the Carthaginians, who also 
held Agrigentum, both these cities being on 
the island. The Eomans came to the succor 
of the Mamertines, and defeated the enemy, 
264 B. C. Thus began the first Punic war, as 
the wars with Carthage were called. Eome 
formed a navy, and conquered the Cartha- 
ginians at sea in two separate engagements 
(260 and 256 B. C.,) and then sent her troops 
into Africa to subdue the city of Carthage. 

Questions. — 10. How did the wars with Carthage 
originate ? What were the first steps taken by Eome ? 



68 ROME. 

11. Regulus commanded tlie Eoman forces 
An enormous serpent, one hundred and twenty 
feet long, arrested the progress of his army 
for a time, and was only subdued and killed 
by hurling against it, with machinery, large 
rocks. Eegulus defeated the Carthaginian 
army, and took a city now called Tunis, but 
was in turn completely routed, 255 B. C. He 
was sent to Eome by the Carthaginians to 
obtain an exchange of prisoners, with the 
understanding that if his mission failed bg 
should return. By his own advice the Ro- 
mans rejected the request. In fulfilment of 
his promise, Eegulus courageously returned to 
Carthage, where he was put to death with 
much cruelty. The Carthaginians continued 
to be successful until their encounter with a 
Eoman army under the consul Lutatius. They 
were compelled by him to sue for peace, one 
of the terms of the treaty being that they 
should evacuate Sicily. Thus, after twenty- 
three years of continued hostilities, ended the 
first Punic war, 241 B. C. 

12. All Sicily, except the dominions of Hiero, 
now fell under the Eoman yoke. The Romans 
acquired also the island of Sardinia, Illyricum 

Questions. — 11. What events followed the entering 
of the Horn as, army into Africa? How was the war 
brought to an a .nd1 



ROME. 09 

oti the Adriatic Sea, north of Macedon, and 
Northern Italy, as far as the Alps. Peace 
now reigned, in sign of which the temple of 
Janus was closed for the first time since the 
days of Numa Pompilius, but it did not long re 
m ain so. Meanwhile, Carthage was ad van cin g 
It power by her conquests over neighboring 
African states, and in Spain, where Hannibal 
was in command. He was the son of Hamil- 
3ar, the Carthaginian general defeated in the 
first Punic war. 

13. Hannibal had sworn to his father per- 
petual enmity against the Eomans, and was 
well inclined to keep his vow. He advanced 
from Spain into Italy, 218 B. C. Thus began 
the second Punic war, twenty-three years 
after the close of the first. The Eoman troops 
were defeated by Hannibal four times withir 
two years, the last battle being at Cannse, 216 
B. C. This was the worst defeat the Eomans 
had ever yet suffered. Their loss, according 
to the most reliable account, was seventy 
thousand. 

14. The Eomans, notwithstanding these re» 
verses, were able to punish the Capuans, who 
had abandoned them for Hannibal, and to send 

Questions. — 12. What advance were the Romans 
naking at this time? The Carthaginians? 13. What 
i^out the second Punic war? The first battles? 



70 ROME. 

troops to Spain. Here they were successful 
for a time, but were afterwards defeated by 
Asdrubal, brother of Hannibal. The Syra- 
cusans, who, after the death of King Hicro, had 
imitated the example of Capua, met with a 
iike chastisement, and the Romans remained 
masters of the whole of Sicily, 212 B. C. 

15. Asdrubal, after his victories in Spain, 
endeavored to join his brother Hannibal in 
Italy, but was defeated on the way, at Placen- 
tia, in Northern Italy. Meanwhile, Publius 
Scipio, the son of a Scipio who, with his bro- 
ther, had been defeated and killed in Spain by 
the Carthaginians, succeeded in driving them 
out of that country, and then sailed for Africa. 
Here he met witb such success that Hannibal 
was hastily recalled from Italy to defend his 
own country. At the battle of Zama the Car- 
thaginian forces led by the latter were entire- 
ly defeated, and an end was thus put to the 
second Punic war, after it had lasted sixteen 
years, 201 B. C. 

16. Scipio, on his return to Borne, received, 
together with the usual magnificent entry 
granted by his countrymen to their successful 
generals, the title of Africanus, by which he 
is known in history. Some years after, his 

Questions. — 14. What were the Romans doing mean 
tfhile? 15. What events brought about the end of the 
second Punic war? 



ROME. 71 

<"» 
brother Lucius obtained a similar title, Asia- 
ticus, on account of his victories in Asia. 
Even while the late war with Carthage was 
in progress, Macedonia, instigated by Hanni- 
bal, had joined an alliance against Eome. As 
soon as the close of the war in Africa left the 
Roman troops at liberty to pursue their con- 
quests elsewhere, they therefore invaded Mace- 
donia and defeated Philip, its king, the succes- 
sor of Antigonus Doto, 197 B. C The Eomans, 
however, generously restored the Macedonians 
their kingdom on the spot. 

17. Syria, a kingdom formed a century be- 
fore out of a part of the empire of Alexandei 
the Great, began to overshadow with its powei 
the whole of Asia Minor. Some of the states 
threatened by it called in the Romans to their 
protection. Hostilities thus arose between 
Rome and Syria, which were fanned by Hanni- 
bal, who was at this time present in person in 
Syria. The armies met at Magnesia, on ot 
near the Syrian coast, and the contest proved 
fatal to the fortunes of the Syrian king, Anti- 
ochus the Great. He was obliged to surren- 
der to the king of Pergamos, an ally of the 
Romans, a large part of his dominions, 190 
B. C. This was the victory that gave Scipio 

Questions. — 16. What honors did the Scipios obtain ? 
What were the occurrences i-n Macedonia ? 17 In Syrial 



72 ROME. 

Asiaticus his title. The Eomans afterwards 
gained all this territory, and the luxury that 
prevailed there led the way to the final cor- 
ruption of that people. Seven years after the 
battle of Magnesia, Hannibal was at the court 
of the neighboring king of Bithynia, assisting 
him against the king of Pergamos. Hearing 
of a plot, on the part of his ungrateful host, to 
deliver him to the Romans, Hannibal, to es- 
cape this fate, ended his life by poison, aged 
sixty -four years. 

18. The hostile attitude of Macedonia to- 
wards Eome again brought upon her the Ro- 
man legions. The famous Macedonian pha- 
lanx, with its long line of pikemen, protected 
by their bucklers, disconcerted for a time the 
Roman commander, Paulus iEmilius; but, 
finding means to break through it, the enemy 
were defeated at Pydna, 148 B. C. Macedonia 
thereafter passed under the sway of the Eo- 
mans, and became a province of their empire. 

19. Carthage, in her continued prosperity 
and with her population of seven hundred 
thousand inhabitants, revived the jealousy of 
her rival, Rome. A pretext was found by the 
latter for a third war, after an interval of fifty 
years from the close of the second. Scipio 

Questions. — 17. What became of Hannibal ? ' 18. De- 
scribe the events in Macedonia. 19. Tell us about the 
tfurd Punic war. What is said of Carthage ? 



ROME. 78 

jEniilianus, son of iEmilius the conqueror of 
Macedonia, held command of the 1 toman army. 
At the close of an obstinate contest of three 
years, the Eomans captured Carthage, and ut- 
terly destroyed this magnificent city, after it 
h # ad existed seven hundred years, 146 B. C. 
Carthage was rebuilt a hundred years after by 
the Eoman emperors, and flourished until the 
time of the Saracens, in the seventh century, 
who again laid it in ruins. Hardly a trace of 
it is now to be recognized. 

20. The same year witnessed the final sub- 
jugation of the Greeks. The Achaean League 
had brought upon itself the wrath of Rome. 
The opposing forces met near Corinth; the 
Grecians were routed, and Corinth, their capi- 
tal, was taken and destroyed. By this final 
blow, all Greece came under the dominion of 
Rome, and was known henceforward only as 
a province of the empire, under the title of 
Achaia. 146 B. C. 

21. Although the Romans had driven the 
Carthaginians out of Spain, they had not 
entirely subdued the native tribes. The Lusi- 
tanians, a people inhabiting what is now Por- 
tugal, under their brave leader, Yiriathus, 
offered a successful resistance for ten years. 

Questions. — 20. What country was neU subjugated 
by the Romans ? 21. What is said of thtf native tribef 
Va Spain ? The Lusitanians ? 

7 



74 HOME. 

The Romans, by contriving the assassination 
of Viriathus, put an end to the war, 1.40 B. G. 
The Numantians, of the North of Spain, still 
proved refractory, and gained so many suc- 
cesses that Scipio iEmilianus, the conqueror 
of Carthage, now consul, was obliged to repair 
thither. The city of Numantia was taken and 
destroyed, and the sway of the Romans firmly 
established in the peninsula, 133 B. C. 

22. In the interest of the poorer classes, 
Tiberius Gracchus, one of the tribunes, endeav- 
ored to revive an old statute called the Agra- 
rian Law, the effect of which would have been 
to diminish the possessions of great landed 
proprietors, and distribute the lands anew. 
The land-owners resisted, and tumults arose, 
in one of which the agitator lost his life, 
133 B. C. His brother Caius, twelve years 
after, in a like office, made the same attempt, 
and met a similar fate. The brothers are 
known in history as the Gracchi. No change 
in the law followed % but a greater bitterness 
arose between rich and poor. 

23. This bad example of civil discord met 
with frequent imitation afterwards. "With the 
increasing possessions of the republic, wealth 

Questions. — 21 What is said of the Numantians ! 

22. Relate the events connected with the Gracchi? 

23. What is said of the declining virtue of the Re 
mans? 



ROME. 75 

also flowed in more abundantly, and the rich 
were growing corrupt, while the poor remained 
envious and discontented. In fact, the many- 
noble traits that had distinguished the Ro- 
mans were disappearing. Bribes began to bo 
taken by high officials. Office was eagerly 
sought, for office now enriched its possessor. 
The numerous slaves held by the Romans* 
were so oppressed that a large body of them 
in Sicily rose against their masters, and for 
three years held the island, being only sub- 
dued at last through great bloodshed, 132 
B. C. 

24. Immorality in all forms crept in, and 
divorce, unheard of in the first five hundred 
years of Rome, was now not unusual. It be- 
came more common than it had ever been 
before, to see men use violent and unprincipled 
means, either to gain power or to hold it. 
The people easily followed a leader who flat- 
tered or feasted them. In short, the strength 
of the republic, which, like that of every other 
republic, lay in the virtue of its citizens, be- 
gan to fail it, and the way was being prepared 
for imperialism. The violence to which parly 
epirit was carried contributed to this result. 
A.n illustrious victim of this intolerance was 



Questions. — 23. What is said of the slaves ? 24. What 
were other signs X)f this decline ? What of Scipio ? 



76 SOME. 

found n Scipio iEmilianus, the conqueror of 
Carthage and of Spain, (sometimes called 
Scipio the Younger.) He was opposed to 
the Agrarian party, and was secretly mur- 
dered by its adherents, 129 B. C. 

25. Foreign wars again succeeded. Jugur- 
tha, heir with others to the throne of Nu- 
midia in Africa, had put to death all the mem- 
bers of the royal family of that kingdom who 
might lessen his power by dividing it with 
him. As this family had been friendly to the 
Eomans, the latter declared war against Ju- 
gurtha. Marius, originally an obscure soldier, 
but now occupying high military rank, man- 
aged by unfair means to supplant his superior, 
Cecilius Metellus, in the command of the Eo- 
man army. Marius was himself, however, 
outwitted by Sylla, his lieutenant, who took 
to himself all the credit of ending the war by 
his capture of Jugurtha, which he effected by 
stratagem, 105 B. C. 

26. This was the origin of the rivalry be- 
tween Marius and Sylla, which was afterwards 
to occasion so many misfortunes to their coun- 
trymen. Jugurtha was starved to death in 
prison. Marius afterwards delivered Rome 
from a dangerous invasion of the Teutones 

Questions. — 25. What war arose in Africa? Who 
were Marius and Sylla, and what is said of them? 
26 Continue the subject. 



ROME. 77 

and Cimbri, northern tribes who were ad- 
vancing through Gaul into Italy. He met 
them in G-aul, and first overthrew the Teu- 
tones, and the following year the Cimbri, 101 
B C. 

27. An occasion now arose at home that 
required the services of both Marius and Sylla. 
The inhabitants of the Italian states that had 
been subdued at different times by the Eo- 
mans, clamored to be admitted to the rights 
of Eoman citizenship. Their claim being re- 
jected, they took up arms to support it. This 
became the Social War, so called. Marius for 
the sixth time obtained the consulship, on the 
plea of this war. Still, in conducting it, Sylla 
eclipsed him in feats of arms. Then Marius 
resigned, and Sylla was appointed consul. 
After three years of warfare, in which three 
hundred thousand Eomans lost their lives, 
and victory declared sometimes for them and 
sometimes for the enemy, the contest was 
ended by the triumph of the Eomans, 89 B. C. 
They afterwards granted some of the conces- 
sions asked for. 

28. Mithridates, king of Pontus, a state in 
Asia Minor on the Euxine (now Black) Sea, 
provoked the resentment of the Eomans by 

Questions. — 26. What invasion did Marius next pre- 
vent? 27, Tell us about the Social War. The share 
Marius and Sylla took in it. 
7* 



78 ROME. 

his attacks on their allies in that part of the 
world, and by the massacre of a vast number 
of Italians living in Asia Minor. In his career 
of conquest, he even advanced into Greece. 
Here he was met and defeated, losing all th6 
new territory he had acquired, but still allowed 
to retain his kingdom of Pontus, 86 B. C. 

29. When Sylla was leaving Eome to go to 
this war, Marius entered the city to dispute 
his power, but Sylla returned and drove him 
out, putting to death many of his partisans 
besides. During Sylta/s continued absence in 
the East, his rival again entered Borne, usurped 
the civil power, and put to death great num- 
bers of the friends of Sylla throughout Italy 
Then he died, partly from the effect of drink, 
indulged in to quiet an uneasy conscience. His 
party, however, survived. 

30. These events at home did not force 
Sylla to return before his victories were com- 
pleted. When he did, he found the party of 
Marius in power, and himself declared a public 
enemy. To re-enter Eome he was obliged to 
fight a desperate battle under its walls. He 
proved victorious, and thereupon occasioned 
himself to be declared Dictator. He now 

Questions. — 28. What account is given of the first 
Mithridatic war? 29. What is said of Marius at this 
time ? 30. What is said of Sylla, and of the party of 
Marius in Spain ? 



ROME. 79 

caused torrents of blood to flow by the re- 
venge he took upon the partisans of Marius. 
Strange to say, when he had secured himself 
in power, he resigned his office and retired to 
private life. He died shortly after, from the 
offect of his private excesses, 78 B. C. The 
party of Marius still had supporters outside 
of Rome, those in Spain, under Sertorius, being 
the most formidable. Pompey was sent against 
them and defeated them, the death of their 
leader aiding in this result, 73 B. C. 

31. About this time also another great in- 
surrection of slaves occurred. Many of these 
were captives from Thrace, or Gaul, or Ger- 
many, who were kept as gladiators to fight 
for the diversion of the people. Their leader, 
Spartacus, was a gladiator. He took his 
stand in a strong position on Mount Vesuvius, 
where one hundred and twenty thousand 
slaves flocked to his standard. He met with 
successes at first, but was finally defeated, by 
the prsetor Crassus, and himself, with a large por- 
tion of his followers, put to the sword, 71 B. C t 

32. Mithridates, profiting by the absence of 
the Eoman armies engaged in Spain against 
Seitorius, had again mustered troops and re- 
captured his former possessions. The consul 

Questions. — 31. What great insurrection occurred? 
What was the result ? 32. What were the events of the 
jecond MithridatiG war? 



80 ROME. 

Lucullus was sent against him and defeated 
him, taking from him now even his own king- 
dom of Pontus, 68 B. C. Lucullus will be re- 
membered by the young with gratitude, as 
having introduced to the rest of the world i he 
cherry-tree, which he found growing at Cera- 
bus in Pontus. Had not the army refused to 
go further, Lucullus would have taken posses- 
sion of Armenia, whose king, Tigranes, had as- 
sisted Mithridates, and been defeated with him. 
Six years before, the king of Bithynia, dying 
without family, left his kingdom to the Eo- 
mans. Thus the possessions of Eome in the 
East began to grow in extent and importance. 
33. Mithridates, undismayed by defeat, 
brought about a third struggle with the Eo- 
mans. Lucullus had retired to private life, 
and Pompey was placed in command. This 
general had just before again distinguished 
himself by sweeping from the Mediterranean 
a vast number of pirates, who infested it in 
every part, threatening even the mouth of the 
Tiber. Tigranes, although the son-in-law of 
Mithridates, refused the latter further assist- 
ance, aid for this was confirmed by the Eo- 
mans in his kingdom of Armenia. A former 
ally of Tigranes, however, the king of Syria, 

Questions. — 32. What will Lucullus be remembered 
for? What of Bithynia ? 33. Who conducted the third 
Mithridatic war ? What of the kings of Armenia and 
Syria? 



ROME. 81 

lost his, which became henceforward a Eonian 
province. As to Mithridates, his defeat this 
time was final, and he put an end to his life, 
84 or 63 B. C. 

34. While Pompey was still in Asia Minor, 
a dispute arose between two brothers of the 
Jewish royal family, the descendants of the 
famous Machabees. The Eomans were called 
in to settle the difficulty, and being obliged to 
use force to retain the rightful heir in power, 
took occasion to exact the payment of a tribute 
to them thereafter. Thus an unhappy family 
quarrel prepared the way for the final subju- 
gation of the Jews. JSTot long after, the Jew- 
ish sceptre was transferred by the Eomans to 
the family of a stranger, Herod the Idumsean. 
This circumstance is worthy of notice, as it 
was one of the signs predicted by the patriarch 
Jacob of the near approach of the Messiah, 
whose birth actually took place before the 
end of Herod's reign. 

35. Pompey returned to Kome in great 
triumph, after his victories over Mithrida- 
tes, having overcome one who had proved 
the most obstinate single foe the Eomans had 
ever eccountered, and who, in more than 
twenty years of warfare, had made it neces- 

Questions. — 33. What of Mithridates? 34. What 
took place among the Jews ? What important event 
was foreshadowed? 35. What is said of Pompey'f 
triumph. &c 



82 ROME. 

sary to employ three of the ablest generals of 
Rome against him. By his conquests, Pompey 
doubled the revenues of the republic, and 
brought with him from the East, besides, 
spoils valued at twenty millions of dollars. 

36. During Pompey's absence, Catiline, an 
ambitious senator, formed a plot to overturn 
the government. His designs were exposed 
by the celebrated orator Cicero, who, being 
elected consul, succeeded in crushing out the 
conspiracy. Catiline fled, but was pursued 
by the Roman armies, and, with many of his 
followers, died fighting bravely, 62 B. C. 
Cicero thereupon received the title of Father 
of his Country. 

37. The change in the government of Home, 
to which so many circumstances prepared the 
way, was now at hand. Julius Caesar, a Eo- 
man of distinguished family, aspired, like Cati- 
line, to the supreme power, but without re- 
solving to use the same violent means. His 
first step was to make a private agreement 
with Pompey and Crassus, consuls, that they 
should with himself contrive to retain the chief 
direction of affairs in the state. Thus was 
formed what is known as the First Triumvi- 

Questions. — 36. What dangerous conspiracy was dis- 
covered in Rome about this time ? 37. What is said of 
the approaching change? Of Julius Csesar and the first 
triumvirate ? 



ROME. 83 

rate, 60 B. C. Although his designs Mere sus- 
pected by Cato and other senators, he suc- 
ceeded in obtaining the consulship; also the 
government of Gaul for five years as procon- 
sul; and he immediately set about subduing 
the whole of that country. 

38. The triumvirs made a further agreement 
that Csesar should continue in command of 
Gaul for five additional years ; that Spain and 
Africa should be placed under Pompey, and 
Syria under Crassus. These arrangements 
were ratified by the senate and people. Cras- 
sus set out for his province, expecting to carry 
the Roman arms to the remotest parts of Asia, 
but was miserably defeated by the Parthians, 
a nation living beyond the Euphrates, and 
killed, 53 B. C. This is the same Crassus who 
had dispersed the bands of Spartacus. He 
was also the richest citizen of Rome, and it 
was partly the desire of adding to his wealth 
that led to his unhappy end. 

39. Meanwhile, Csesar achieved the most ex- 
traordinary triumphs in Gaul, of all which he 
has left us the account in his Commentaries, 
written by himself. He not only subdued the 
savage tribes of Gaul, but also those of part 

Questions. — 37. What offices did Caesar obtain? 
38. What was the next division of power among the 
triumvirs? What is said of Crassus? 39. Relate the 
achievements of Caesar in Gaul. 



84 ROME 

of Germany, and even landed an expedition m 
England, and obliged the Britons to pay trib- 
ute. In less than ten years, he conquered 
three hundred nations or tribes, and defeated 
three millions of men, of whom one-third were 
slain on the field of battle, and another third 
made captives. Gaul made its final submis- 
sion, 50 B. C. 

40. While these events were in progress, 
Pompey at Eome was at the head of affairs, 
and by unusual privilege held the consulship 
alone. Crassus being dead, his own power 
was now the only obstacle to the ambitious 
designs which were entertained by Caesar. 
Pompey endeavored to oppose his rival, but 
it was too late. Caesar was advancing from 
Gaul at the head of his victorious legions, 
which were devoted to him and to his interests. 
He paused for a moment at the Eubicon, tho 
limit of his province, and then boldly passed 
it, and made his way towards Eome. Pom- 
pey fled across the Adriatic Sea to Epirus in 
Greece, and Caesar entered Eome in triumph, 
49 B. C. 

41. Pompey's party now represented the 
cause of the old government, and its followers 
in Spain obliged Caesar to leave Eome almost 

Questions. — 40. What is said of Pompey? What 
was his course towards Caesar ? What did the latter do ? 
41. What is said of Pompey's party in Spain? 



ROME. 86 

immediately to quell their resistance. After 
h short and successful campaign there, he pro. 
ceeded to the east to attack Pompey in per- 
son. The latter had gathered his armies to- 
gether in Thessaly, the state adjoining Epirus, 
Here Caesar encountered him, and with a force 
one-half as large as his, defeated him on the 
plains of Pharsalia, 48 B. C. The defeated 
general fled to Egypt, where he was basely 
murdered on landing, by command of the 
Egyptian royal family. 

42. Caesar had followed Pompey into Egypt; 
on arriving at Alexandria, he learned the 
death of his former friend and late adversary, 
and could not help shedding tears over the 
sad fate of that truly great man. Ptolemy, 
king of Egypt, and his sister Cleopatra, were 
disputing for the possession of the throne. 
Caesar attempted to reconcile them, and gave 
offence to the king, who in consequence at- 
tacked him. Caesar, with greatly inferior 
forces, defeated the Egyptians and put them 
to flight. Ptolemy was drowned in the Nile, 
and Cleopatra proclaimed queen of Egypt, 48 
B.C. 

43. The victorious Eomau then passed into 
Asia, where he defeated Pharnaces, the son of 

Questions — 41. What is said of Pompey in the east! 
Of his fate? 42. What events followed Caesar's entry 
into Egypt ? 



86 ROME. 

Mitliridates, who was endeavoring to regain 
the former possessions of his father. So lapid 
was his march, and prompt his success, that 
he expressed his triumph in the famous words: 
Yeni, vidi, vici — " I came, I saw, 1 conquered.*' 
With equal rapidity he now crossed into 
Africa, and gave the last blow in that coun- 
try to the party of Pompey, at the battle of 
Thapsus, which he gained over the combined 
forces of Cato, Scipio, and Juba, king of Mauri- 
tania, 46 B. C. This Scipio was surnamed 
Metellus, and was the father-in-law of Pom- 
pey. All three put an end to their lives im 
mediately after their defeat. 

44. Csesar returned to Rome to enjoy his 
triumph, and was proclaimed dictator for ten 
years, but was again called to the .field in 
Spain. Here, the two sons of Pompey had 
gathered a powerful army. Caesar met them 
near Munda in the south of Spain, and after 
narrowly escaping defeat, achieved a final vie- 
tory, 45 B. C. 

45. On his return home, he was declared 
Imperator and perpetual dictator, and received 
other honors. Even religious rites were offered 
to him as to a god. He now gave full sway to 

Questions. — 43. Where did Caesar go next? How 
did he express the rapidity of his success ? What oc- 
curred in Africa? 44. What happened after Caesar's 
return to Rome ? 



ROMS. d7 

his ambition, and planned vast schemes foi the 
extension of the Roman empire and his own 
aggrandizement. His enemies abroad had all 
been crushed, but he little suspected that worse 
enemies surrounded him at home. It was 
evident enough that he aspired to the title, as 
he had already the power, of a king. A con- 
spiracy was therefore formed against him by 
sixty persons, senators and citizens of distinc- 
tion, at the head of whom were the praetors 
Cassius and Brutus. They murdered him in 
the senate chamber, 44 B. C. Thus perished, 
in his sixty-fifth year, the greatest genius 
Rome had ever produced. 

46. Mark Anthony, the former colleague of 
Csesar in the consulship, aroused the indigna- 
tion of the people against the murderers, who 
then fled the city. But Anthony himself 
aimed to succeed the fallen Csesar in power. 
His plans were defeated by the arrival in 
Rome of Octavius Caesar, nephew and adopted 
son of the late dictator, who forced Anthony 
to retire. After a first defeat, Anthony gath- 
ered around him a large force in Gaul, and 
Octavius thought it best to make terms with 
him. Together with Lepidus, a man of wealth, 

Questions. — 45. What honors did Csesar receire 
afterwards? What is said of his enemies, and of their 
conspiracy ? What was his end ? 46. What course did 
Anthony take ? Who now arrived in Rome ? 



88 HOME. 

but of no great capacity, they then formed 
the Second Triumvirate, 43 B. C. 

47. After the example of Marius and SyJa, 
the triumvirs drew up lists of persons who 
were obnoxious to one or another of them 
Among a great number of distinguished per- 
sons pursued and put to death under this pre- 
scription, the most eminent was the great ora- 
tor Cicero, who was sacrificed to the hatred 
of Anthony for having opposed his usurpa- 
tions before the triumvirate was formed. 

48. Brutus and Cassius, in the interests of 
republican liberty, had by this time gathered 
large armies in the east. Octavius and An- 
thony set out against them, and the opposing 
forces met near Philippi on the eastern border 
of Macedonia. Brutus and Cassius were de- 
feated one after the other, and, unable to bear 
their disappointment, put themselves to death, 
like many other illustrious heathens of that 
day, 43 B. C. 

49. Permanent command in the east was 
after this given to Anthony, while Octavius 
retained the west. The latter crushed out 
the last effort at resistance made by the sur- 
viving son of Pompey the Great, in a naval 

Questions. — 46. How was the second triumvirate 
formed ? 47. What violent measures did the triumviri 
take? 48. What is said of "Brutus and Cassius. and of 
their f»*»* 



ROME. 89 

battle fought off the coasts of Sicily, 36 B. C. 
A.fter this he made a pretext for setting aside 
Lepidus, and joining his forces to his own ; 
thus dividing the power with Anthony alone 
His vast armies, made up of the most discord- 
ant materials, he was obliged to keep em- 
ployed in expeditions against the tribes on 
the eastern coast of the Adriatic Sea. 

50. Meanwhile, Anthony in the east met 
with failures and repulses in invading the ter- 
ritory of the Parthians. These events, in addi- 
tion to his notorious misconduct in connection 
with Cleopatra, on whose account he had put 
away his wife, the sister of Octavius, caused 
his downfall. Octavius obtained from the 
senate without any difficulty a decree strip- 
ping Anthony of all power, and declaring 
Cleopatra an enemy to Rome. 

51. Anthony resolved to sustain himself, 
and therefore massed his armies in Acarnania, 
a province of Greece on what is now the Gulf 
of Epirus. His fleet he assembled off the 
promontory of Actium, in view of his own, and 
indeed of the opposing army also. He resolved 
to give battle first with his fleet. While the 

Questions. — 49. What is said of Octavius and the 
son of Pomr. ey ? Of Lepidus ? Of the armies of Octavius ? 
50. What of Anthony in the east? His failures and mis- 
conduct? Of the consequences? 51. What did Anthony 
do next? 



90 ROME. 

conflict was in progress, Cleopatra's &hip was 
seen to move off under full sail for Egypt; 
the infatuated Anthony, forgetting his honor, 
followed her with a number of his vessels. 
The consequence was that after a short con« 
test the remainder of the fleet and the whole 
of the army of Anthony surrendered to Oc- 
tavius, leaving to him the undivided mastery 
of the Roman empire, the beginning of which 
as an empire usually dates from the battle of 
Actium, 31 B. C. 

52. Anthony was pursued into Egypt, where 
he killed himself on the approach of his rival. 
Cleopatra, to escape being taken to grace the 
triumph of the conqueror, followed his ex- 
ample. By the death of Cleopatra an end was 
was put to the second kingdom of Egypt, after 
it had endured for three hundred years. Egypt 
was in made one of the provinces of the Ro- 
man empire, 30 B. C. 

53. Octavius now enjoyed undisputed sway, 
and his authority was cheerfully recognized 
wherever the Roman arms had conquered obe- 
dience. The senate confirmed him in power, 
and on his return from Egypt saluted him as 

Questions. — 51. Describe the events of the battle of 
Actium. What followed ? 52. What circumstances led 
to the suicide of Anthony and Cleopatra? What is said 
of the kingdom of Egypt? 53. Describe the successful 
position of Octayius. 



DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 91 

Augustus, the name by which he is best known to 
us. Augustus still preserved the outward forms 
of republican government, but he was really a 
king; indeed the founder of a race of monarchs. 
54. Peace now prevailed everywhere, and 
the fitting moment had arrived for the advent 
of the Prince of Peace. The wide extent of 
the Eoman empire, and the facility existing 
of communicating with all parts of it, were 
means God had prepared for the more rapid 
extension of His own kingdom. Christ, our 
Lord, was born in the latter part of the reign 
of Augustus, at Bethlehem in Judea. 



MODERN HISTORY. 



CHAPTER X. 

Discovery of America. 

1. Whilst studying the history of other 
countries, we should be well acquainted with 
that of our own. It would be a great shame 
for our young readers if, whilst they were able 
to relate all the events that took place in 

Questions — 54. What is said of peace? What most 
important event occurred during the reign of Augustus! 
— 1. Whilst studying the history of other countries 
what is said of our own history? » 



92 DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 

Greece and Eome, they were ignorant of the 
history of their own country; if, while able to 
recount the battles of Alexander, Caesar, and 
Pompey, they were ignorant of those fought 
in their own country, by which our happiness 
and freedom were secured. 

2. America, the favored country in which 
we live, was discovered by Christopher Colum- 
bus. For centuries this country was unknown 
to the people of the old world. There was 
another very rich country situated to the 
east of Europe, called the East Indies. The 
people of Europe frequently went to that 
country, and obtained silk, gold, and many 
other valuable articles. But the route by 
which they used to go to the East Indies was 
very long, and at the same time difficult and 
expensive; they therefore desired to find a 
shorter and less dangerous one. 

3. At that time they were obliged to go to 
the Indies by crossing Egypt and passing 
through the Bed Sea, and then sailing across 
the Indian Ocean. In order to obtain an 
easier route, they were endeavoring to find a 
passage by sailing along the western coast of 

Questions. — 2. By whom was America discovered? 
What other country was known ? What did the people 
of Europe do? What is said of the route? 3. At thai 
time how did they go to the Indies . What were t>>ev 
endeavoring to find ? 



DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 93 

Airica, until they reached the southern part, 
and then sailing northeast. 

4. While in pursuit of this object, it entered 
the mind of Columbus that a more direct pas- 
sage might be found across the Atlantic Ocean. 
Columbus was a learned man, and well skilled 
in navigation, having been engaged in a sea- 
faring life from an early age. He made several 
voyages across the Mediterranean Sea, and 
sailed to the seas north of Europe. There are 
many striking incidents in his life, from which 
we select the following. 

5. On one occasion, as he was cruising near 
the coast of Portugal, the vessel in which he 
sailed took fire. The blaze spread from sail 
to sail, and in a few moments the whole ves- 
sel was enveloped in flames. To save them- 
selves from this devouring element, Columbus 
and his companions were obliged to leap into 
the sea. They were six miles from land, and 
all perished except Columbus. He was an ex- 
cellent swimmer, and with the assistance of an 

Questions. — 4. While in pursuit of this object, what 
entered the mind of Columbus? What is said of Colum- 
bus ? What voyages did he make ? 5. On one occasion, 
what happened him ? To save himself, what did he do 7 
How did Columbus reach the land? 



91 DISCOVEKY OF AMERICA. 

oar, which he found floating in the water, he 
reached the land. 

6. After many adventures, he arrived at Lis- 
bon, where he married the daughter of an emi- 
nent navigator. He still followed the sea, and 
made several voyages to the Madeira islands, 
which had been discovered shortly before that 
time. In the mean time, his mind was actively 
bent on finding a passage to the East Indies. 
From the figure of the earth, which he sup- 
posed to be round, he concluded that he might 
reach the Indies by sailing westwardly from 
Europe. 

7. Being convinced of. this theory, he was 
anxious to test it by experiment. He there- 
fore applied for assistance to the senate of his 
native country, Genoa, but to his great morti- 
fication that body regarded his theory as ab 
surd, and refused to assist him. 

8. He next applied to the king of Portugal, 
who listened attentively to his plans, and then 
secretly sent a vessel on a voyage of discovery, 
with the hope of being able to accomplish the 
great object of Columbus. But the captain of 



Questions. — 6. Where did Columbus arrive? Whaf 
is said of him afterwards ? Meantime what is said of hi\ 
plans ? From the figure of the earth what was concluded'.' 
7. Where did he apply for assistance ? What was th« 
result? 8. Where did he next apply ? What did the king 
do ? What was the result? 



DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 95 

the vessel was a man without <^x]3erience, and 
soon returned without having made any dis- 
covery. 

9. Columbus, disgusted with this base arti- 
fice, sent his brother to solicit the aid of the 
king of England; his brother, however, being 
taken by pirates, did not reach England for 
several years. In the mean time, Columbus ap- 
plied to Ferdinand and Isabella, the king and 
queen of Spain. Here he met with a kind 
reception, and his project received a favorable 
hearing. 

10. But the counsellors of the king had lit- 
tle experience in naval science, and they could 
not appreciate the theory of Columbus. Some 
maintained that he could not be wiser than 
all those who lived before him; others con- 
cluded that, if the world were round, he 
would find a constant and rapid descent on 
the other side, and his vessel would either fall 
off, or, at all events, could never return to 
Europe. 

11. Such were the weak objections to the 
theory of Columbus : the king, however, 
deemed them sufficiently strong to induce him 

Questions. — 9. Where did Columbus send his bro- 
ther? To whom did he next apply? 10. What is said 
of the counsellors of the king ? 11. What is said of ob- 
jections to the theory of Columbus ? 



96 DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 

to reject the proposals of Columbus, and o 
refuse to aid him in his great designs. 

12. Columbus remained five years in Spain 
during which time he solicited, but in vain v 
the patronage of the Spanish sovereigns. He 
was about to withdraw in despair, when a 
change took place in his favor. Isabella, the 
consort of Ferdinand, was an amiable and 
virtuous woman • she considered the glory 
that would arise from the accomplishment of 
so great an enterprise; she was, moreover, 
desirous of spreading the Christian religion, 
by converting the inhabitants of these dis- 
tant regions. She therefore resolved to assist 
Columbus. 

13. But the long war which the Spaniards 
had, previously to that time, carried on with 
the Moors, left her without the means of ac- 
complishing this noble design. This being 
the state of affairs, she resolved to pledge her 
crown and jewels, in order to raise the amount 
necessary to defray the expenses of the expe- 
dition. From this embarrassment, however } 
she was happily relieved by two Spanish noble* 
men ; who generously advanced the required 
sum. 

Questions. — 12. How long did Columbus remain in 
Spain? What is said of Isabella? 13. What did she 
resolve ? How was she relieved ? 



DISCOVERY OF AMERICA 97 

14. Without delay, a small fleet of three 
vessels was made ready for sea, and Columbus 
was appointed commander of the expedition. 
On the 3d of August, in the year 1492, Colum- 
bus set sail from Palos, a port of Spain. 

15. He directed his course to the Canary 
Islands, where he remained a short time re- 
pairing his vessels, and then, taking a west- 
wardly direction, he stretched forth upon the 
bosom of the unknown deep. In a short time 
the Spaniards lost sight of land ; they could 
see nothing but water around them, and the 
blue sky above their heads. They were at 
length seized with fear; they thought they 
should never again see land; and in this state 
of mind they entreated Columbus to return to 
Spain. 

16. Columbus at first endeavored to calm 
their fears and silence their murmurs by gen- 
tle words and promises of great rewards; but 
finding that they only increased in their clam- 
ors, he took a decided stand, and told them 
that the expedition had been sent by the 
sovereigns of Spain, to find a passage to the 
Indies, and, with the blessing of heaven, he 

Questions. — 14. What is said of the expedition ? 
15. Where did Columbus direct his course? What ii 
said of the Spaniards ? 16. What was the conduct of 
Columbus ? 



98 DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 

was determined to persevere until he should 
complete the enterprise. 

17. In their great anxiety to accomplish the 
object of the voyage, the Spanish mariners 
often thought they beheld some distant shore, 
and the joyful sound of land, land, was fre- 
quently heard; but as they advanced, these 
delusive hopes were dispelled, and the fancied 
land disappeared from their view. 

18. Every evening the crews of the different 
vessels assembled upon deck, and as the sun 
disappeared behind the western waters, they 
chanted the Salve Regina, in honor of the 
Blessed Virgin, under whose patronage they 
sailed. Thus, surrounded by a thousand dan- 
gers, upon the bosom of the vast Atlantic, and 
far distant from home and kindred, they placed 
themselves under the protection of heaven, 
and sought consolation in the practice of their 
religion. 

19. Columbus was almost constantly on deck 
overseeing every thing himself. He carefully 
watched every change in the appearance of the 
sky, and noted every difference in the tem- 
perature of the weather. For some days the 
weather had seemed more mild than usual, 

Questions. — 17. What is said of their hopes and dis- 
appointments ? 18. What did they do every evening? 
What protection did they seek? 19. What is said of 
Columbus ? For some days how did the weather seem ? 



DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 99 

and the sounding-line had touched the bottom. 
Birds of varied plumage were seen flying 
about the ships, and often resting upon them. 
-Reeds, and different kinds of weeds, were ob- 
served floating in the water. From all these 
signs, Columbus concluded that land was not 
far distant. 

20. One night, while standing in the forecas- 
tle of his vessel, he beheld a light carried 
about from place to place, and shortly after 
midnight the joyful cry of land was heard from 
the crew of the Pinta. From this moment 
until the return of day, all on board were 
held in the deepest suspense; but, as the morn- 
ing dawned, their doubts were removed, a 
beautify.) island presenting itself to their view. 

21. The crew of the Pinta immediately 
broke forth into a hymn of thanksgiving to 
Grod, in which they were joined by the crews 
of the other vessels ; and as the notes of the 
anthem were wafted gently upon the morning 
air, tears of joy gushed from the eyes of those 
rough seamen. This office of gratitude to 
heaven was followed by an act of reparation 
to their commander; they threw themselves 

Questions. — 19. What is said of birds, reeds, &c. ? 
From these what did Cclumbus conclude ? 20. What ia 
said of the discovery of land ? 21. What did the crew 
of the Pinta do ? What act of reparation followed? 



100 DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 

at Iris feet, they kissed his hand, and in th« 
humblest manner asked his forgiveness foi 
their rashness and disobedience. 

22. On the 11th of October, in the year 1492^ 
Columbus, in a rich dress, and with a drawn 
sword in his hand, landed upon the shores of 
the New World. His companions immedi- 
ately followed, and falling upon their knees, 
kissed the ground with tears of joy and grati- 
tude. They next erected a cross, and kneel- 
ing down, returned solemn thanks to God, 
whose benign hand had guided them safely 
through a thousand dangers, and had con- 
ducted their voyage to so happy an issue. 

23. They then took possession of the coun- 
try, in the name of the king and queen of 
Spain. Upon landing, the Spaniards found 
the country inhabited by a race of people 
differing from any they had ever before seen. 
They were of a dark copper color, without 
beards, and their hair flowed loosely upon 
their shoulders. The natives were equally 
surprised at the appearance of the Spaniards, 
whom they regarded as the children of their 
god, the sun ; they supposed the ships were a 

Questions.-— 22. On the 11th of October what did 
Columbus do ? What did his companions do ? 23 For 
whom did they take possession of the country ? What 
is said of the natives ? What did they suppose the « J iipa 
to be? 



DISCOVERY OP AMERICA. 101 

species of animals, with eyes of lightning and 
voices of thunder. 

24. The first land discovered by Columbus 
was one of the Bahama islands, called by him 
San Salvador, now known as Cat Island. He 
afterwards discovered Cuba and Hayti, to 
which he gave the name of Hispaniola. As 
Columbus had reached these islands by a west- 
ern passage, he believed them not far distant 
from India; he therefore styled them the 
West Indies, and the inhabitants were called 
Indians, a name which they have retained to 
the present time. 

25. Columbus, after spending some time in 
exploring the country, and having collected a 
quantity of gold, prepared to return to Spain. 
During the voyage his little fleet encountered 
many dangers; a violent storm raged for 
fifteen days, and every moment threatened 
instant destruction to the vessels. 

26. While the storm lasted, Columbus wrote 
a short account of his voyage and discoveries, 
and enclosed it in a cake of wax; this he 
placed in a cask, and cast it into the sea. with 
a hope that it might fall into the hands of 

Questions. — 24. What land was first discovered? 
What did Columbus afterwards discover ? What did h€ 
call the country? The inhabitants? 25. What did 
Columbus do? During the voyage what happened? 
26. While the storm lasted what did Columbus do ? 
9* 



102 DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 

some navigator, and thus preserve to thi 
world the benefit of his discoveries. The 
storm however abated, and on the 15th of 
May, in the year 1493, after an absence of 
about nine months, he reached the port of 
Palos, from which he had sailed. 

27. He was received with the loudest accla- 
mations by the people, who gazed with aston- 
ishment on the gold and the many curiosities 
which he had brought from the New "World. 
From Palos he went to Barcelona, where he 
was kindly received by Ferdinand and Isa- 
bella. They listened to his adventures with 
the deepest interest. They asked many ques- 
tions concerning the country he had discov- 
ered, and viewed, with delight and astonish- 
ment, the treasures he had brought. 

28. Columbus made three other voyages to 
the New World, during which he visited many 
of the West India islands, and in his third voy- 
age he discovered the continent, and touched 
at several places in the northern part of South 
America. But his- success and the many 
marks of respect shown him by the king, ox- 
Questions. — 26. What port did Columbus reach? 

27. How was he received? From Palos where did ht 
go ? How did they listen to him, &c. ? 28. How manj 
voyages did Columbus make ? In which did he discovei 
the continent? Wha': is said of his succjss, &c. ? 



DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 103 

cited against him the jealousy of the Spanish 
courtiers. 

29. They circulated against him many false 
and groundless charges, in consequence of 
which he was deprived of the government of 
Hispaniola, and sent home in chains. The 
captain of the vessel in which he returned, 
through respect for his illustrious captive, 
offered to release him from his confinement. 
But the venerable Columbus replied: "No, I 
wear these chains in consequence of an order 
from their majesties, the rulers of Spain. 
They will find me as obedient in this as in 
every other injunction. By their command I 
have been confined, and their command alone 
shall set me at liberty." 

30. On his return to Spain, a prisoner and 
in chains, the voice of indignation was heard 
from every quarter. The king himself seemed 
to feel a momentary remorse ; he ordered 
Columbus to be set at liberty, but ungratefully 
retained him in Spain, until he had appointed 
another person governor of Hispaniola. 

31. Columbus never forgot this unjust treat- 
ment; during the remainder of his life, he 
carried about with him the chains with which 

Questions. — 29. What injuries did Columbus suffer! 
What did the captain offer ? What did Columbus reply? 
30. On his return to Spain, what is said? What did 
the king order? 31. What is said of Columbus? 



104 DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 

he had been bound, and gave orders that thej 
should be buried with him in his grave. His 
spirit of enterprise was not subdued ; he under- 
took a fourth voyage to the New World, dur- 
ing which he was shipwrecked on the isle of 
Jamaica ; and after enduring a variety of dan 
gers and sufferings, returned to Spain. 

32. He died shortly after his return, at 
Yalladolid, in the sixty-fifth year of his age. 
His last moments were devoted to prayer, and 
to the reception of the rites of that religion 
which he had cherished and practised during 
his life ; and his last words were those of the 
Koyal Prophet : Into thy hands, Lord, I com- 
mend my spirit. 



CHAPTEE XI. 

Discoveries made by other Navigators. 

1. Although Columbus discovered the New 
World, he has been unjustly deprived of the 
honor of associating his name with the coun- 
try he discovered. In the year 1499, Ameri- 

Questions. — 31. What other voyage did Columbus 
undertake? 32. Where did he die? What is said of 
his last moments? What were his last words? — 1. Of 
what was Columbus deprived ? 



DISCOVERY OF AMERICA. 105 

cub Vespucius, a native of Florence, made a 
voyage to the "Western "World, and discovered 
a part of South America. On his return to 
Spain, he published an account of his voyage, 
and claimed the honor of having been the first 
to discover the main land; and thus from 
Amei'icus, the continent gradually received 
the name of America. 

2. In the year 1497, John Cabot, under a 
commission from Henry TIL of England, 
sailed on a voyage of discovery, and discov- 
ered the continent of North America a year 
before the main land of South America had 
been discovered by Columbus. His son, Sebas- 
tian, the next year sailed southward along the 
coast as far the Chesapeake Bay, erected 
crosses at various points as he passed, and 
took possession of the country in the name of 
the king of England. 

3. In the year 1519, Magellan, a Portuguese 
navigator, then in the service of Spain, sailed 
to the New World, on a voyage of discovery.* 
He passed around the coast of South Amer- 
ica, and sailed through the straits which now 

Questions. — 1. In 1499, who made a voyage to the 
Western World ? On his return, what did he do ? From 
whom did the country receive its name? 2. In 1497, 
what did Cabot discover? What did he do further? 
3. What is said of Magellan ? What voyages did he 
make? 



106 AMERICA. 

bear his name, and entered the Pacific ocean 
Magellan lost his life on one of the Philippine 
islands, but his men proceeded on their voy 
age, and sailed around the globe. 



CHAPTEE XII. 



The Discovert and Conquest op Mexico 
by Hernando Cortez. 

1. At an early period after the discovery 
of America, the Spaniards were apprised of 
the existence of the rich and powerful empire 
of Mexico. The governor of Cuba, having 
conceived the design of subjugating Mexico to 
the power of Spain, fitted out a small fleet for 
that purpose, and placed it under the com- 
mand of Hernando Cortez. On the 10th of 
January, 1519, Cortez sailed from Cuba with 
eleven small vessels, having on board six 
hundred men, sixteen horses, six pieces of 
artillery, and a few muskets. As soon as he 
reached the continent, he proclaimed himself 
independent of the governor of Cuba, (who 

Questions. — 3. Where did Magellan lose his life? — 
1 . What is said of Mexico at an early period ? What 
did the governor of Cuba do ? On the 10th of January, 
1519, what did Cortez do ? As soon as he reached the 
continent, what did he do ? 



CONQUEST OF MEXICO. 107 

had already revoked the commission intrusted 
to him,) and accountable to none but the mon- 
arch of Spain. 

2. Cortez laid the foundation of the colony 
of Yera Cruz, on the site where the present 
city of that name stands; and the better to 
inspire his men in their arduous undertaking, 
by cutting off all hope of returning, he caused 
all his vessels to be burned on the coast. He 
next directed his march to the city of Mex- 
ico, the capital »f the empire, then called Te- 
nochtitlan. The country was under the do- 
minion of Montezuma, a sovereign who ruled 
with despotic sway. Many of his subjects 
were dissatisfied with his government, and 
only waited for an opportunity to revolt 
against it. They regarded Cortez, as he 
passed through the country, as a deliverer, 
entered into an alliance with him, and sup- 
plied him with provisions. 

3. Cortez met with but little opposition, 
until he arrived at Tlascala. The inhabitants 
of this republic, which was independent of 
Montezuma, united to oppose his progress, 
A number of battles were fought, in which 

Questions. — 2. What did Cortez next do ? "What 
did he do with his vessels ? Where did he then direci 
his march ? Under whose dominion was the country ? 
What is said of his subjects? How did they regard 
Cortez ? 3. What is said of Cortez ? 



108 AMERICA. 

many of the Tlascalans were slain ; but at 
length, finding themselves unable to cope with 
the superior skill and valor of the Spaniards, 
they consented to treat with them as friends, 
and from that time they became their most 
faithful allies. 

4. In the mean time, Montezuma was in- 
formed that strangers had entered the coun- 
try, and that they were on their way to the 
capital. At first, the emperor sent a messen- 
ger to inquire why he and his followers had 
entered his dominions. Cortez replied, that 
he could only deliver his answer to the mon- 
arch himself, and persisted in going on to the 
capital. To this Montezuma would not con- 
sent, and despatched another messenger for- 
bidding him to approach any nearer; but at 
the same time he sent to Cortez magnificent 
presents. 

5. After a march of several days, the Span- 
iards arrived at the city of Tezcuco, near a 
lake of the same name, where they were 
kindly received by the inhabitants. Leaving 
this city, Cortez led his little army towards 
the capital of the Mexican empire. In the 

Questions. — 3. What is said of the inhabitants of this 
province ? What followed, and what did the Tlascalans 
do? 4. In the mean time, what is said of Montezuma- 
What did he first do ? What did Cortez reply ? W ha 
followed ? 5. Where did the Spaniards arrive ? 



CONQUEST OF MEXICO. 109 

middle of a beautiful valley of great extent, 
stood the vast and populous city of Mexico. 
It contained at that time, according to some 
historians, about sixty thousand houses, with 
a proportionate number of inhabitants. 

6. The city was built in the middle of a 
lake, but connected with the main land by 
bridges; it was well fortified, and adorned 
with a number of temples, palaces, and other 
public buildings. As the Spaniards approached 
the city, they were met at a distance by thou- 
sands of the inhabitants, who gazed in aston- 
ishment on the strangers. Shortly they be- 
held a company of about two hundred men, 
richly dressed; these were the emperor's at- 
tendants; and, finally, Montezuma himself 
appeared. He was seated upon a chair of 
gold, and carried on the shoulders of four 
men, while others supported over him a 
canopy made of colored feathers. He was 
dressed in a robe of fine cotton, richly orna- 
mented with gold and silver, and wore on his 
head a crown of gold. 

7. Cortez and Montezuma met, and saluted 
each other with the most profound respect, 
and, after some ceremonies, entered the city 

Questions. — 5. Describe the city of Mexico. 6. Where 

was the city built ? What more is said of it ? How 

were the Spaniards met ? Describe the appearance of 

Montezuma. 7. What is said of the meeting with Cortes? 

10 



110 AMERICA. 

together. A large palace was assigned to 
Cortez and his troops, and they were abund- 
antly supplied with provisions. 

8. At the time the Spaniards first visited 
Mexico, the people were entirely ignorant of 
the true God, and worshipped numerous idols 
or false gods. To these they erected splendid 
temples, which were attended by a multitude 
of priests. They sacrificed thousands of hu- 
man victims to their deities. These victims 
were generally prisoners taken in war; the 
priests could put them to death at any time, 
in honor of the gods. 

9. The Spaniards had not remained long in 
the city before an attack was made by a Mexi- 
can chieftain on their colony at Yera Cruz. 
No sooner was Cortez informed of this cir- 
cumstance, than he formed the bold and dan- 
gerous design of arresting Montezuma himself. 
Taking with him a small band of resolute men, 
he entered the imperial palace, and compelled 
the monarch to return with him to his resi- 
dence. 

10. While these things were going on in the 
eity of Mexico, Cortez was informed that the 
governor of Cuba had despatched a fleet of 



Questions. — 8. At the time the Spaniards visited 
Mexico, what is said of the religion of the people ? What 
did they sacrifice? What is said of these victims? 
9. What is said of the Spaniards ? What did Cortea do? 



CONQUEST OF MEXICO. ill 

eighteen ships and nine hundred men, to arrest 
himself and his companions as rebels. This 
intelligence rendered his situation extremely 
perplexing. He knew that if he withdrew his 
forces entirely from the city, he should lose 
all the advantages he had gained : on the 
other hand, if he did not oppose the Spaniards 
who were sent against him, he foresaw that 
his own life, and the lives of his followers, 
were in the most imminent danger. 

11. He therefore resolved to adopt a middle 
course. Leaving one hundred and fifty men 
in the city, under the command of Alvarado, 
he set out with two hundred and fifty others 
to meet his new opponents. Never was an 
enterprise more successfully conducted. He 
surprised the nine hundred Spaniards, and 
took them prisoners, with their general, Nar- 
vaez, and having taken the vanquished into 
his own service, returned in triumph to Mex- 
ico. 

12. On his return, he found that the Mexi 
cans had broken out into open insurrection; 
they surrounded the palace in which the Span- 
iards resided, and threatened their destruc- 

Qubstions. — 10. While these things were going on, 
of what was Cortez informed ? What is said of the situa- 
tion of Cortez ? 11. What did he resolve ? What did he 
do with regard to the nine hundred Spaniards ? 12. On 
his return what did he find ? 



112 AMERICA. 

tion. On one of these occasions, Mcntezuma 
appeared on the walls, with a view to check 
the fury of the populace. "When the people 
saw him they were silent, and bowed to the 
earth with the deepest reverence. He told 
them that the Spaniards were his friends, and 
ordered them to retire peacefully to their 
homes. This order was received with indig- 
nation by the multitude ; at first a low mur- 
mur was heard; it grew louder and louder, 
until at length it burst forth into an angry 
shout; a shower of darts and sfcones were cast 
upon the walls, and the monarch fell wounded 
to the ground. He was carried into the castle, 
refused to take nourishment, and died in a 
few days. 

13. Immediately after his death, Quetlavaca 
succeeded to the throne. Under this mon- 
arch the attack on the Spaniards was renewed 
with redoubled fury. A large body of Mexi- 
cans had assembled on the top of a high tem- 
ple, which overlooked the Spanish fortress, 
and had collected there a quantity of stones 
for the purpose of throwing them upon their 



Questions. — 12. On o«e o f these occapiops, what did 
Montezuma do ? What is s»vid of the people ? What did 
he order them ? How waa this ordar received ? What 
followed? What is said of M.ontezum&? 13. Under hi* 
successor what took placfe ? Where did a body of Mexi- 
cans assemble? 



CONQUEST OF MEXICO. 113 

enemies. Cortez, with a small band of the 
bravest of his men, went to drive the Mexi- 
cans from the temple. 

14. Here a fearful contest ensued. The 
Mexicans fought with desperation ; and the 
contest turning against them, many preferred 
to die rather than submit to the Spaniards : 
they leaped from the lofty pinnacle of the 
temple to the ground, and were killed by the 
fall. In this engagement Cortez narrowly 
escaped with his life. Two Mexicans singled 
him out for destruction, and resolved to per- 
ish with him. With this intention, they rushed 
towards the spot where he stood, drew him to 
the edge of the pinnacle, and leaped over the 
railing with him. But Cortez, who was a man 
of great strength, held fast to the railing, 
while his two antagonists fell, and were dashed 
to pieces upon the earth beneath. 

15. Cortez, however, finding his situation 
growing daily more dangerous, resolved to 
withdraw for a short time from the city. Ac- 
cordingly, under the cover of a dark and rainy 
night, he set out with his army, hoping to es» 
p*pe the vigilance of his enemies. His move- 
ments, meanwhile, were carefully watched by 

Qobstions. — 13. What did Cortez do ? 14. What en- 
sued ? What is said of the Mexicans ? Of Cortez ? 
How did he save himself? 15. What did Cortez resolve? 
What is said of his movements? 
10* 



114 AMERIOl. 

the Mexicans, who availed themselves of overy 
opportunity of destroying the unwelcome 
strangers. The Spaniards had crossed the 
lake unperceived, and were about to enter a 
breach in the causeway, when they wera f4S- 
sailed by a shower of darts, arrows, and 
stones. A dreadful scene of confusion fol- 
lowed. The darkness of the night was so 
great that they were unable to distinguish 
friends from foes. Thousands of Mexicans 
were slain; while, on the other hand, Cortez 
lost several hundred of his Spanish troops, 
and more than one thousand of his Tlascalan 
allies, with nearly all his horses, artillery, and 
baggage. 

16. The Spaniards retreated towards Tlas- 
cala, through the valley of Otumba. But, 
when they came in sight of this valley, they 
were surprised to find it occupied by an army 
of several hundred thousand Mexicans. The 
emperor appeared conspicuous in the midst 
of this vast multitude. He was borne aloft 
upon a splendid litter, and carried in his hand 
the imperial standard, which was never un- 
furled except on the most important occa- 
sions. 

Questions. — 15. When the Spaniards had crossed the 
lake, what took place ? What followed ? What did Cor- 
tez lose ? 16. Where did the Spaniards return ? How 
did the emperor appear ? 



CONQUEST OF MEXICO. 115 

17. At the sight of this immense army, Cor- 
tez was perplexed but not intimidated. He 
immediately arranged his infantry in the form 
of a column, and placed one part of his cavalry 
in front to break the ranks of the enemy, and 
the rest in the rear to prevent them from 
uniting. In this order they entered the valley. 
The conflict was long and obstinate, and the 
Mexicans were cut down by thousands ; and 
when forced to retire by the superior skill of 
the Spaniards, again fearlessly returned to the 
charge. 

18. Cortez, at the head of his cavalry, car- 
ried death and consternation wherever he 
directed his course ; at length he grew uneasy 
lest the countless number of his enemies might 
finally exhaust the strength of his little army. 
It had been said that the fate of the battle 
was considered by the Mexicans to depend on 
the loss or preservation of the imperial ban- 
ner. Cortez, therefore, determined to decide 
the doubtful contest, by seizing or destroying 
the sacred standard. Accompanied by several 
of his bravest officers, he forced his way 
through his enemies, and in a few moments 
reached the place where the banner was ele- 
vated, attacked the Mexican chieftain who 

Questions. — 17. At this what is said of Cortez ? De- 
scribe the conflict. 18. What did Cortoz do ? What had 
been said? What did he determine? What did he do? 



116 AMERICA. 

carried it, and, with a single stroke from his 
lance, brought him to the ground. 

19. The loss of the imperial standard decided 
the conflict; the Mexicans immediately threw 
down their arms, and fled precipitately to the 
woods and mountains. After this victory, the 
Spaniards continued their march to the city 
of Tlascala, without meeting with any resist- 
tance. Cortez remained in this city for some 
time, in order that his men might recover 
from the fatigues which they had undergone. 
In the mean time, having been reinforced by 
several hundred Spaniards, he marched back 
to TezcHco, resolved, if possible, to reduce the 
capital. 

20. WUh immense labor, he had timber 
brought from a distance ; a number of vessels 
were built, and launched on the lake around 
the city. For several weeks the city was 
furiously assaulted by the Spaniards, and as 
vigorously defended by the Mexicans. At 
length the valor of the Spaniards prevailed ; 
the city was taken, and the emperor, G-ua- 
tiinoziu, the successor of Quetlavaca, in at- 
tempting to escape, fell into the hands of the 

Questions. — 19. What decided the conflict? After 
this victory, what did the Spaniards do ? In the mean 
time what did Cortez resolve ? 20. With immense labor 
whai was done ? What is said of the city ? At length 
what happened ? 



CONQUEST OF MEXICO. 117 

victors. Thus was the great Aztec empire of 
Mexico extinguished, in less than two years 
after the entrance of Oortez into the capital. 

21. The Spaniards were greatly disappointed 
in the amount of gold and silver which they 
expected to find in the city. In order, there- 
fore, to discover hidden treasure, they put the 
monarch and his chief minister to the most 
cruel tortures. They placed them upon an in- 
strument called the rack. The prince endured 
his sufferings with courage, and hearing his 
fellow- sufferer complain, turned to him, and 
said: "And, myself, am I on a bed of rosS?" 

22. Cortez, arriving at this moment, was 
greatly moved by the sufferings of Gruatimozin, 
and immediately ordered him to be set at lib- 
erty; but the unhappy monarch was put to 
death in 1523, two years after his capture, on 
a charge of treason and conspiracy. 

23. Mexico was described, at the time of its 
discovery, as one of the most delightful coun- 
tries of North America, and its natural features 
still remain. Fruit and fragrant flowers spon- 
taneously abound; groves of lemon and orange 
trees may be seen extending for miles; and 
the whole face of nature is covered with luxu- 

Questions. — 21. What is said of the Spaniards ? To 
discover the treasure, what did they do ? What did the 
prince say? 22. What did Cortez order? 23. What if 
said of MeT ; co ? Fruit, &c. ? 



118 AMERICA. 

riant vegetation. The forests are thronged 
with birds of varied plumage, and the very air 
is filled with the sweet fragrance which arises 
from the groves and meadows. The country, 
moreover, abounds with mines of gold and 
silver. 

24. On the fall of the empire, Mexico became 
a Spanish province, and so remained for three 
hundred years. After several insurrections 
against Spain had failed, one organized in 1821, 
by General Augustin Iturbide, succeeded. In 
the following year he was proclaimed empe- 
ror, under the title of Augustin I. In 1823, a 
revolt, headed by General Santa Anna, occa- 
sioned his abdication, and he left the country. 
In 1824, a Constitution was adopted, modelled 
upon that of the United States. In the same 
year, Iturbide, returning to revive the empire, 
was captured and shot. 

25. In 1836, Texas revolted, and became in 
1845 one of the States of the American Union. 
This led to acts of war on the part of Mexico, 
which were resented by the United States, the 
troops of which were victorious over the Mexi- 
cans in 1846 and 1847. In 1848, Mexico sur- 

Questions.— 23. What is said of the forests ? 24. What 
occurred after the fall of the empire ? What is said of 
Iturbide? What took place in 1824? 25. What even! 
occurred in 1836 ? To what did this lead? What tool 
place in 1848? 



CONQUEST OF MEXICO. H9 

rendered to the United States the disputed 
territory, together with New Mexico and 
Upper California. 

26. In 1863, France enforced by war certain 
claims against Mexico, and being successful, 
invited the Archduke Maximilian, brother of 
the Emperor of Austria, to assume the impe- 
rial throne of Mexico. This unfortunate prince 
was led to believe also that an influential 
portion of the population favored the meas- 
ure. He therefore became Emperor in 1864. 
Believing his throne secure, and having no 
children of his own, he adopted the infant 
grandson of the late Emperor Iturbide as his 
heir. A successful revolution, however, over- 
turned the empire; the former government 
was restored, and Maximilian was shot, June 
19, 1867. 

27. In 1867, Juarez was chosen president of 
the Mexican republic. He died five years after, 
when Lerdo de Tejada succeeded him. In 1876 
a revolution forced Tejada to flee the country, and 
Porfirio Diaz became the acting president. The 
following year he was elected to the office, and 
re-elected in 1884. General Diaz has proven an 

Questions. — 26. Relate the events that led to Maxi 
miliau's assuming imperial power. Who was his heir? 
How did this power terminate ? 27. Who was the next 
president? Who succeeded him? What occurred in 
1876 ? What is said of Diaz ? 



120 AMEEICA. 

able ruler. Since the death of Maximilian, the 
course of legislation has been unfriendly to the 
Church. Mexico possesses many natural advan- 
tages, but its growth has been checked by the 
unruly character of the people. The organizing 
principle is wanting among them, and the country 
has been almost constantly torn up by revolution 
and change. Juarez was the first president to 
hold the office for the full term, the incumbent 
either having fled the country before revolution 
or been assassinated or publicly hanged by some 
successful faction. In 1883 a Keciprocity Treaty 
with the United States was signed ; and of late 
years railroad-building has been receiving much 
attention. 



CHAPTEK XIII. 

Discovery and Conquest of Peru by 
Francis Pizarro. 

1 Shortly after the conquest of Mexico, re- 
ports of the great wealth existing in Peru in 
South America, aroused the cupidity of the 

Questions. — 27. What is said of the cotintry and the 
character of its people ? What treaty was signed in 
1883 ? — 1. After the conquest of Mexico, what was under- 
taken ? 



CONQUEST OF PERU. 121 

•Spaniards who had already set foot in the 
New World. An expedition under Francis 
Pizarro sailed from Panama in the year 1525, 
and explored the shores of the Pacific Ocean. 
Pizarro afterwards obtained from Spain a 
right of discovery and conquest in Peru, and 
thither he proceeded with a small force in 
1531. He entered Peru, then a rich ar [1 ex- 
tensive empire, and penetrated to the interior. 

2. The country at that time was divided 
into two hostile parties, led by the two sons of 
the late monarch, who disputed the succession 
to the throne. The younger was successful ; 
he defeated his brother in battle, and having 
made him prisoner, caused him to be put to 
death. Both princes had previously endea- 
vored to gain the assistance of the Spaniards, 
and Pizarro, now pretending to be a friend to 
the successful competitor, marched to meet 
him, but suddenly attacked his army, and hav- 
ing slain a great many of his followers, took 
the monarch prisoner. 

3. The -unfortunate prince made every con- 
cession to obtain his liberty. He even agreed 
to fill the room in which he was confined. 

Questions. — 1. What did Pizarro obtain? Where did 
he advance ? 2. What is said of the country ? Who 
was successful? What had both endeavored to gain? 
What did Pizarro do ? 3. What did the prince agree 
to do? 



122 AMEEICA. 

measuring twenty-two feet in length and sev- 
enteen in breadth, with vessels of gold and 
silver. He did not, however, obtain his re- 
lease, and was finally put to death. The mon- 
archy being thus overthrown, and Peru re- 
duced to a Spanish province, the most violent 
contentions began to prevail among the con- 
querors. Almagro, the rival of Pizarro, was 
condemned and executed, and the eventful life 
of Pizarro was, in turn, ended by assassina- 
tion. 

4. The former empire of the Incas of Peru 
was divided into several provinces, each gov- 
erned by a Spanish viceroy. These were New 
Granada, (partly formed from Peru,) Buenos 
Ayres, Guatemala, Yenezuela, Caracas, Cu- 
mana, and Chili. About this period the 
Portuguese colonized Brazil, on the eastern 
coast of South America. 

5. Peru was the last of the Spanish Ameri- 
can colonies which remained attached to the 
mother country. A government independent 
of Spain was proclaimed in 1821, and firmly 
established by the success of the insurgents 
under Simon Bolivar in the battle of Ayachuco, 

Questions. — 3. Did he obtain his liberty ? After this, 
who prevailed? What was the end of Almagro and 
Pizarro ? 4. What provinces were formed from the 
former empire of Peru? 5. What is said of the inde- 
pendence of Peru ? What took place in 1821 ? 



CONQUEST OF PERT7. 123 

three years after. In 1826, a Constitution 
similar to that of the United States was 
adopted. 

6. In 1837, Peru and Bolivia engaged in a 
short war against Chili. From this date till 
1844 civil wars" and endless disorder prevailed. 
Peace was at length brought about through the 
efforts of General Castilla, who became president 
(1845). He remained in office six years. The 
government that came after was guilty of gross 
frauds, and a revolution overthrew it. The great- 
est confusion followed. Finally, General Castilla 
became president again, and ruled, against all 
kinds of opposition and threatened assassination, 
till 1862. He was succeeded in office by General 
San Ramon, who died the next year. A war 
with Spain followed for the possession of the 
Chincha Islands. 

7. In 1867 the present Constitution was adopted, 
and Don Manuel Prado chosen president. The 
next year a revolution forced him to flee. His 
successor was assassinated. In 1872, upon the ex- 
piration of President Balta's term, a bloody rev- 
olution of four days reseated President Prado, ' 
who was chosen president again the next year. 

Questions.— 5. What took place in 1826? 6. What 
occurred from 1837 to 1844 ? Who became president 
in 1845 ? How long did he remain in office ? What fol- 
lowed his administration ? Who succeeded General Cas- 
tilla ? 7. In 1867 what took place ? In 1872 ? 



124 AMERICA. 

In 1879 a disastrous war began with Chili. It 
practically ended in 1881 with the capture of 
Lima, but peace was not declared until 1883. 
The Peruvians fought bravely, but were utterly 
beaten. From 1881 to 1883 the Chilian army 
occupied Peru ; the soldiers acted the part of 
fiends, and the country was in the most disor- 
ganized and wretched condition. In 1884, Gen- 
eral Iglesias became president. The hapless 
country is now torn by civil war. 

Questions. — 7. What was the condition of affairs from 
1879 to 1883 ? Who became president in 1884 ? What 
is the present state of the country ? 



AMERICAN COLONIES. 



CHAPTEE XIV. 
Settlement, op Virginia. 

1. About the year 1584, a company was 
formed in England, under the patronage of 

^ Sir Walter Ealeigh, for the purpose of making 
a settlement in America. Ealeigh, having ob- 
tained a grant of land from Queen Elizabeth, 
arrived in the New World, entered Pamlico 
Sound, and took possession of the country in 
the name of the crown of England. On his 
return, the account he gave of the fertility of 
the country so pleased Elizabeth, that she 
bestowed on it the name of Virginia, in re- 
ference to her own unmarried state. 

2. The next year, Sir Walter Ealeigh sent 
over to Virginia several small vessels, under 
the command of Eichard Granville, carrying 
one hundred and eighty adventurers, who 
landed on the isle of Eoanoke. But the colo- 
nists, deluded with the prospect of finding 

Questions. — 1. What took place in 1584? What is 
jaid of Raleigh ? On his return ? 2. After this what 
did Raleigh do ? What is said of the colonists ? 
11 * 125 



126 AMEKIOA. 

mines of gold and silver, neglected the culti- 
vatiou. of the soil; and, in consequence of this, 
they were reduced to the utmost distress by 
famine. Fortunately, they were enabled to 
return to England the following year, on the 
occasion of a visit to the colony of a ship of 
Sir Francis Drake's. The only fruit of their 
stay in America was the introduction by them 
into England of tobacco and potatoes. 

In 1587, another colony was sent to the 
same place. During the interval of three 
years, before supplies could reach them from^ 
England, these colonists all perished by sick- 
ness, or fell by the hands of the natives. 

3. The ill success of the first adventurers 
naturally weakened the spirit of the enter 
prise, and for a season withdrew the attention 
of others from attempting settlements in the 
New World. In the year 1607, however, 
another body of one hundred and eight ad- 
venturers, under the patronage of the London 
Company, sailed for the coast of Yirginia. 
After a long and dangerous voyage, they ar- 
rived at the mouth of the Chesapeake Bay, 
and sailed up a beautiful stream, to which 
they gave the name of James Eiver. They 

Questions. — 2. What is said of their return to Eng- 
land ? Of the colony of 1587 ? 3. What was the effect 
of these failures ? In 1607, what took place ? Waera 
did they arrive ? 



SETTLEMENT OF VIRGINIA. 127 

finally landed, built a fort, and laid the foun- 
dation of a village, to which, in honor of their 
king, they gave the name of Jamestown. 

4. The ruins of this village are still visible. 
A few traces of decayed houses, the moulder- 
mg remains of a fortification, and an ancient 
church-yard mark the spots where the first 
permanent English settlement was made upon 
the shores of North America. 

5. Who can describe the sentiments of the 
traveller, when he visits the site of this ancient 
town ? This vast country, stretching from the 
Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean, now containing 
a population of thirty millions of inhabitants, 
was then an extensive wilderness, the vast 
hunting-ground of the Indians. They alone 
dwelt in its valleys, and held undisputed sway 
over its hills and its mountains, its lakes and 
its rivers. Extensive cities, towns, and vil- 
lages are now spread over the plains, where 
once the humble wigwams of the Indians 
stood. 

6. The government of this colony was framed 
by the London Company, and was administered 
by a council of seven persons, with a president 

Questions. — 3. What town did they commence? 
4 What is said of the ruins of this village ? 5. What 
is said of this vast country? What did they hold? 
What is said of cities, &c. ? 6. Where was Uie govern- 
ment of the colony framed ? 



128 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

chosen from their own number. The condi- 
tion of the colony, at first, was far from being 
prosperous. The provisions which they had 
brought with them were soon exhausted ; 
and as they had planted nothing, they were 
reduced to the utmost- distress for the want of 
food; and to add new misfortunes to those 
which surrounded them, sickness broke out 
among them, and in the course of four months 
fifty of their number died. 

7. The colony, however, was saved from final 
ruin, through the energy of one of their num- 
ber, Captain John Smith. The life of this ex- 
traordinary man is truly wonderful. Being of 
an adventurous disposition, he left England 
at the age of fifteen, and travelled through 
Spain, France, and Germany. He entered the 
army of the emperor of Germany, and at 
length obtained the command of a body of 
cavalry. It was not long before Smith signal- 
ized himself by deeds of valor. 

8. On one occasion, he challenged a Turk 
to single combat, and the challenge was im- 
mediately accepted. They mounted their 
horses, and met in the open plain. A fierce 

Questions. - — 6. What was the condition of the colony? 
To what were they reduced ? What further ? 7. How 
was the colony saved ? What is said of his life ? Where 
did he travel? 8. What is said of his combats with the 
three Turks? 



SETTLEMENT OF VIRGINIA. 129 

contest ensued, in which the Turk was slain. 
Smith challenged a second ; and the second 
shared the same fate as the first. A third 
accepted the challenge, and he, too, fell be- 
oeath the deadly lance of Smith. 

9. He fought many battles against the 
Turks, but being at length wounded, was 
taken prisoner, and sent as a slave to Con- 
stantinople. His kind mistress there, to se- 
cure his safety, sent him to her brother, a 
Tartar prince. Smith, being grossly insulted 
by him, killed him, and escaped into Ger- 
many. Thence he returned to England, and, 
shortly afterwards, joined an expedition which 
was about to sail to the New World. 

10. In Virginia he often went into the in- 
terior, to obtain provisions and to explore the 
country. In one of these expeditions, he was 
attacked by a party of Indians, and all his 
companions were killed. Seizing one of the 
Indians, he held him as a shield between him- 
self and the enemy, and in this manner he 
retreated; but being unacquainted with the 
country he sank in a swamp, and was taken 
prisoner. 

Questions. — 9. What happened to Smith afterwards ! 
On his return to England ? 10. What is said of him in 
Virginia ? What happened * How did he retreat ? 
How was he taken? 



130 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

11. Smith now preserved his life \y display- 
ing to the savages a pocket compass, and 
amused and astonished them by explaining its 
powers. They led him in triumph t(f Powhat- 
tan, their king. A council was held, and it wan 
decreed that he should bo put to death, as a 
man whose valor and genius were dangerous 
to the Indians. 

12. He was accordingly led forth to execu- 
tion, and Powhattan himself resolved to be 
his executioner. His head was placed upon a 
stone, but just as the king was in the act of 
raising the fatal club to despatch his victim, 
Pocahontas, his youthful daughter, rushed 
forward and threw herself at the feet of her 
father, and by her tears and entreaties be- 
sought him to spare the life of Smith. Pow- 
hattan gazed for a moment with astonishment 
upon his daughter; her prayers touched hia 
heart, his club fell harmlessly to the ground ; 
he gave Smith his liberty, and permitted him 
to return to Jamestown. Such is the reported 
history of an event which begins now to be 
questioned. 

13. On his return, Smith found the colony 

Questions. — 11. How did Smith preserve his life? 
Where was he taken? What was decreed? 12. Where 
was he led? How was his life saved? What is said of 
Powhattan ? 



SETTLEMENT OF VIRGINIA. 131 

in the greatest distress. Only forty of the 
emigrants were living, and they had become 
bo much disheartened that they were about 
to return to England. Smith, however, being 
made president of the council, by his energy 
and activity soon restored order and pros- 
perity to the colony. He passed a decree, 
that those who would not work should have 
nothing to eat; and by this means he soon 
rendered them all industrious. Smith also 
explored the Chesapeake Bay to its head- 
waters, and made a correct map of its shores. 

14. In 1609, Powhattan had concerted meas- 
ures for the destruction of the colony; but 
Pocahontas, who had always been friendly to 
the English, learning the designs of her father, 
hastened to Jamestown on a dark and stormy 
night, and disclosed the plot to Smith. This 
timely notice saved the colony from destruc- 
tion. Pocahontas, during another visit to 
Jamestown, was there detained, with a hope 
that Powhattan, while his daughter was in 
the hands of the English, would abstain from 
hostilities. 

15. But the noble-hearted king, though he 

Questions. — 13. On Smith's return, how did he find 
the colony? Being made president, what did he do? 
What explorations did he make ? 14. In 1609, what took 
place ? What did Pocahontas do ? What happened to Po- 
cahontas during another v isit to Jamestown 1 



132 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

iO\*)d his daughter, hated treachery and deceit 
He indignantly refused to listen to any terms 
of peace, until his daughter was restored. 
During her stay at Jamestown, she became at- 
tached to a young man of respectable parent- 
age, by the name of John Eolfe, and, with 
the consent of her father, they were married. 
After the celebration of the nuptials, Rplfe 
and the princess sailed for England, where 
she was instructed in the Christian religion, 
and publicly baptized. She died shortly after- 
wards at Gravesend, in the twenty-second 
year of her age, leaving a son, from whom sev- 
eral Virginia families are descended. 

16. About this time, Captain Smith received 
a severe wound from an explosion of gunpow- 
der, and in consequence of this accident, he 
was obliged to return to England for medical 
aid. His absence was a severe loss to the 
colony. They wasted their provisions, and 
were soon reduced to the utmost distress by 
famine. So dreadful were its effects, that, in 

Questions. — 15. What is said of the king? What 
did he refuse? What is said of Pocahontas? To whom 
was she married? Where did she sail? In what was 
she instructed? Where did she die? 16. What hap- 
pened about this time? What is said of his absence? 
What did they waste ? 



SETTLEMENT OF VIRGINIA. 133 

the course of a few months, their number was 
reduced from live hundred to sixty. They 
were relieved, however, by the timely arrival 
of Lord Delaware with provisions and one 
hundred and fifty emigrants. This was in 
1610; from this period the colony began to 
prosper. 

17. The year 1619 is rendered memorable 
by the introduction of negro slavery into 
America. A Dutch vessel, from the coast of 
Guinea, arrived at Jamestown, having on board 
twenty negroes, who were purchased by the 
planters. In the next 3 T ear, about a hundred 
young women of good character were sent 
out from England, as wives for the colonists. 
The passage of each cost one hundred and 
twenty pounds of tobacco, which was paid by 
the husband. 

18. The colony had enjoyed for some time a 
great degree of prosperity ; it was, however, 
doomed to experience a stroke that nearly 
proved fatal to its existence. On the twenty- 
second of March, during the year 1623, the 
Indians fell upon the colonists while they 
were engaged at work, and in one fatal hour 

Questions. — 16. How were they relieved? 17. For 
what is the year 1619 memorable ? What occurred the 
next year? 18. What is said of the colony? On the 
22d of March, what took place ? 
12 



134 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

killed three hundred and forty-seven of theii 
number. After other severe losses, peace waa 
made in 1646. 

19. We are obliged, in this small work, to 
omit many things in the history of Virginia 
that would be interesting to our young read- 
ers. Sometimes we find it prosperous, and at 
other times we behold it contending with the 
storms of adversity. In 1624, under James 
II., Virginia became a royal province, and so 
continued, except for two short intervals, un- 
til the Revolution. When Cromwell usurped 
the government of England, Virginia still 
remained faithful to the royal family (the 
Stuarts) for three years. In 1652, she was 
obliged to yield, and a Puritan settler from 
Maryland, named Ben net, was made gov- 
ernor. 

20. On the restoration of Charles II., in 
1660, Virginia declared her allegiance to the 
king. Sir William Berkeley, the former gov- 
ernor, was restored. With the re-establish- 
ment of the Church of England came severe 
laws on religion ; then followed heavy taxa 
tion, so that a rebellion broke out in 1676, 
called, from the name of its leader, "Bacon*a 
Rebellion." 

Questions. — 18. How many were killed? 19. What 
I appened under James II. ? Under Cromwell ? 20. What 
occurred in 1660 ? What events led to Bacon's Rebellion ? 



SETTLEMENT OF NEW YORK. 135 

21. Berkeley was complained of because he 
did not protect the colony, and Bacon's forces 
drove away the Indians who threatened the 
colonists, but he himself died the same year, 
after a contest with Berkeley, in which James- 
town was destroyed. Berkeley employed meas- 
ures so severe against Bacon's followers, that 
he was recalled to England in 1677, and died 
there. A proprietary government under Lord 
Culpepper ensued, but was soon succeeded by 
the former provincial government. 



CHAPTEE XY. 



The Settlement of New York, New Jersey, 
and Delaware. 

I. The territory now forming the State of 
New York was first settled by the Dutch. As 
early as the year 1609, Henry Hudson, an 
Englishman, then in the service of the East 
India Company of Holland, sailed to the New 
World in search of a passage to India. He 
touched at Long Island, and sailed up a beau- 

Questions. — 21. What was one of the complaints 
against Berkeley? What did Bacon do? After his 
death, what is said of Berkeley? What occurred in 
1677? — 1. By whom was New York settled? In 1609, 
whal took place ? Where did he touch * 



136 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

tiful stream, which, from his own name, ho 
called the Hudson Eiver. The object of his 
voyage proving unsuccessful, he returned to 
Europe. 

2. Hudson, shortly after his return, sailed 
on another voyage, in the employment of a 
company of English merchants, with a view 
to discover a northwestern passage to India. 
He sailed north to the Arctic Ocean, but in a 
mutiny of his crew, he and eight of the sea- 
men who were faithful to him were thrown 
into a small boat, and left to perish. He was 
never heard of afterwards. 

3. About the year 1613, a company of Dutch 
adventurers, claiming the country as a Dutch 
possession, by right of Hudson's discovery of 
it, began a settlement on the banks of the 
Hudson Eiver. A West India Company was 
formed by the Dutch, who built a fort near 
the present site of Albany, called Fort Orange, 
and another, with some few trading houses, 
on Manhattan Island, where the city of New 
York now stands. They styled the latter 
settlement New Amsterdam, while the whole 
territory between Cape Cod and the Dela- 
ware Bay was called New Netherlands. New 

Questions. — 2. What did Hudson do, after his re- 
turn? Where did he sail? What was his fate? 3. 
About the year 1613, what was done? What settlemente 
did they make ? What territory was embraced ? 



SETTLEMENT OF NEW YORK. 137 

Jersey began to be settled by the Dutch in 
1622, a trading post having been established 
that year at Bergen. In 1664, they settled 
Elizabeth, by a colony from Long Island. 

4. The State of Delaware was first visited 
in 1638 by a colony of Swedes, who commenced 
a settlement near the spot where Wilmington 
now stands, and called the country New Swe- 
den. The Dutch settlers of New Netherlands 
always regarded their Swedish neighbors with 
an eye of jealousy; they claimed the territory 
of Delaware, and sought every opportunity of 
asserting their rights. 

5. At this time the settlement of New 
Netherlands was governed by Peter Stuyve- 
sant, of whom historians relate many curious 
incidents. The Swedes, very imprudently, 
took possession of a fort built by the Dutch, 
and made prisoners of the garrison. This 
conduct gave Stuyvesant a plausible excuse for 
invading the territory of New Sweden. He 
immediately collected an army, and marched 
against the Swedes, and having defeated them 
in several battles, subdued the settlement, and 
united it to New Netherlands, in 1655. 

Questions. — 3. When was New Jersey settled? 4. What 
is said of Delawai e ? How did the Dutch settlers regard 
them? What did they claim? 5. Who was governor 
of New Netherlands ? What did the Swedes ? What did 
Stuyvesant do? 
12* 



138 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

6. We have seen that the first settlements 
in New York were made by the Dutch : it re- 
mains to be shown how that colony fell into 
the bands of the English. Charles II., of 
England, after his restoration to the throne 
of his father, seemed to be anxious for some 
pretext on which to rest a dispute with Ho 1 
land. Among other things, he claimed the 
colony possessed by that country in America, 
and conveyed it to his brother, the Duke of 
York, with power to subdue it, in 1664. The 
origin of this claim was the discovery by the 
Cabots, at the close of the fifteenth century. 
It embraced the territory now comprehended 
between Maine and the Carolinas. (See page 
105.) 

7. The duke immediately sent three ships, 
under the command of Richard Nichols, to 
reduce the territory. Nichols arrived in the 
harbor of New Amsterdam, and demanded a 
surrender of the place. Stuyvesant, the gov- 
ernor, after some opposition, was compelled 
to yield to the English; and the whole terri- 
tory thus became subject to the British crown, 
and the settlement, in honor of the duke, was 
called New York. New Amsterdam took the 

Questions. — G. What have we seen, &c. ? After the 
restoration of Cb Tries, what did he do ? What did he 
claim? To whoii aid he convey it? What was the 
origin of this claim ? 7. What did the duke do ? What 
did Nichols do ? What followed ? 



SETTLEMENT OF NEW YORK. 139 

name of New York, and Fort Orange that of 
Albany. 

8. In 1664, the same year in which the col- 
onies inhabited by the Dutch were bestowed 
upon the Duke of York by his brother Charles, 
the Duke sold New Jersey to two English no- 
blemen. Delaware was held by the English 
as a part of the province of New York from 
the same period. During a war between Eng- 
land and Holland in 1673, the Dutch regained 
possession of New Jersey and Delaware. They 
held them, however, but fifteen months, and 
then restored them to the English. 

9. In 1682, these two colonies were trans- 
ferred to William Penn. Delaware continued 
under the government of Pennsylvania until 
the Revolution. New Jersey was in 1702 ceded 
to the English crown by the proprietary of 
Pennsylvania, and was governed with New 
York as a royal province until 1738. After 
that it had a government of its own. 

10. About the close of the seventeenth cen- 
tury British commerce suffered greatly from 
the swarms of pirates that infested the seas. 
These men attacked and plundered ships, anr] 

Questions. — 7. Why was it called New York? What 
other changes in names took place? 8. In 1664, what is 
said of New Jersey ? Of Delaware ? What happened in 
1673 ? 9. What changes took place in the government 
of New Jersey and Delaware in 1682 ani thereafter? 



140 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

even murdered all od board, and then burned 
or sunk the vessels, making private profit of 
all their captures. The evil grew to such an 
extent that the English government was 
obliged to take measures to suppress it. Wil- 
liam Kidd, one of the boldest shipmasters 
sailing out of New York, was recommended 
as a suitable person to go in search of the 
pirates. He accordingly received a royal 
commission to that effect, and set sail from 
Bristol, England, in 1695. 

11. He cruised for some time off the Ameri- 
can coast, and obtained a number of men from 
New York. He proceeded then to the East 
Indies and the coast of Africa, where the pi- 
rates abounded; but on the way resolved to 
become a pirate himself. He made known his 
design to his men, who readily consented to 
it; and for several years the name of Kidd 
was a terror to all who sailed in that part of 
the world. 

12. He returned to New York in 1698, and 
after burying a large portion of his treasure, 
proceeded boldly to Boston, believing that his 
commission would be a sufficient protection to 
him. However, his piratical proceedings were 

Questions. — 10. What is said of the pirates? Iu 
what did their piracy ctnsist? What measures were 
taken ? What is said of Kidd? 11. Where did he pro- 
ceed first? And then? What plan did he form on the 
way? What was the result? 



SETTLEMENT OF MASSACHUSETTS. 141 

so notorious that they could not be over- 
looked. He was arrested, sent to England, 
and tried. No evidence of his piracies could 
be gathered ; but he was tried for killing one 
of his crew in an altercation, and hanged in 
1701. 

13. In 1741, a great excitement was occa- 
sioned in New York by the discovery of an 
alleged plot on the part of the slaves to rob 
and destroy property and to usurp the govern- 
ment. While the panic lasted, numerous exe- 
cutions took place, and many innocent persons 
suffered. 



CHAPTEK XVI. 

The Settlement or Massachusetts. 

1. We have seen in the history of Virginia 
that Captain Smith, so celebrated in that col- 
ony, was obliged to return to England in con- 
sequence of having received a severe wound 
from the explosion of gunpowder. As soon 
as he recovered, he again sailed on an expedi- 
tion to the New World in 1614. He touched 



Questions. — 12. Where did Kidd go in 1698? What 
occurred to him in Boston ? What was his end ? 13. What 
is said of an alleged plot in New York in 1741? — 
1. What is said of Captain Smith ? 



142 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

at the mouth of the Kennebec River, and ex- 
amined the coast as far as Cape Cod ; and, on 
his return to Europe, he prepared a map of 
the country, to which he gave the name of 
New England. 

2. In the early part of the year 1620, a pa- 
tent was granted by King James I., of Eng- 
land, to several persons, forming the Council 
of Plymouth, for the purpose of making a set- 
tlement in New England. During the same 
year in which the patent was obtained, the 
first permanent settlement was commenced in 
New England at Plymouth, by a body of per- 
sons called Puritans. The Puritans, like other 
dissenters from the Church of England at that 
time, suffered greatly on account of their re- 
ligion. 

3. To escape these trials, a body of Puritans 
removed to Holland. They remained for eleven 
years at Leyden; but not finding their situa- 
tion there agreeable, resolved to seek a home 
in the wilds of America. The emigrants em- 
barked on a vessel called the Speedwell, and 
touched at England on the way, in order to 
Accompany others departing thence on the 

Questions. — 1. What expedition did Smith go upon? 
What was the result ? 2. In 1620 what took place ? What 
settlement was made ? Who were the Puritans ? 3. Whi- 
ther did some of these Puritans proceed? What did 
the^ then resolve ' 



SETTLEMENT OF MASSACHUSETTS. 143 

Mayflower. After twice beginning their voy- 
age to America together, the bad condition of 
the Speedwell obliged both parties to return 
to England. Finally the Mayflower set out 
alone from Plymouth, with about a hundred 
passengers, September 6, 1620. 

4. The party intended to land near the 
Hudson Eiver, but they were carried much 
farther to the north ; and the first land they 
came in sight of was the bleak shore of Cape 
Cod. After some days spent in searching for 
a suitable place to land, and in drawing up a 
form of government for the future colony, the 
Mayflower was safely moored in a beautiful 
harbor, to which they gave the name of Ply- 
mouth. Here they landed, December 22, 1620. 

5. Thus, after a long and toilsome voyage, 
they found themselves cast upon an unknown 
and hostile coast. On the one side lay a vast 
wilderness covered with ice and snow, on the 
other the broad Atlantic separated them from 
home, and kindred, and native clime. They 
were exposed to all the rigors of a New Eng- 
land winter, without a roof to shelter them 
from the storm. Their supply of provisions 

Questions. — Relate the voyages of the Speedwell and 
the Mayflower. 4. Where did they intend to land? 
After some days, where was the Mayflower moored? 
6. What is said of the pilgrims ? What were all their 
difficulties ? 



144 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

was limited, and to fill the measure of theii 
calamities, they were visited by a distressing 
sickness, which in a short time carried off 
nearly half their number. 

6. In the spring of 1621, they received a 
visit from MassasOit, the most powerful IndiaD 
chief of that region, and the king of the tribe 
of Wampanoags. He gave them a cordial 
welcome, and entered into a league of friend- 
ship with them, which was strictly observed 
for more than thirty years. 

7. Until 1623, when they had a plentiful 
harvest, the colony endured many privations, 
and were often near famishing. But in that 
year, some changes were made in the system 
of labor, and the plan of common property 
was abandoned. Other colonists continued to 
arrive. John Endicott settled Salem with a 
considerable party in 1628. The Company of 
Massachusetts Bay was formed, and brought a 
large emigration in the two succeeding years, 
who settled Boston and adjacent towns. 

8. It might be supposed that men, who had 
bled under the lash of persecution for their 
religious opinions, would have learned to re- 

Questions. — 5. What is said of their provisions, &c. ' 

6. What chief visited them in 1G21 ? What is said of him? 

7. What is said of the privations of the settlers? What 
Is said of other arrivals of colonists? 8. What is said 
of the persecutions practised ? 



SETTLEMENT OF MASSACHUSETTS. 145 

apeet these opinions in others. But this was 
far from being the case. While we commend 
the noble spirit, which enabled them to bid 
adieu to the land of their fathers, and to for- 
sake the scenes of early childhood, that they 
might enjoy the free exercise of their religion, 
we cannot but look with feelings of the deepest 
regret upon the spirit of intolerance -which 
they exercised among themselves. 

9. Some of the colonists retained a high 
veneration for the Church of England, and 
refused to comply with the religious regula- 
tions of the Puritans. Endicott, the governor, 
called before him the principal offenders, and 
sentenced them to banishment; they were ac- 
cordingly sent home, by the first vessel return- 
ing to England. The Quakers fared worse ; 
out of a party arriving in 1656, four were 
executed, many were banished, and others 
whipped or cast into prison. 

10. In 1643, the New England colonies, ex- 
cept Rhode Island, formed a union for mutual 
protection against the Dutch, the French, 
and the Indians. The wars with the Indians 
will be related in a separate chapter. In 1692, 
the government of the Plymouth colony was 

Questions. — 8. What distinctions must we draw? 
9. What is said of many of the colonists ? What did 
Endicott do? What is said of the Quakers? 10. What 
occurred in 1643? In lfi92? 
13 



146 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

merged into that of Massachusetts Bay, which 
had also jurisdiction over Maine and other 
territory. Maine continued united with Mas- 
sachusetts until erected into a State, in 1820. 

11. In 1692, the singular delusion called the 
Salem Witchcraft prevailed. The excitement 
on this subject was greatly promoted by the 
celebrated minister, Cotton Mather. During 
its continuance, twenty persons were put to 
death, many more were tortured, and others 
imprisoned. 



CHAPTEE XY1I.. 



Settlement op New Hampshire, Connec- 
ticut, and Ehode Island. 



■3 



T. The colonial history of New Hampshire 
is intimately connected with that of Massa- 
chusetts. In the spring of 1623, the first set- 
tlements in this State were made at Dover and 
Portsmouth, by a company of persons sent 
out under the patronage of Ferdinando Gorges 
and John Mason. New Hampshire was several 
times united in government with Massachu 

Questions. — 11. What is said of the Salem Witch 
craft? — 1. What is said of the history of New Hamp- 
shire? In 1623, what took place? What changes oc- 
>urred in the goyernment t 



NEW HAMPSHIRE — CONNECTICUT. 147 

setts, and for a short time with New York. 
In 1679, and for ten years after, it was a 
royal province. In 1741, it constituted a 
separate government, and so remained until 
the Bevolution. 

2. Connecticut was for a time claimed by 
the Dutch as a part of their territory of New 
Netherlands. They even built a fort in 1633, 
on the present site of Hartford, but made no 
very vigorous efforts to retain the country. 
English emigrants, from Massachusetts, began 
settlements m 1634, and the two following 
years. In 1636, the principal early founda- 
tions were made by settlers from three towns 
in Massachusetts, each body being headed by 
its minister. The sites they selected are now 
known as Hartford, Wethersfield, and Wind- 
sor. 

3. In 1637, the Pequod Indians threatened the 
colonists with destruction. The latter averted 
the danger by surprising the Indians the same 
year in their encampment on the Mystic 
Eiver, and nearly destroying the tribe. In 
1687, Sir Edmund Andros, the royal gov- 
ernor of New England, required Connecticut 

Questions. — 1. What took place in 1679 and 1741? 
2. By whom was Connecticut claimed? What fort was 
erected? By whom was the country settled? What 
settlements were made in 1636? 3. What occurred In 
1637? In 1687? What is said of the charter? 



148 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

to surrender her charter. To preserve it, it 
was secretly abstracted just as it was about 
to be given up, and concealed in an old oak, 
at Hartford. This charter is said to have 
been the freest constitution ever granted by a 
king. In 1689 it went into force again. 

4. The settlement of Ehode Island was 
commenced by Eoger Williams. Williams was 
the pastor of a church at Salem, in Massa- 
chusetts, from which he was banished by the 
governor for holding religious opinions differ- 
ing from those of the Puritans. He went forth 
in the middle of winter, when the ground was 
covered with a deep snow, and, with a few 
companions, commenced a settlement in 1636, 
on the spot where the city of Providence now 
stands. 

5. Not long after this, Mr. Coddington, with 
one hundred and seventy-six others, having 
been also banished from Massachusetts, for 
holding religious opinions deemed erroneous 
by the colonial establishment, followed Eoger 
Williams, and commenced a settlement on a 
fertile island in Narraganset Bay, to which 
they gave the name of Ehode Island. The 
two settlements were united in 1644, under 

Questions. — 4. By whom was Rhode Island settled ? 
What is said of Williams? Under what circumstances 
did he settle Providence ? 5. After this what + ,ook place ? 
Where did he commence a settlement? What title did 
the settlements take in 1 644 ? 



SETTLEMENT OF MARYLAND. 149 

the title of the Ehode Island aiid Providence 
Plantations. 

6. Eoger Williams was a man of liberal and 
generous principles. By the charter, which 
he obtained from England for the government 
of his colony, it was ordered that none should 
be molested for any difference of opinion in 
matters of religion. It would have been, how- 
ever, much to the credit of those who shared 
with him the administration of the govern- 
ment, if they had been more liberal in their 
views; for the very first assembly convened 
under the authority of that charter, excluded 
the Eoman Catholics from voting at elections, 
and from every office in the government. 



CHAPTEE XVIII. 

The Settlement of Maryland. 

1. The first settlement in Maryland was 
commenced under the patronage of Sir George 
Calvert, whoso title was afterwards that of 
Lord Baltimore. Calvert was distinguished 
as a statesman, and had held, for some time, 



Questions. — 6. What is said of Williams? By the 
charter what was ordered? At the first assembly who 
were excluded? — 1. By whom was this settlement com- 
menced 7 What is said of Calvert? 



150 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

the office of sec retary of state, in the reign 
of James I. of England. He was a Koman 
Catholic; and the intolerance and persecution 
exercised against the Catholics of England at 
that period, naturally affected his generous and 
benevolent heart. 

2. With a view of forming in America an 
asylum for himself and his persecuted breth- 
ren, he sailed to Virginia; but not finding a 
welcome there, on account of his religion, he 
fixed his attention upon the territory beyond 
the Potomac, and finding it unoccupied, imme- 
diately returned to England, and obtained of 
Charles I. a grant of the land in 1632. The 
settlement was called Maryland, after Hen- 
rietta Maria, the wife of Charles. 

3. Sir G-eorge Calvert died before the grant 
of the territory was made out, but the right 
was transferred to his eldest son, Cecil Cal- 
vert, who inherited the titles of his father. 
Preparations were immediately made for the 
settlement of the colony. On the 22d of No- 
vember, in the year 1633, about two hundred 
emigrants set sail from the Isle of Wight, in 
two small vessels, the Ark and the Dove, and 

Questions. — 1. What was he, &c. ? 2. With a view 
ef forming, &c, what did he do? Where did he fix 
his attention ? 3. What happened before the patent tvaa 
made out? Who inherited his titles? In 163e, what 
took place ? 



SETTLEMENT OF MARYLAND. 151 

after a tedious voyage, arrived off Point Com- 
fort, in Virginia, on the 24th of February. 
After a short rest, they proceeded to Maryland. 
Here they made a landing on what is now 
Blackiston's (or Blackstone's) Island, in the 
Potomac river, March 25, 1634. 

4. As soon as they landed, they erected a 
cross, and returned solemn thanks to God, who 
had guided their vessels safely through the 
many dangers of the ocean, and had conducted 
their voyage to so happy an issue : they then 
took possession of the country in the name of 
their sovereign. They treated the Indians 
with the greatest kindness and humanity; 
they paid them for the land, and then com- 
menced a settlement on the Potomac river at 
an Indian village, which they purchased from 
the natives, and to which they gave the name 
of St. Mary's. 

5. The most beautiful feature in the history 
of this colony, is that of the free toleration 
which it granted to the professors of every re- 
ligious denomination. If a stranger entered 
the colony, no questions were asked about his 



Questions. — 3. Describe the remaining occurrences 
until the landing. 4. After landing, what did they? 
How did they treat the Indians? Where did they com- 
mence a settlement? 5. What is the :tiost beautiful 
feature in the history of this colony? If a stranger 
entered, what is said ? 



152 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

religion ; if a Christian, he was welcomed, 
and permitted to worship God according to 
the dictates of his own conscience. Maryland 
was, moreover, an asylum from oppression, 
and merited the name of the Land of the sanc- 
tuary. 

6. While a misguided zeal in matters of re- 
ligion had enkindled the flame of persecution 
in most of the other colonies, the Catholics of 
Maryland extended their arms and invited the 
victims of intolerance from every clime to 
come and live among them. The silent prayer 
of the Friend, the chant of the Puritan, and 
the hosannas of the Catholic, were wafted to 
heaven on the breeze that arose from the 
peaceful shores of the Chesapeake. 

7. Even religious controversy and sectarian 
strife, so destructive to peace and unity, were 
banished from the colony, and whoever called 
his neighbor, by way of reproach, " a heretic/' 
"idolater," "schismatic," "round-head," "pa- 
pist," &c, was subject to a fine often shillings, 
one-half to be paid to the party insulted. 

8. Before the arrival of the colonists, a resi- 
dent of Virginia, named Claiborne, had estab- 

Questions. — 5. What title did Maryland receive? 
6. What is said of the conduct of the Catholics of Mary- 
land to those of otLsr religions? 7. What is said of 
religious contention? 8. "Who was Claiborne, and what 
his course towards Maryland ? 



SETTLEMENT OF MARYLAND. 153 

lishod a trading-post on Kent Island, in the 
Chesapeake Bay, within the limits of Mary- 
land. Claiborne resisted the just claim of the 
proprietary to this island, but was finally 
obliged to yield possession. In revenge for 
this, he organized a rebellion, and succeeded 
in overturning the government of Maryland. 
The governor, Leonard Calvert, brother of 
Lord Baltimore, fled to Virginia for safety, in 
1645. Claiborne oppressed, robbed, and ban- 
ished the friends of the Calverts, among whom 
was the venerable Father White, who, with 
other missionaries, was sent to England in 
chains. 

9. Lord Baltimore succeeded in regaining 
his rights in 1646. Three years after, on the 
execution of Charles L, Maryland passed a de- 
cree proclaiming Charles II. king. This dar- 
ing act drew down upon her the vengeance 
of the Puritans. Claiborne, "the evil genius 
of Maryland," availed himself of this circum- 
stance to become one of the principal agents 
in overturning the government of the lord 
proprietary, in 1652. Maryland was made 
subject -to the Parliament, and Lord Baltimore 
was not restored until Cromwell himself gave 
a decision in his favor, in 1658, the last year 

Questions. — 9. What were the events of 1646, and 
the succeeding years? To whom was Maryland then 
subject, and how long? 



154 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

of his life. The Puritans, in the interval, 
passed laws against Catholics and members of 
the Church of England, which, however, oper- 
ated only during the six years they held power. 

10. Cecil, the second lord, was succeeded 
by Charles, the third Lord Baltimore, in 1675. 
James II. was dethroned in 1689, and the par- 
tisans of William and Mary in the colony 
took possession of the government before the 
arrival of the despatches from Lord Baltimore, 
announcing his allegiance to the new king 
and queen. The injustice thus done to the 
proprietary was not set right during his life. 

11. The first act of the new assembly in 
1692, was to abolish religious toleration, the 
glory of Maryland heretofore under her mild 
and enlightened proprietaries. The Church 
of England was made the state church, and 
laws most oppressive to Catholics were en- 
acted. Thus the Catholics saw themselves 
deprived of the exercise of their religion 
within the limits of the very colony in which 
the} 7 had labored to establish free toleration ; 
and by those to whom their benevolence had 
granted an asylum and a home. Nor were 
these laws entirely repealed until 1776. 

Questions. — 9. What laws did the Puritans pass? 
10. What were the events of 1675 and 1689? 11. What 
changes in the laws took place in 1692? What was the 
effect of these laws on the Catholics? How long did 
tfiey endure ? 



SETTLEMENT OF PENNSYLVANIA. 155 

12. Charles, third Lord Baltimore, died in 

1714, leaving descendants who conformed to 
the new religion. On this account, the rights 
withheld from him were restored to them in 

1715. Frederick Calvert, the sixth and last 
Lord Baltimore, died in 1771, without lawful 
heirs. He left the province to his illegitimate 
son, Henry Harford, whose proprietorship was 
of course extinguished by the Revolution. In 
1692, the capital of the colony was removed 
from St. Mary's to Annapolis. In 1729, the 
city of Baltimore was laid out. 



CHAPTER XIX. 
The Settlement of Pennsylvania. 

1. In the year 1681, the settlement of Penn- 
sylvania was commenced under the direction 
of the celebrated William Penn, from whom 
the State takes its name. In the early part 
of his life, Penn embraced the tenets of the 
Quakers, or Friends, and suffered in the perse- 
cution that was carried on against them in 
England. Roused, at length, by the intolerant 
spirit of his countrymen at home, he resolved 

Questions. — 12. When did the third Lord Baltimore 
die ? What is the subsequent history of the proprietor- 
ship of Maryland ? What is said of Annapolis and Bal- 
timore? — 1, When and by whom was this settlement 
commenced ? What is said of Penn ? What did he re- 
solve and -obtain 9 



156 AMERICAN COLONIES. 

to seek an asylum in the New World, from the 
oppression of the Old. Accordingly, he ap- 
plied to Charles II., from whom he obtained 
a grant of a large tract of country, including 
the present State of Pennsylvania, in com- 
pensation for a debt due from the crown to his 
father. 

2. The first colony arrived in the country 
in 1681, and commenced a settlement on the 
banks of the Delaware River. In the follow- 
ing year, Penn arrived in company with about 
two thousand associates, chiefly of the denomi- 
nation of Friends or Quakers. Soon after his 
arrival, Penn drew out the plan and laid the 
foundation of the present city of Philadelphia, 
or the city of "Brotherly Love." 

3. The first care of Penn was to gain the 
friendship of the Indians. He met a delega- 
tion of the various tribes under a large elm- 
tree, and addressed them as follows: "We 
meet you on the broad pathway of good faith 
and good will; no advantage shall be taken on 
cither side, but all shall be openness and love." 
The rude children of the forest were moved 
by this friendly address, and thus replied: 
" We will live in love with William Penn, and 

Questions. — 2. When did the first colony arrive? 
In the following year? Soon after his arrival, what did 
Penn do ? 3. What was his first care ? How did he 
address them? How did they reply? 



SETTLEMENT OF PENNSYLVANIA. 157 

his children, as long as the sun and moon shall 
endure." He paid them for their lands, and 
entered into a treaty with them, which was 
Btrictly observed for a period of seventy 
years. 

4. The government of this colony was estab- 
lished on the most humane and liberal princi- 
ples. Following the example of Lord Balti- 
more, he made civil and religious liberty the 
basis of all his institutions, and to these wise 
regulations may be attributed the rapid ad- 
vancement of Pennsylvania in population, 
enterprise, and importance. Penn visited 
England several times, and at length died at 
London, in 1718, at the advanced age of 
seventy-five years. At the time of the Ameri- 
can Eevolution, the claims of his descend- 
ants were purchased by the Commonwealth of 
Pennsylvania. 

Questions. — 3. For what did he pay them ? 4. What 
is said of the government ? Whose example did he fol- 
low ? When and where did Penn die ? 

14 



158 AMERICAN COLONIES. 



CHAPTEE XX. 

Ihe Settlement of the Carolinas and 
Georgia. 

1. The settlement of North and South Caro- 
lina was commenced towards the middle of the 
seventeenth century, by a company of persons 
from Virginia, who were suffering in that 
colony, on account of their religious opinions. 
Leaving their unfriendly neighbors in Vir- 
ginia, they proceeded towards the south, 
and commenced a settlement near Albemarle 
Sound. 

2. Shortly after this, another company of 
adventurers from Massachusetts settled near 
Cape Fear. The proprietors invited immigra- 
tion, by establishing a liberal government, and 
by offering a portion of the land for the first 
five years at a half-penny per acre. They 
afterwards extended their settlements to the 
banks of Ashley and Cooper Rivers, and J aid 
the foundation of Charleston. In 1729, the 
title of the land was invested in the crown, 
after which the country was divided into 

Questions. — 1. By whom was this commenced? 
Whither did they proceed ? 2. After this what took place? 
What did the proprietors do ? What did they extend 
In 1729. what took place ? 



SETTLEMENT OF GEORGIA. 159 

North and South Carolina, and a royal gov. 
ernor appointed over each. During the year 
1700, the growth of cotton was introduced 
into the Carolinas, and, a few years later, that 
of rice. 

3. The last of the thirteen original States 
that revolted against Great Britain, was Geor- 
gia. It derives its name from George the 
Second, in whose reign it began to be settled. 
In the year 1732, a company of individuals, 
under General Oglethorpe, arrived from Eng- 
land, and made the first settlement in this col- 
ony. They touched at Charleston, and after 
leaving that city, they proceeded to their des- 
tined territory, and laid the foundation of the 
present city of Savannah. The corporation, 
in 1752, disposed of their rights to the English 
crown; and from that period until the Eevolu- 
tion, Georgia was a royal province. 

Questions. — 2. At what time was cotton introduced ? 
3. Which was the last of the States? From wlom doea 
it derive its name? In 1732, who arrival? "What city 
did they found ? What occurred in 1752 ? 



160 THE INDIAN WARS. 

CHAPTER XXI. 
The Indian Wars. 

1. Had the colonists of North America 
always been just to the Indians whom they 
found in possession of the soil, they would 
have had less reason to complain of these sav- 
ages, and of their acts of violence and blood- 
shed. The Indians were no doubt at times 
faithless and treacherous, but they were also 
frequently provoked to acts of war by the 
aggressions of the whites. When thus aroused, 
they practised all those cruelties which they 
were accustomed to employ in their warfare 
with each other. It is worthy of notice that 
the relations of the Indians with the people of 
the Plymouth colony were entirely peaceful 
during the thirty years in which they were 
fairly used by those colonists ; nor was peace 
ever interrupted between the Indians and 
Penn's colonists; nor between the colonists 
of Maryland and those Indians with whom 
they had once formed treaties. 

2. The Indians in the vicinity of Massachu- 

Questions. — 1. Had the colonists always been just to 
the Indians, what would have been the condition of 
things? What is said of these Indians? What ii 
worthy of notice ? 



THE INDIAN WARS. 161 

setts Bay were few and peaceful, at least dur- 
ing the lifetime of Massasoit; but those in 
Connecticut and Rhode Island were numerous 
and warlike. Among these, the Narragansets 
and Pequods were the most formidable. The 
latter requested their neighbors to forget their 
mutual animosity, and unite against the com- 
mon enemy, the white man ; but the Narra- 
gansets, thinking this a favorable opportunity 
for destroying a powerful rival, made known 
the hostile intentions of the Pequods to the 
governor of Connecticut, and formed an alli- 
ance with the colonists against them in 1637. 

3. The Pequods had pitched their camp near 
the head of Mystic River; but the colonists 
and their allies, under Captain Mason, having 
reached the place unperceived, attacked the 
camp and set it on fire. A dreadful carnage 
ensued. The Indians were asleep at the time, 
and being roused by the discharge of the mus- 
kets, they rushed in consternation from their 
burning tenements. 

4. As they rushed forth, they were met by 
the swords of the enemy, or, attempting to 
leap over the enclosure of the camp, were re- 

Questions. — 2. What is said of the Indians in, &c. ! 
Which were the most powerful tribes? What did the 
latter request ? What did the Narragansets do ? 
3. Where had the Pequods pitched their camp? What 
did Captain Mason do ? What, followed? 4. How were 
they met? 



162 THE INDIAN WARS. 

ceived by a shower of balls. Many, afraid to 
venture out, perished in the flames; while 
others, encountering the deadly weapons of 
the foe, rushed back into the burning element, 
and shared the fate of their companions. About 
six hundred of these poor Indians were slain 
on this occasion, and those that were taken 
prisoners were sold as slaves; so that the 
tribe of the Pequods was almost entirely de- 
stroyed. 

5. In the year 1675, the peace which had 
existed since the time of the Pequod war, was 
interrupted, and the colonists found them- 
selves involved in hostilities with Philip, king 
of the Wampanoags, the son of Massasoit, 
whose principal residence was at Mount Hope, 
in Ehode Island. Philip was a man of great 
courage, and of warlike abilities. He had 
long viewed the settlements of the English 
with an eye of jealousy ; and believed that, un- 
less the progress of the colonies was checkec^ 
the Indians would soon disappear from the 
land ; that their beautiful rivers and lakes, 
their mountains and valleys, which descended 
to them from their fathers, would in a few 
years cease to be their inheritance ; that all 
would pass into the hands of the strangers. 

Questions. — 4. What is said of many ? Of others ? 
How many were slain ? 5. Tn 1675, what took place ? 
What is said of Philip ? What did he believe, &c 1 



THE INDIAN WARS. 163 

6. Accordingly, he assembled his warriors, 
and commenced a war of extermination against 
the colonists, in which he was joined by the 
Narragansets. Many and painful were the 
deeds of cruelty perpetrated during this war. 
On one occasion, as a party of eighty persons 
were travelling from Deerfield. to Hadley, they 
stopped by the way to gather grapes; while 
thus engaged, they were suddenly surrounded 
and attacked by the Indians, and only ten of 
their number escaped the fearful massacre 
that followed ! 

7. Brookfield, in Massachusetts, was at- 
tacked, and all the. houses in it were burnt, 
except one in which many of the inhabitants 
had taken refuge. For two days the Indians 
assailed this house in vain : at last they re- 
solved to set it on fire ; but just as the flames 
began to ascend, they were suddenly extin- 
guished by a heavy shower of rain. Shortly 
after this, assistance arrived from a neigh 
boring town, and the inmates of the house 
were thus saved. 

8. After this, the war with Philip was car 
ried on with varying success. In the great hat- 

Questions. — 6. Accordingly what did he do? On 
one occasion, what happened? What was their fate? 
7. What is said of Brookfield ? At last what did they 
resolve? How were the flames extinguished? What 
arrived*? 8. After this, what is sai<? of the war? 



164 THE INDIAN WARS. 

tie known by the name of the Swamp fight, 
two hundred and thirty of the colonists were 
killed, while one thousand Indians are said to 
have perished, and five hundred of their wig- 
wams were reduced to ashes. At length, an 
end was put to these disasters by the death of 
Philip, in 1676 : he was shot by one of his own 
men, who had joined a party of the English, 
tinder the famous Captain Benjamin Church, 
and his young son was sold as a slave. 

9. During the winter of 1690, a party of 
Indians made an attack upon the village of 
Schenecta'dy, in New York. The foe, with 
noiseless step, approached the town at the hour 
of midnight. The inhabitants were asleep, and 
the stillness of death reigned over the place. 
At a given signal the war-whoop was sounded. 
In an instant the inhabitants, aroused from 
their slumbers, started from their beds, but 
were met at their doors, and slaughtered by 
the savages. 

10. The houses were set on fire, and in a 
few minutes sixty of the inhabitants we** 
killed, and many others made prisoners, 
few managed to escape, but they were witn- 

Questions. — 8. How many were killed in the Swamp 
fight? How was an end put to the war? 9. In 1690, 
what happened? What is said of the inhabitants? By 
whom were they met? 10. What is said of the houses ". 
How many were killed ? 



THE INDIAN" WARS. 165 

out clothing, and the weather was extremely 
cold ; they therefore endured incredible suffer- 
ing before they reached a place of security. 

11. A few years after this, a party of In- 
dians made an attack upon the town of Haver- 
hill, in Massachusetts. Among the inhabitants 
of the town, there was a Mr. Dunstan, who, 
at the time, was engaged in the field at work. 
When the fierce cry of the savages reached his 
cars, he immediately hastened home to save 
his family. 

12. When he arrived at his dwelling, he saw 
the Indians approaching. Unfortunately, at 
the time, Mrs. Dunstan was sick, and unable 
to leave the house. In his fright and con- 
sternation, Mr. Dunstan knew not what to do; 
he had seven children ; he thought he might 
be able, at least, to save them ; whereas, if he 
stopped to protect his wife, it would be certain 
destruction to them all. 

13. Therefore, leaving Mrs. Dunstan, with 
an- infant of a few weeks old, together with 
her nurse, he mounted his horse, and telling 
his children to run before him, they all hast- 

Questions. — 10. What is said of those who at- 
tempted to escape? 11. A few years after this, ^vhat 
took place 7 Who was among the inhabitants ? What 
did he do ? 12. What is said of Mrs. Dunstan ? What 
plans did he think of? 13. Therefore, what did he do? 



166 THE INDIAN WARS. 

ened off to a place of safety. Some of the 
savages pursued him for more than a mile; but 
having a gun, he defended himself and kept 
Uiem at a distance. 

14. No one can describe the trials and suf- 
ferings which Mrs. Dunstan was destined to 
endure. Although very ill, the Indians com- 
pelled her, with her nurse and little infant, to 
go with them to their habitations in the 
gloomy forest, which were more than one 
hundred miles from Haverhill. It was win- 
ter, and the journey had to be performed on 
foot through the wilderness. 

15. Finding that the infant occupied much 
of the mother's attention, the savages snatched 
it from her arms, and killed it before her eyes, 
by striking its head against a tree. Mrs. Dun- 
stan and her nurse were now almost overcome 
by fatigue, but the Indians, without pity or 
remorse, hurried them along. It happened, 
on a certain occasion, that the two prisoners 
were left in charge of a few Indians, who, 
being much fatigued, fell asleep. Mrs. Dun- 
stan and her companion thought this a favor- 
able opportunity for gaining their liberty. 

Questions. —13. What did some of the savages do! 
14. What did the Indians do with Mrs. Dunstan? How 
did they travel? 15. What did they do with the infant? 
What is said of Mrs. Dunstan and her nurse? Whai 
happened? 



THE FRENCH WAR. 167 

16. Accordingly, seizing a tomahawk, they 
killed these Indians, and thus made their es- 
cape. After wandering for some time through 
the wilderness, they arrived safely at Haver- 
hill, and Mrs, Dunstan was again restored to 
her family. In 1703 and 1704, the colony 
suffered from the attacks of the French and 
Indians, and Deerfield was again burned. In 
1725, the Indians ceased to trouble the colo- 
nists 



CHAPTEK XXII. 



The French War and Conquest of 
Canada. 

1. At an early period after the discovery of 
America, the French had established colonies 
in different parts of the country. They had 
made settlements in Canada, extending along 
the River Saint Lawrence to Lake Ontario, 
and had established several forts and trading 
houses on the shores of that lake, to protect 
and promote their trade with the Indians. 
They had also commenced a settlement on the 

Questions. — 16. Accordingly, what did they do! 
Where did they arrive ? What occurred iD 1703 and 
1704, &c. ? — 1. What took place at an eaily period! 
Where had they made settlements? Where had thej 
also commenced a settlement ? 



168 THE FRENCH WAR. 

Mississippi River, and laid the foundation of 
the present city of. New Orleans; and having 
ascended the river, they laid claim to the 
beautiful and fertile valley through which it 
flows. 

2. The French had also built several trading 
houses and forts on the Ohio River, and were 
endeavoring to connect their northern and 
southern possessions by a chain of forts ex- 
tending from Lake Ontario to the Mississippi 
River. As the boundary between the French 
and English colonies had never been settled, 
it was the subject of frequent disputes. It 
happened at this time, that a few individuals 
from Virginia established themselves on the 
Ohio Eiver, a short distance from the French 
settlements. As the French claimed this coun- 
try, they immediately seized the settlers and 
sent them prisoners to Canada. 

3. This conduct on the part of the French 
alarmed the English, and called forth the 
most decisive measures. Repeated complaints 
of violence being made to the governor of 
Virginia, he resolved to send a messenger to 
the commander of the French forces on the 
Ohio, to demand the cause of these hostile 

Questions. — 2. Where had the French built trading 
houses", &c. ? What is said of the boundary? What 
happened ? What did the French do ? 3. What is said 
of this conduct ? What is said of the governor? 



THE FRENCH WAR. 169 

proceedings, and to insist that ho should 
evacuate the country. The choice of a person 
to perform this arduous duty, fell upon George 
Washington, the future deliverer of his coun- 
try, and at that time in the twetity-first year 
of his age. Thus early did Washington begin 
i,hat public career which has endeared his 
memory to every American, and rendered his 
name illustrious in every land. 

4. Before proceeding further, we must give 
our young readers a short sketch of the early 
history of this illustrious man. George Wash- 
ington was born in Westmoreland County, 
Virginia, on the 22d of February, in the year 
1732. His father, whose name was Augustine, 
was a native of Virginia ; but his great-grand* 
father had emigrated to this country, from 
England, in 1657. At an early age, he was 
sent to a school kept on his father's farm, and 
there finished his education at the as;e of fif- 
teen, under the direction of a Mr. Williams. 
He was well acquainted with English Gram- 
mar, Arithmetic, Geography, and Surveying; 
but he was not a Greek or Latin scholar. 

5. He was early distinguished for his great 

Questions. — 3. On whom did the choice fall? What 
is said of Washington ? 4. When and where was Wash- 
ington born? What is said of his father, &c. ? When 
was he sent to school ? With what was he acquainted ? 
5. For what was he early distinguished? 
15 



170 THE FRENCH WAR. 

love of truth. It is related of him, that on 
one occasion his father gave him a small 
hatchet, with which, in his youthful sport, he 
destroyed a very valuable young apple- tree 
His father, much displeased on seeing the in- 
jury done to the tree, inquired of the servants 
who had destroyed it, but no one could give 
him any information. Then turning to his 
son, he said: "George, do you know who de- 
stroyed that tree?" George ran to his father, 
and said : " Father, you know that I cannot 
tell a lie; I did it with my hatchet." From 
this beautiful example of the youthful Wash- 
ington, let our young readers learn the value 
of Truth; let them learn to practise that 
lovely virtue, so bright an ornament in the 
character of youth. 

6. Washington, having received a letter 
from the governor of Virginia, departed on 
his perilous journey to the French settlement, 
a distance of about four hundred miles, through 
a wilderness inhabited by hostile savages. On 
his way, his horse failed, but he proceeded on 
foot with a gun in his hand, and a pack on 
his shoulders. On the twelfth of December; 

Questions. — 5. What is related of him? "What did 
his father ask him? What did George reply? Front 
this example, what should we learn, &c. ? 6. What did 
Washington do ? What was the distance ? On the way, 
what happened? When did he reach the French settle 
ment ? 



THE FRENCH WAR. 171 

he arrived at the French settlement,, delivered 
the letter to the commander, and by the 
middle of January, had returned in safety with 
an answer to the governor of Virginia. 

7. The reply not proving satisfactory, the 
governor of Virginia resolved to organize a 
regiment to support the claims of Great Britain 
over the disputed territory. Mr. Frey was 
appointed colonel of this regiment, and young 
Washington lieutenant-colonel, but on tie 
death of Frey, which happened shortly after 
his appointment, the command devolved on 
Washington. Without delay, Washington 
marched forward at the head of a small force, 
to drive the French from a fort called Fort 
Du Quesne, which was situated at the junction 
of the Alleghany and Monongahela .Rivers, 
where Pittsburg now stands. 

8. Before he reached the fort, he was in- 
formed that the garrison had been re-enforced, 
and that the French general, at the head of 
nine hundrejd men, was advancing against 
him. He therefore thought it prudent to fall 
back to a fort which he had previously thrown 
up; but before he was able to complete his 

Questions. — 7. What did the governor resolve? Who 
was appointed colonel? On the death of Frey, what 
took place ? What did Washington do ? Where was the 
fort? 8. Of what was lie informed? What did h« 
think prudent? 



172 THE FRENCH WAR. 

defence, he was attacked by the Ficnch, and 
after a brave resistance of several hours, was 
compelled to yield on honorable terms of ca- 
pitulation. 

9. In the spring of the year 1754, General 
Braddock was sent from Ireland, with a large 
force, to support the British claims in America. 
Shortly after his arrival in Virginia, he was 
joined by the colonial troops under Washing- 
ton, and it was resolved to attack Fort Du 
Quesne. General Braddock was a brave man, 
but possessed no experience in the mode of 
Indian warfare. Washington, who acted as 
his aid-de-camp, asked permission to go for- 
ward with the provincial troops, ancl scour the 
woods ; but Braddock rejected this prudent 
measure with contempt, saying "that it was 
high time indeed to begin, if he had to learn 
the science of war from a young buckskin." 

10. He marched incautiously forward, and 
when within a few miles of Fort Du Quesne, 
he fell into an ambuscade of French and 
Indians. The enemy, concealed behind rocks 
and trees, poured a heavy discharge of musket- 
ry upon the unprotected troops of Braddock ; 

Questions. — 8. What was he compelled to do? 9. In 

1754, what happened? By what was he joined? What 

is said of Braddock ? What did Washington ask ? What 

did Braddock reply? 10. How did he march? What 
is said of the enemy ? 



THE FRENCH WAR. 173 

the van was forced back upon the main body, 
arid the whole army was thiown into disorder. 
A dreadful slaughter now ensued. Braddock 
did all that a brave general could do, but valor 
was unavailing. After an action of three 
hours, seven hundred of the English were left 
dead upon the field; Braddock himself, after 
having three horses shot under him, fell 
mortally wounded. Washington had two 
horses shot under him, and four bullets passed 
through his coat; yet he escaped unhurt. 

11. The next year, the English were more 
successful in their operations; they reduced 
Crown Point, Louisburg, and several other 
places; so that the city of Quebec was the 
only stronghold that remained in the hands 
of the French. Quebec was strongly fortified 
by nature, and defended by a garrison of ten 
thousand men, under the command of General 
Montcalm. The arduous duty of reducing 
this city was intrusted to the heroic General 
Wolfe. 

12. Wolfe, having made an unsuccessful as 
sault upon the city from the river, with in- 

Questions. — 10. Of the van? What ensued? What 
is said of Braddock ? What was his fate ? What i* 
said of Washington? 11. The next year, what of the 
English? What places did they reduce? What is said 
of Quebec? What duty was given to Wolfe? 12. Where 
did Wolfe lead his army ? 
15* 



174 THE FRENCH WAR. 

credible labor led his army to an eminence on 
the north bank, called the Heights of Abra- 
ham. The enterprise was conducted with so 
much secrecy, that Montcalm had no intima- 
tion of it until Wolfe's army was arrayed on 
the heights above. A sanguinary battle en- 
sued, in which the French were defeated with 
an immense loss, and General Montcalm was 
numbered among the slain. 

13. At the same time, the British had to 
lament the loss of the heroic Wolfe, who fell 
in the moment of victory. This courageous 
man, having received a mortal wound, was 
carried to the rear of the army, where he 
caused himself to be raised, so that he might 
view the engagement. Faint with the loss of 
blood, he had reclined his head upon the arm 
of an officer, when he was aroused by these 
words: "They fly, they fly!" "Who fly?" 
exclaimed the dying general. Being told that 
it was the enemy, he replied: "I die con- 
tented," and immediately expired. 

14. The last moments of Montcalm are 
equally remarkable. Being told that he could 



Questions. — 12. What is said of the enterprise? 
What ensued? What was the fate of Montcalm? 
13. What had the British to lament? Where was h« 
carried? Faint with the loss of blood, what is related 
of him? Being told, &c, what did he reply? 14. What 
is said of Montcalm ? 



THE FRENCH "WAR. 175 

only survive a few hours, he replied : " It is 
so much the better; I shall not then live to 
see the surrender of Quebec." This battle 
was followed by the reduction of the city, and 
subsequently of all Canada; so that of all the 
territories claimed by France in America, New 
Orleans and a few plantations on the Missis- 
sippi alone remained in her possession, A. D. 
1763. In the same year, Spain ceded Florida 
to Great Britain. 



Questions. — 14. What did he reply? By what was 
this battle followed ? What occurred in 1768 ? 



UNITED STATES. 



CHAPTEE XXIII. 
The Eevolution. 

1. We have seen in the preceding chapters 
that this country was settled by persons from 
different parts of Europe; we have read with 
feelings of emotion, the story of their trials, 
and their sufferings; we have seen them leav- 
ing their kindred, their home, and native 
clime, to seek an asylum from the iron grasp 
of tyranny in a land beyond the waters of tho 
broad Atlantic. 

2. They landed upon a bleak and unknown 
shore ; and in the trackless wilderness, sur- 
rounded by Indians, they commenced then' 
settlements. Difficulty after difficulty yielded 
to their patience, courage, and perseverance; 
the forest fell before them, and smiling fields 
of plenty sprung up where, for ages before, 

Questions. — 1. What have we learned from the pre- 
ceding chapters in regard to the people who settled this 
country? Their trials, &c. ? 2. On landing, what wert 
their difficulties, and what was their success? 
176 



THE REVOLUTION. 177 

the Indian unmolested had pursued the buffalo 
and the deer. 

3. From a handful of adventurers, scattered 
along the sea-coast, they had grown to a 
nation, and at the period of which we are 
about to speak, the colonies contained three 
millions of inhabitants. The colonists, from 
their situation, had early learned the princi- 
ples of self-government, and had studied the 
maxims of civil and political liberty with 
more than ordinary care. They had learned 
too the science of war and of arms. We have 
seen with what manly courage they defended 
the rights of their parent country; we are 
now about to behold them in deadly strife with 
the veteran hosts of England, in defence of 
their own rights, their liberties, and their 
homes. 

4. Up to this period, the colonists cherished 
a warm affection for their mother country; 
and felt proud of their descent from and con- 
nection with one of the most powerful nations 
of Europe. The British Parliament, however, 
began to make encroachments upon their 
rights, and their liberties. The ministers of 

Questions. — 3. From a few, &c, what did they grow 
to? At that time what was the number of inhabitants? 
What had they early learned? What have we seen? 
4. What is said of the colonists? What is eaid of the 
British Parliament ? 



178 UNITED STATES 

the king, seeing the country very much in 
debt, advised him to raise money by taxing 
his subjects in America. The advice pleased 
his majesty, and accordingly a law was passed 
imposing duties upon various articles of mer- 
chandise imported to America. 

5. The people of America contended that 
they should not be taxed without their con 
sent, and they opposed these measures. They 
used every means in their power to induce the 
king to change his conduct towards them: 
but their arguments were only answered by 
renewed acts of oppression. 

6. In 1765, the famous Stamp Act was passed 
by the British Parliament, by which all in- 
struments of writing in the American colonies. 
such as deeds, wills, &c, were null and void, 
unless drawn up on stamped paper, on which 
a duty was to be paid. The news of this meas- 
ure created the greatest excitement among 
the colonists. In the Assembly of Virginia, 
the patriotic Patrick Henry brought forward 
a number of spirited resolutions against it; 
and when the news reached Boston, the bells 
were muffled, and rang a funeral peal. In 

Questions. — 4. What did the ministers advise ? What 
law was passed? 5. What did the people do? What 
further? 6. In 1765, what was passed? What was thi 
effect of this act ? What did the news create ? In Vir* 
ginia, wha*. was done ? In Boston ? 



THE KEVOLUTION. 179 

New York, the Act was carried through the 
streets with a death's head affixed to it, bear- 
ing this inscription: "The folly of England 
and the ruin of America." In Maryland, the 
agent for the sale of stamps was driven out 
of the colony. 

7. So great was the opposition to the Stamp 
Act, that it was repealed during the spring of 
1766; but in the following year, an act was 
passed imposing a duty on tea, paper, glass, 
and paint. This act was followed by another 
very unjust and arbitrary declaration, that all 
offenders in the colonies should be sent to 
England for trial; and in order to carry these 
measures into effect, two British regiments 
were sent over and quartered in Boston. 

8. The citizens were highly exasperated 
upon seeing themselves beset by foreign sol- 
diers, sent over with the design of forcing them 
to yield to the arbitrary acts of the British Par- 
liament. Frequent disputes occurred between 
the soldiers and the inhabitants of Boston, and 
during one of these quarrels, three of the cit- 
izens were killed, and five more dangerously 

Questions. — 6. In New York? In Maryland? 7. What 
is said of the Stamp Act ? What other duty was imposed ? 
By what was this act. followed? What were sent over? 
8. What is said of the citizens? What frequently oc- 
curred * 



180 UNITED STATES. 

wounded. Captain Preston and the soldiers 
who fired on the people, were brought to trial 
and acquitted. The three citizens slain in this 
affray were buried with great honors, while the 
*nells of the city were tolled. 

9. During the year 1771, the English Parlia- 
ment repealed the duties upon glass, paint, 
and paper, but retained a tax of three pence 
per pound on tea. The colonists resolved not 
to pay this very unjust duty. The inhabitants 
of New York and Philadelphia prevented the 
landing of the tea. In Boston, a party of men, 
disguised as Indians, went on board the vessels, 
and threw the tea, consisting of three hundred 
and forty chests, into the harbor. Two car- 
goes of tea that arrived in Maryland were sent 
back to England without being landed. The 
arrival of a third vessel with tea at Annap- 
olis, occasioned great indignation. The inhab- 
itants were about to destroy the vessel, when 
the captain, to save his credit, set fire to it 
himself, in the harbor, and destroyed both 
vessel and cargo. In Charleston, the tea was 
landed, but not permitted to be sold, and 

Questions. — 8. What is said of Captain Preston, &« ! 
Of the three citizens? 9. In 1771, what took plac<»1 
What tax- was retained? What is said of the inhab- 
itants of New York, &c. ? What was done at Boston ? 
In Maryland ? At Annapolis ? At Charleston ? 



'THE REVOLUTION. l8t 

went to decay iD the cellars in which it was 
stored, 

10. When the news of the proceedings at 
Boston reached England, the Parliament grew 
highly indignant, and an act was immediately 
passed, ordering that port to be closed, and 
transferring the government to Salem. Not 
long after this transaction, General G-age ar- 
rived in Boston, with two regiments of sol- 
diers, and a great supply of military stores. 

11. By these proceedings, the Americans 
saw very plainly that it was the object of the 
British Government to force them into obedi- 
ence. They perceived that a crisis was ap- 
proaching ; they had done all they could do 
to prevent it; they had petitioned, they had 
entreated, they had cast themselves at the 
foot of the throne, to invoke its interposition 
to avert the tyranny of the British Parliament. 
But their petitions had been disregarded, and 
their prayers treated with contempt. 

12. At length, the spirit of the nation was 
-oused, and" the people resolved to resist the 
oppression of England; they determined to 
unsheathe the sword, and go forth to the field 

Questions. — 10. What did the Parliament do ? After 
this, who arrived in Boston? 11. What is said of the 
Americans? What had they done? What is said of 
their petitions? 12. At length, what did they resolve? 
What did they determine ? 



182 UNITED STATES. 

of battle, to shed their blood in the defence 
of their rights, and in the support of the 
sacred cause of liberty. 

18. A regular enlistment of soldiers was 
commenced, and officers were appointed. Del- 
egates from all the colonies met in council at 
Philadelphia; this body, generally known by 
the name of the Continental Congress, agreed 
to suspend all intercourse with Great Britain, 
drew up an address to the king, another to 
the people of England, and a third to the 
colonies. When the news of the proceedings 
of the Continental Congress reached England, 
Massachusetts was declared in a state of rebel- 
lion, and a large body of troops was sent 
over to Boston, to suppress it. 

14. In this state of things, nothing was 
wanting but some favorable opportunity to 
manifest the feelings of the people; and as 
they acted on the defensive, they were anxious 
that when the contest should commence, the 
British might be the aggressors. About 
eighteen miles from Boston, there, was a small 
village by the name of Concord: at this place 
the Americans had some military stores. 

Questions. — 13. What was commenced? What did 
the Continental Congress do ? When the news reached 
England, what was done ? 14. In this state of things, 
what is said? For what were they anxious? Where 
had the Americans some stores ? 



THE REVOLUTION. 183 

These General G-age resolved to destroy, and 
for this purpose sent eight hundred soldiera 
to Concord, under the command of Major 
Pitcairn, on the evening of the 18th of April, 
1775. 

15. As they marched through Lexingtoc, 
they were met by a party of American militia, 
who had assembled on an open plain for the 
for the purpose of opposing their march. Ma- 
jor Pitcairn, riding up to them, cried out, 
" Disperse, you rebels ! " and then discharging 
his pistol, ordered his men to fire. Four or 
five of the Americans were killed and several 
others wounded. Thus was shed the first 
blood in that memorable contest, the war of 
the Eevolution, which finally resulted in se- 
curing the liberty and establishing the Inde- 
pendence of America. 

16. After this, the royal troops proceeded 
to Concord and destroyed the military stores. 
The British then attempted to cut off the ap- 
proach of the Americans by destroying the 
bridges ; but at Concord bridge they were op- 
posed by the Americans, and a slight action 
took place, which resulted in the retreat of 

Questions. — 14. What did General Gage resolve to 
do, &c. ? 15. At Lexington what took place ? What did 
Pitcairn do ? How many of the Americans were killed ? 
16. What did the royal troops do ? What took plaoe at 
Concord bridge ? 



184 UNITED STATES 

the English, with a loss of several killed and 
wounded. Major Pitcairn, alarmed at the 
courage of the Americans, and deeming it un- 
safe to remain any longer at Concord, imme- 
diately commenced his march to Boston. 

17. In the mean time, the news of the affair 
at Concord spread with rapidity through the 
country, and the people in a mass flew to arms. 
They attacked the retreating troops on every 
side; a constant fire was kept up from behind 
trees, walls, and rocks, until the British reached 
Lexington, when they were joined by a body 
of troops from Boston, which secured their re- 
treat to that city. During this transaction, 
the British lost sixty-five in killed, and one 
hundred and eighty wounded. The Ameri- 
cans lost fifty killed, and thirty-four wounded. 

18. The affair at Concord was considered by 
the Americans as the signal for hostilities. 
They immediately secured the forts, maga- 
zines, and arsenals within the limits of the 
colonies ; and Congress passed a resolution 
for raising thirty thousand men in New Eng- 
land. The excitement of the people was in 
tense, and they readily responded to the call 

Questions. — 16. What was done by Major Pitcairn ) 
17. Meantime, what look place? How did they attack 
the troops ? What was t-he loss on both sides ? 18. What 
is said of the affair at Concord ? What did they secure ? 
What did Congress do? 



THE REVOLUTION. 185 

19. Et is related of an aged farmer near Cam- 
bridge, that, seeing his son about to start with 
a company of other lads, he said r " Young 
men, may God be with you all ; and you, my 
eon John, if you must fight, fight like a man ; 
if not, never let me see you again/' When 
the news of what had taken place at Lexing- 
ton reached General Putnam, he was plough- 
ing in the field. He immediately stopped his 
team, and leaving his plough in the unfinished 
furrow, mounted his horse and proceeded with 
rapidity to Boston. 

20. Before proceeding further, we must in- 
form our young readers that by far the greater 
part of the Americans about to engage in the 
battle for freedom, were farmers and mechan- 
ics, men who knew but little about the art 
of war. But their cause was just ; their rights 
had been invaded, their liberties were in dan 
ger, and the soil of their country had already 
been watered by the blood of their fellow-citi- 
zens. 

21. The country at that time was poor, the 
cities were small, and trade was limited; and 
the population of the entire thirteen colonics 
•jrae only about three millions of human beings, 

Questions. — 19. What is related? What is said of 
General Putnam ? 20. What were the greater part of 
the Americans ? What is said of their cause ? 21. What 
is said of the country? 



186 UNITED STATES. 

exclusive of the Indians. Yet, under all these 
disadvantages, our illustrious ancestors resolved 
to engage in a deadly struggle with one of the 
most powerful nations of the earth. The En- 
glish had large armies, a thousand ships, and 
an abundance of military stores. Of all these 
the Americans were destitute. They knew, 
however, that the race is not always to the 
swift, nor the battle to the strong; but to 
the active, the courageous, the brave. They 
knew there is a just God, who presides over 
the destinies of nations, and poises in His 
hand the fate of empires. In Him they put 
their trust, and under the approving smile of 
His protection, they went forth to battle. 

22. Towards the close of May, in 1775, a con* 
siderable re-enforcement of British troops ar- 
rived in Boston, under the command of Generals 
Howe, Clinton, and Burgoyne. The Americans 
were anxious to get possession of Boston, and 
for that purpose a detachment of one thousand 
men, under Colonel Prescott, was sent to occupy 
Bunker Hill; but by some mistake they proceed- 
ed to Breed's Hill, an eminence much nearer the 
eity, and there commenced to throw up an in- 

Questions. — 21. Yet what did our ancestors resolve! 
What had the English ? What did the Americans know? 
22. In 1775, what arrived ? For what were the Ameri- 
cans anxious ? What did they do ? 



THE REVOLUTION. 187 

trenchment. At midnight they commenced 
their operations, and their movements were 
conducted with so much silence, that the Eng- 
lish had no intimation of their design until &Q 
return of morning. 

23. During the morning, Colonel PrescoLl 
received a re-enforcement of five hundred men, 
and about noon General Gage sent two thou- 
sand men to drive the Americans from their 
works. As they were advancing to the attack, 
Charlestown was set on fire. The devouring 
element spread from house to house, and soon 
the entire town was enveloped in flames. It 
was now the 17th of June, and the day was 
extremely warm. The British advanced to- 
wards Breed's Hill, and the Americans remain- 
ed behind their intrenchments, ready to receive 
them. 

24. The moment was one of the deepest 
interest. The steeples and houses of Boston, 
together with the surrounding hills, were cov- 
ered with a multitude of persons. Some there 
were, who, with uplifted hands, invoked the 
blessing of heaven upon the cause of the Ameri- 

ans, among whom, perhaps, they had a hus* 

Questions. — 22. When did they commence their op- 
erations? 23. What did Prescott receive? At noon, 
what was done ? What town was set on fire ? What 
day of the month? 24. What is said of the moment} 
What did some do ? 



188 UNITED STATES. 

band, a father, a brother, or a fond and de* 
voted friend. Others again, perhaps, secretly 
wished success to the British ; while all gazed 
with breathless silence upon the scene. 

25. The stillness of death rested on the 
American lines, until the English approached 
within a few rods of their works; then, at a 
given signal, they poured forth a sudden and 
destructive shower of balls upon the enemy. 
So fatal was this volley, that the British in- 
stantly turned and retreated hastily to their 
boats. They were soon rallied, and again re- 
turned to the attack, but a second time they 
were obliged to retreat. A third time they 
were brought to the charge : the contest now 
raged with intense fury on both sides ; the 
Americans, having exhausted all their powder, 
fought for some time with the butt-ends of 
their muskets, and finally yielded their in- 
trenchments. 

26. In this battle, the British lost one thou- 
sand and fifty-four in killed and wounded, 
while the Americans lost four hundred and 
fifty-three. The British officers were aston- 
ished at the result; they had formerly des- 

Questions. — 24. Others again? 25. What is said? 
What is said of the charge ? What did they again do ? 
What is now said of the contest? Of the Americans? 
26. What was the loss on eaoh side? What is said of 
British officers 



THE REVOLUTION. 189 

pised the Americans, but now they were taught 
at least to respect their heroic valor. On the 
part of the Americans, the effect was renewed 
courage and confidence. They were repulseJ, 
it is true, but it was only for the want of am 
munition. They found that in an equal con 
test they could beat the English regulars. 

27. Although the Americans were partially 
successful in this memorable battle, yet they 
had to lament the loss of many of their brave 
associates. Among the slain was the patriotic 
General Warren. This distinguished man was 
endeared to his companions in arms by his 
amiable disposition and heroic courage, and 
was loved and esteemed by all, on account of 
his true and disinterested patriotism. While 
the battle raged in its greatest fury, Warren 
was seen in the midst of his countrymen, ani- 
mating them by his presence and example. 
While thus engaged, a British officer, who 
knew him, took a gun from the hand of a 
soldier, and shot him through the head. 

28. At this time the Continental Congress 
was in session in Philadelphia ; that body re- 
vived on immediate measures of defence, 
fhey began to organize an army, and unani- 

Questions. — 26. How did it inspire the Americans? 
i.. . Who was among the slain? What is said of him? 
Waile the battle raged, what did he do ? How was he 
kiU<*d? 28. Where was Congress in session ? 



190 UNITED STATES. 

mously elected George Washington, a member 
of their body from Virginia, as commander-in- 
chief of the American forces. Washington 
received the appointment with much diffidence, 
but, entering without delay upon the duties 
of his office, he,' on the second of July, joined 
the army at Cambridge. 

29. With a view of guarding the frontier, a 
plan was devised for the invasion of Canada, 
and accordingly a body of troops, under Gen- 
erals Schuyler and Montgomery, was sent into 
that country. But General Schuyler being 
detained by sickness, the chief command de- 
volved on General Montgomery, who pushed 
forward on his expedition, took Fort Chambly, 
and the city of Montreal, which surrendered 
without resistance, and planted his victorious 
standard before the very walls of Quebec. 

30. A second division was sent forward un- 
der General Arnold, and the two generals in 
conjunction made an attack upon the city of 
Quebec. It was the last day of December, and 
the cold was intense. Montgomery advanced 
at the head of his men, animating them by his 

Questions. — 28. Who was elected as commander- 
in-chief? When and where did he join the army? 
29. Who were sent to Canada? What is said of General 
Schuyler ? What did Montgomery do ? 30. Under whom 
was a second division sent ? What city did they attaok ? 
iVhat is said of Montgomery ? 



THE EEVOLUTION. 191 

presence, and with his own hand assisted in 
cutting a way through the ice and snow. At 
length, waving his sword, he rushed forward, 
followed by his soldiers. A single discharge 
was heard from the battery, the gunners fled, 
and in a few moments the walls of Quebec 
were in the possession of the Americans. 

31. But, unfortunately, as they entered the 
city y a ball discharged from a neighboring 
house proved fatal to the brave Montgomery ; 
he fell cheering his men to the combat. At 
the same time, General Arnold, who had made 
an attack upon another part of the city, was 
wounded by a cannon ball. After the fall of 
Montgomery, the officer next in command 
ordered his men to retreat. 

32. ]STo man fell during the Eevolutionary 
contest whose death was more lamented than 
that of the heroic Montgomery. He engaged 
in the American cause from principles of the 
purest patriotism. He had left the enjoyment 
of ease, and the highest domestic happiness, 
in Ireland, his native land, to share the toils 
and dangers of a war undertaken to defend 
the rights of a country of which he was only 
an adopted citizen. 

Questions. — 30. What did the gunners do, &c. ? 
31. As they entered the city, what happened? What hap- 
pened to Arnold ? 32. What is said of the fall of Mont- 
gomery ? What did he leave ? 



192 UNITED STATES. 

33. About this time, General Washington 
formed the design of driving the British from 
Boston. Accordingly, he erected a battery on 
Dorchester Heights, a situation that gave him 
complete command of the city. General Howe, 
finding it impossible to remove the Americana 
from their position, evacuated Boston on the 
17th of March, and embarked with his troops 
for Halifax. On the same day, General Wash- 
ington entered the city amidst the joyous ac 
clamations of the inhabitants. 



CHAPTEK XXIV. 

The Declaration or Independence. 

1. We have seen in the preceding chapter 
that the patriots of the Revolution, at the 
commencement of the contest, only contended 
for their rights as British subjects ; but now, 
seeing that there was no choice left them but 
that of absolute freedom or degrading slavery, 
they began to assume a loftier position. The 
subject of Independence began to be openly 



Questions. — 33. What is said of Washington? What 
did he do? When did the British leave Boston? On 
the same day ? — 1. What have we seen? For what had 
they contended ? What is said of Independence ? 



THE REVOLUTION. 193 

discussed , and, at length 4 they resolved to 
sever entirely the connection which bound 
them to the mother country. 

2. Accordingly, on the 7th of June, a mo- 
tion was made in Congress, byEichard Henry 
Lee, of Virginia, to declare the colonies free 
and independent: and at the same time, a 
committee, consisting of Thomas Jefferson, 
John Adams, Benjamin Franklin, Eoger Sher- 
man, and Robert Livingston, was appointed 
to prepare a declaration. 

3. On the memorable 4th of July, 1776, the 
report of that committee was adopted by the 
Continental Congress, and the thirteen con- 
federate colonies were declared to be free and 
independent States, and at the same time all 
connection between them and Great Britain 
was forever dissolved. The first important 
battle fought after the Declaration of Inde- 
pendence, was that of Long Island, in which 
the Americans were repulsed, with a loss of 
about four hundred men. 

4. At this time an incident occurred which 
exhibits the spirit of General Washington. 
Letters were directed to him by General Howe, 

Questions. — What did they resolve ? 2. On the 7th 
of June, what was done ? At the same time what was 
done ? 3. What took place on the 4th of July, 1776 ? 
Where was the first battle after the Declaration of Inde- 
pendence ? 4. What incident occurred ? 
17 



194 UNITED STATES. 

the commander of the British forces; but as 
these letters were directed to George Washing- 
ton, and not to him in his official capacity, he 
refused to receive them. And when Colonel 
Patterson, the bearer of the letters, said that 
they were of great importance, and contained 
offers of pardon, &c, General Washington very 
calmly replied that the Americans had com- 
mitted no wrong, and therefore wanted no par- 
don -, they were only defending their rights 
and their liberties. 

5. Shortly after the battle of Long Island, 
General Howe entered the city of New York 
and the Americans retired to White Plains, 
where a severe action took place with consid- 
erable loss on botn sides. The limits of our 
little history will not permit us to relate all 
that happened during this eventful period ; we 
shall have to confine ourselves to a few of the 
most important events. 

6. During this war, the British hired soldiers 
to fight against the Americans; among these 
were a great number of troops from Hesse in 
German}-, who were called Hessians. A 

large detachment of these Hessians were sta- 

i 

Questions. — 4. What is said of these letters? What 
reply did Washington make to Patterson ? 5. What is 
Baid of General Howe ? Of the Americans ? What took 
place at White Plains? 6. What did the British do dur- 
ing the war ? 



THE REVOLUTION. 195 

fcioned at Trenton ; while the Americans were 
encamped on the Pennsylvania side of the 
Delaware Eiver. On the twenty-fifth of De- 
cember, General Washington, with a select 
body of men, crossed the Delaware, attacked 
the Hessians, and took nine hundred of them 
prisoners. 

7. He then proceeded to Princeton, and on 
the third of January, 1777, defeated a body 
of the British, with the loss of one hundred 
men, and compelled the remainder, about three 
hundred in number, to surrender themselves 
as prisoners of war. In this action, General 
Mercer, of Yirginia, was killed. 



CHAPTEE XXV. 

The Battle op Brand ywine — Surrender 
op Burgoyne — The Arrival of Aid from 
France — The Destruction of the Set- 
tlement of Wyoming. 

1. It had been for some time the object of 
General Howe to get possession of Philadol* 
phia. For this purpose he left New York 

Questions. — 6. Where was a detachment of these 
stationed ? On 25th of December, what did Washington 
do? 7. What did he then do? In this action, who wa» 
killed? — 1. What had been the object of Howe? 



196 UNITED STATES. 

with a fleet carrying about sixteen thousand 
men, entered the Chesapeake Bay, and having 
landed his troops near the head of Elk Eiver, 
commenced his march to Philadelphia.^ 

2. General Washington, who closely watched 
his movements, hastened to oppose his pro- 
gress with a much inferior force. On the 11th 
of September, the two armies met on the banks 
of the river Brandy wine. A severe battle fol- 
lowed, in which the Americans were repulsed 
with considerable loss. This battle is rendered 
memorable for being the first in which the Mar- 
quis de Lafayette and Pulaski were engaged, 
the former of whom was wounded. 

3. Lafayette was a young French nobleman. 
He left his country and his home in order to 
assist the Americans, engaged in the defence 
of their rights and their liberties. He fought 
bravely and successfully during the war, and 
returned with honor to his native land. 

4. The brave and patriotic Pulaski was a 
native of Poland. Disgusted at the tyranny 
that weighed upon his native country, he re- 
solved to forsake the land of his fathers, and 
to devote his life to the cause of liberty in a 

Questions. — 1. For this purpose what did he do? 
2. What is said of Washington? What took place on 
the 11th of September ? For what is this battle mem- 
orable? 3. Who was Lafayette? How did he fight? 
4. Who was Pulaski ? What is said of him ? 



THE KEVOLUTION. 197 

foreign clime. He accordingly came to America, 
to assist the countrymen of Washington in 
gaining their independence ; and after spend- 
ing about two years in this noble cause, he fell 
a sacrifice to his patriotism at Savannah, when 
that city was attacked by General Lincoln. 

5. After the battle of Brandywine, the 
British general directed his march to Phila- 
delphia, and took possession of that city. 
While these operations were going on in the 
Middle States, more auspicious events were 
taking place in the north. General Burgoyne, 
who commanded the British in that quarter, 
had crossed the Hudson and encamped near 
Saratoga. General Gates, who commanded 
the American army in the north, resolved, if 
possible, to intercept the progress of Burgoyne. 
On the 18th of September, a severe engage- 
ment took place at Stillwater, near Saratoga. 

6. On the 7th of October, the memorable 
battle of Saratoga took place. While the bat- 
tle raged in all its fury, General Gates, who 
was commander-in-chief, is said to have re- 
mained quietly in his tent, conversing with a 

Questions. — 4. What was Ms fate ? 5. What did the 
British general do? What was taking place in the 
north? What did General Burgoyne do? Who com- 
manded the Americans in the north? On the 18th of 
September, what took place ? 6. On the 7th of October, 
what took place? While the battle raged, what is said 
of General Gates? 
17* 



198 UNITED STATES. 

British officer. The victory was obtained by 
the courage and intrepidity of General Arnold, 
Arnold, mounted on a splendid charger, seemed 
to be everywhere almost at the same moment, 
animating his men to the charge. At lcngib, 
the gallant horse that had borne him safely 
through scenes of blood and fire was killed 
under him; at the same time Arnold fell se- 
verely wounded, in the moment of victory. 
As he was carried bleeding from the field, he 
exclaimed : " The battle is ours ; Saratoga is 
won ! ' 

7. The situation of Burgoyne was now ex- 
tremely critical. His splendid army of ten 
thousand men was defeated in several engage- 
ments, and reduced to nearly half its number. 
But still he was too proud to submit to his 
fate. At length, seeing his position growing 
hourly more critical, he called a council of 
war, and it was resolved to surrender by ca- 
pitulation. 

8. Accordingly, on the 17th of October, he 
surrendered his whole army, amounting to 
nearly six thousand men, to General Grates, as 
prisoners of war. Among the many valuable 

Questions. — 6. By whom was the victory gained? 
What is said of Arnold? At length, what happened! 
What did he exclaim? 7. What is said of Burgoyne ! 
Of his army? At length, what did he do? 8. On the 
17th of October, what took place? 



THE REVOLUTION. 199 

articles obtained by this surrender, were forty* 
two pieces of cannon, seven thousand mus- 
kets, a vast supply of shot, shells, tents, and 
military stores. 

9. This event diffused universal joy among 
the Americans, and inspired them with re- 
newed ardor in the cause of freedom. During 
the previous year, three commissioners had been 
sent to Europe to obtain aid and alliance from 
foreign powers. At first they were unsuccess- 
ful, but at last they obtained the promise of 
assistance from Louis XVI., king of France ; 
and in July, 1778, to the great joy of the 
whole American people, a French fleet arrived 
at the mouth of the Delaware. The fleet, 
however, effected nothing of importance for 
the time being, and toward the close of the 
season it sailed to the West Indies. 

10. About this time happened an ev^nt, for 
which there can scarcely be found a parallel 
of cruelty and barbarity on the page ( f his- 
tory. On the banks of the Susquehanna, in 
the present county of Luzerne, Pennsylvania, 
was sUuated the beautiful settlement of Wy- 

Que moNS. — 8. What were some of the articles ob- 
tained by this surrender ? 9. What is said of thia 
event ? During the previous year, what had been done ? 
At last what did they obtain ? In July what took place ? 
What is said of the fleet? 10. What happened about 
this time ? Where was Wyoming situated ? 



200 UNITED STATES. 

oining. Here, about one thousand families 
lived peacefully and happily, while industry 
and frugality added to their prosperity. 

11. A party of Tories, with a band of 
about four hundred Indians, resolved on the 
ruin of this beautiful vale. The inhabitants 
were apprised of the danger, but too late to 
make any adequate defence. They, however, 
threw up a rude fortification, with a resolution 
to defend their homes and their families; and 
in this they might have been successful, had 
it not been for the vile stratagem of their 
heartless foes. 

12. Before arriving at Wyoming, the Tories 
sent a messenger to the fort, stating that they 
would not do the inhabitants any injury, but 
wished to hold a conference with them a short 
distance from the village. Without suspecting 
the treacherous designs of his enemies, Colonel 
Butler, the commander of the fort, leaving be- 
hind him a small force, set out with the main 
body of his men to meet them. 

13. They marched with the messenger into 
a thick and gloomy forest ; here they were 
suddenly surrounded by the Tories and Indians 

Questions. — 10. What is said of it? 11. What did 
tie Tories. &c, do? The inhabitants ? What further? 
12. Before, &c, what did the Tories do ? What did Col- 
onel Butler do? 13. Where did they march? Her* 
what happened ? 



THE REVOLUTION. 201 

to the number of sixteen hundred, and must 
inhumanly massacred. Out of four hundred 
men that left the fort, only sixty escaped. 
The enemy then hastened to attack the forti- 
fications which had been recently thrown up; 
and on arriving there they threw over the 
walls the bleeding scalps of the murdered men. 
Finding resistance useless, those within deter- 
mined to surrender, and asked the Tory com- 
mander what terms he would give them. He 
answered — the hatchet. 

14. A few moments more and the horrid 
work was completed. The men were mur- 
dered, and the women, with infants in their 
arms, were locked up in their houses, or en- 
closed in the fort, and the whole consumed in 
one awful conflagration. The groans of the 
dying and the shrieks of the living were only 
answered by the imprecations of the Tories, 
and the deafening war-whoop of the savages. 
The site of Wyoming is now occupied by the 
town of Wilkesbarre. 

Qcestions. — 13. How many escaped ? What did the 
enemy then do? What did they ask? What did he 
repjy? 14. What happened to the men? Tho women 
ftLat further? What town occupies the site ? 



202 UNITED STATES. 



OHAPTEK XXYI. 

Gates' Defeat — The Treachery of Gen. 
eral Arnold — The Surrender of Lord 
cornwallis at yorktown. 

1. During the year 1779, the theatre of the 
war was changed from the northern to the 
southern provinces of the country. Charles- 
ton, the capital of South Carolina, was taken 
by the British after a siege of six months, and 
having reduced the capital, they began to 
carry devastation into the interior of the 
State. 

2. In order to check the progress of the 
enemy, the Americans formed themselves into 
small parties, under Generals Sumter, Marion, 
and other leaders. The bold and patriotic 
deeds of these noble men have always been a 
theme of admiration. They fought without 
puy : they wore no uniform, and the} 7 depended 
on chance for food to eat. They were often 
without arms and ammunition, and were obliged 
to watch, as their companions shot down the 
enemy, when they would instantly seize their 

Questions. — 1. What took place during the year 
1779? What is said oi Charleston? 2. What did the 
Americans do ? What is said of their deeds ? How did 
they fight? What were they often without? 



THE REVOLUTION. 203 

muskets and cartridges. But all this they 
joyfully endured, because they were contend- 
ing for the rights of their country, the liberty 
of their children, and those blessings of free- 
dom which we enjoy. 

3. On a certain occasion, a British officer 
was sent from Georgetown to negotiate an ex- 
change of prisoners, and was conducted to 
G-eneral Marion's quarters. He was kindly 
received and politely entertained by the gen- 
eral, and having concluded his business, was 
about to retire, when Marion invited him to 
dine with him. To this the officer readily con- 
sented. Dinner was immediately ordered, 
which consisted of a few roasted sweet pota- 
toes, piled upon a piece of bark ; they were 
placed between Marion and the British officer, 
who were seated upon a log 

4. As the officer took one of the potatoes, 
he broke forth into a fit of laughter, but im- 
mediately apologized, saying : " Pardon me, 
general : I was only laughing at what J 
thought some of my brother officers would 
say if such poor fare were set before them. 
But, general," continued the officer, "if your 
fare is bad, your pay is good." 

Questions. — 2. Why did they joyfully endure ali 
this? 3. On one occasion, what took place? What ai«* 
Marion invite him to do? Of what did the dinner con 
eist? 4. What is related of the officer? Whrvt did n« 
say ? What did he add ? 



204 UNITED STATES. 

5. "Pay!" exolaimed Marion; "we receive 
no pay, and never expect to receive a cent." 
The officer was so struck with what he had 
seen and heard, that on his return to George- 
town he resigned his commission and retired 
from the service, saying that it was useless to 
contend with men who made such sacrifices to 
maintain their liberty. 

6. It happened at this time that the com- 
mand of the southern army was intrusted to 
General Gates, the hero of Saratoga, who was 
sent into South Carolina. Gates was brave, 
but imprudent ; he led his army through a 
dreary and barren part of the country, and 
many of his men died on the route, from dis- 
ease, fatigue, and want. At length, he arrived 
near Camden, and took up a very unfavorable 
position between two swamps. 

7. In the mean time, Lord Cornwallis, learn- 
ing his position, hastened to join Lord Kaw- 
don with re-enforcements, and on the 16th of 
August a severe engagement took place. At the 
first charge of the British, the Virginia troops 
under General Gates fled, and spread confusion 
and disorder among the North Carolina militia. 



Questions. — 5. What did Marion reply? What ia 
said of the officer? 6. What happened at this time? 
What is said of Gates ? Where did he take up his po 
sition? 7. What is said of Cornwallis? At the first 
charge, what is said ? 



THE REVOLUTION. 205 

Grates was struck with consternation ; all his 
former courage seemed to have forsaken him; 
and seeing the disorder of his men, he put 
spurs to his horse and fled with the utmost 
speed for eighty miles before he stopped. 

8. After the flight of Gates, the battle was 
-maintained by the illustrious Baron De Kalb, 
vho, for some time, bravely repulsed the ad- 
vancing battalions of the enemy. De Kalb 
was a general in the French service, who 
like Lafayette, Pulaski, and others, left his 
home and came to this country to aid the 
Americans in gaining their independence. 

9. In this battle, he commanded the regular 
troops of Maryland and Delaware, and like a 
true hero, bravely maintained his position un- 
til, overpowered by numbers and surrounded 
by the enemy, he fell pierced with eleven 
wounds. His soldiers, who tenderly loved him, 
gathered around their fallen general, and fought 
with desperation over his bleeding form, ex- 
claiming, in the bitterness of their grief, " Save 
the Baron De Kalb ! " 

10. The noble conduct of De Kalb elicited 
the admiration even of the enemy. To a 

Questions. — 7. What is related of Gates? 8. After 
the flight of Gates, by whom was the battle maintained? 
What is said of De Kalb? 9. What did he command! 
What is said of him? What did his soldiers do, and ex.* 

plirm? 

18 



206 UNITED STATES. 

British officer, who kindly endeavored to stop 
the blood that flowed from his wounds, he said ; 
" I thank you for your generous sympathy, but 
I die the death I always prayed for — the. 
death of a soldier, fighting for the rights of 
man" 

11. During this year, the sorrow of the na- 
tion was increased by the treachery of Gen- 
eral Arnold. The Americans could bear with 
becoming fortitude the defeat of their armies, 
the death of their officers, and the loss of their 
soldiers : these things were in the nature of 
events — they were the chances of war. But 
never for a moment did they imagine that 
there was one among their small number capa- 
ble of betraying his country. 

12. Can it be possible, they asked them- 
selves again and again, — can it be possible 
that he who fought and bled for his country, 
the hero of Saratoga's bloody field, — that Gen- 
eral Arnold is a traitor? Alas! the fact was 
only too true. 

13. General Washington being called to 
Connecticut, left the important fortress of 
West Point under the command* of Arnold. 
During his absence, Arnold resolved to deliver 

Questions. — 10. To a British officer, what did he 
say? 11. During the year, what is said? What is said 
of the Americans? 12. What had they thought of 
Arnold? 13. What is said of General Washington' 
What did Arnold resolve ? 



THE REVOLUTION. 207 

up the fortress, with all its garrison, into the 
hands of the British. The British agent 
through whom the negotiation was conducted 
was the unfortunate Major Andre. After 
having an interview with the traitor, Andre 
was returning to New York, when he was 
detected by three Americans, and thus the 
treacherous designs of Arnold were fortunately 
discovered before they could be carried into 
execution. 

14. The names of the three Americans who 
detected Andre, were John Paulding, David 
Williams, and Isaac Yan Wart. On searching 
him, they found a drawing of the fort and 
other papers, in Arnold's own handwriting, 
concealed in one of his boots. Andre offered 
them his gold watch and a large sum of money 
if they would let him go, but they refused his 
offers, and led him in triumph to the American 
camp. 

15. Andre was tried by a court-martial, and 
being convicted as a spy, his life was forfeited 
by the laws of war. His youth and many 
amiable qualities endeared him to the officers 
of the British army, while his fate was deeply 

Questions. — 13. Who was the British agent? After 
having an interview, &c, what happened to Andre? 
14. What are the names of the three Americans? 
Where did they fini his papers? What did he offer 
them ? 15. What is said of Andre ! His youth, &c. ? 



208 UNITED STATES 

regretted by all. Arnold escaped to New 
York, and received, as the reward of his 
treachery, an appointment as brigadier- gen- 
eral in the British army. 

16 During the summer of 1781, the British 
forces in the south were greatly weakened by 
the loss of several important battles. Colonel 
Tarleton, the British commander, was defeated 
by the Americans, under General Morgan, in 
the battle of the Cowpens; and Colonel Stewart 
was attacked by General Greene at the battle 
of Eutaw Springs. After this battle, Lord 
Cornwallis left South Carolina and fortified 
himself at Yorktown in Yirginia. 

17. General Washington, learning the posi- 
tion of Cornwall is, secretly left his camp at 
White Plains, crossed the Hudson with his 
army, and passing rapidly through New Jersey 
and Pennsylvania, arrived at the head of Elk 
River, where he was joined by a considerable 
re- enforcement under Marquis De Lafayette. 
Without losing a moment, Washington em- 
barked his forces and arrived at Yorktown. 

18. Here, a close siege was commenced, and 

Qubs riONs. — 15. What became of Arnold ? 16. What 
is said of the British forces ? Where and by whom was 
Tarleton defeated? By whom was Stewart attacked? 
Where did Cornwallis fortify himself? 17. What is said 
of General Washington? By whom was he joined? 
18. Here what was commenced? 



THE REVOLUTION. 209 

carried on with so much vigor by tho united 
forces of France and America, that Lord Corn- 
wallis, on the 19th of October, was compelled 
to sign articles of capitulation, by which his 
^whole army, his shipping, and military stores, 
were surrendered to General Washington. 

19. This event spread universal joy among 
the Americans. General Washington ordered 
divine service to be performed in the different 
brigades of the army, and the members of 
Congress went in procession to church, and 
there publicly offered up thanks to God for 
the signal triumph of the American arms. 

20. This event may be considered as the 
termination of the American struggle for in- 
dependence. Great Britain, seeing that no 
rational hope remained of conquering Araerica } 
resolved to discontinue a war which had re- 
flected only discredit upon her arms. Accord- 
ingly, on the 3d of September, 1783, a definite 
treaty of peace was concluded at Versailles, 
by which the thirteen United Colonies were 
admitted to be "Free, Sovereign, and Independ- 
ent States." 

21. After this, the patriot army was dis- 

Questions. — 18. What was Cornwallis compelled to 
do? 19. What is said of this event? What did Wash- 
ington order? What did Congi-ess do? 20. What may 
this event be considered ? What is said of Great Bri- 
tain ? In September, 1783. what took place ? 21. What 

took place after this ? 
18* 



210 UNITED STATES. 

banded, and General "Washington, taking an 
affectionate leave of the soldiers and officers 
who had fought by his side, resigned his com- 
mission at Annapolis in Maryland, and again 
retired to his estate at Mount Vernon, carrying 
with him into the retirement of private life 
the gratitude of his country and the applause 
and admiration of the whole world. 



CHAPTEE XXVII. 

The Formation op the Constitution — 
Washington Elected the First Presi- 
dent 

1. At the close of the war it was found that 
the Articles of Confederation by which the 
States were governed were weak and imper- 
fect; it was therefore determined to establish 
some general form of government better suited 
to the time and to the growing prosperity of the 
country. Accordingly, delegates from all the 
States, except Ehode Island, met at Philadel- 
phia, and after four months' deliberation they 

Questions. — 21. What did General Washington do! 
When did he retire? — 1. At the close of the war, what 
was found? What was determined? Where < id thj 
delegates assemble ? 



WASHINGTON'S ADMINISTRATION 211 

succeeded in forming the present Constitution 
of the United States. 

2. By the Constitution, all legislative powers 
are placed in a Congress, consisting of a 
Senate and House of Bepresentatives. The 
executive office is confided to the President. 
According to the provisions of the Constitu- 
tion, the several States immediately elected 
their delegates to Congress, and, by the unan- 
imous vote of the people, General Washington 
was chosen the first President. 

3. When the appointment was made known 
to him, he yielded to the call of his country, 
and bidding adieu to his peaceful retirement 
at Mount Vernon, proceeded to New York, 
where the Congress was then assembled. His 
progress to that city was marked by every 
demonstration of respect; triumphal arches 
were erected to commemorate his achieve- 
ments; and he was everywhere hailed as the 
Father of his Country. 

4. On the 30th of April, 1789, he was inau- 
gurated as President of the United States, in 
the City Hall of New York, the oath of office 
being administered by Mr. Livingston, Chan- 

Questions. — 2. By the Constitution, where are the 
powers placed? Who was chosen the first President? 

3. When the appointment w as made known to him what 
did he do? What is said of his progress to New York ? 

4. What happened on April 30 ? 



212 UNITED STATES. 

cellor of the State of New York. John 
Adams, of Massachusetts, who had borne a 
distinguished part in the .Revolution, was 
elected the first Vice President. 

5. At the cud of General Washington's 
second term of office, he declined a re-election, 
and after delivering a farewell address to the 
people, he retired again to his residence at 
Mount Vernon. He was succeeded in the ad- 
ministration by John Adams, who was elected 
the second President of the United States. 

6. During Mr. Adams' administration, the 
hostile attitude of France towards the United 
States caused the American Government to 
adopt measures of defence. The navy was 
increased, an army was raised, and General 
Washington was appointed commander-in- 
chief. These decisive measures on the part 
of the United States induced the French Gov- 
ernment to listen to an amicable settlement 
of the dispute. 

7. At this time, the nation was destined to 
experience a severe loss by the death of Gen- 
eral Washington. On the 12th of December 
he was out in a cold rain, and was seized in a 

Questions. — 5. Who was the first Vice President? 
5. What did General Washington decline? What did he 
do ? By whom was he succeeded ? G. During Adams' 
administration, what took place ? What was done ' 
7. At this time what took place? 



WASHINGTON'S ADMINISTRATION. 213 

few hours afterwards with an inflammation 
of the throat, attended with fever. He died 
on the 14th December, at Mount Yernon, his 
residence, in the sixty-eighth year of his age, 
A. D. 1799. 

8. Thomas Jeiferson succeeded Mr. Adams in 
the office of President. During Mr. Jefferson's 
administration, disputes occurred with Algiers, 
Tunis, Morocco, and Tripoli. The difficulty 
with the first three was easily settled; but 
Tripoli persisted in demanding certain trib- 
utes which the United States refused to pay, 
in consequence of which the Tripolitans cap- 
tured several American vessels. 

9. In 1803, Commodore Preble, with a small 
squadron, was sent into the Mediterranean to 
protect American commerce ; but shortly after 
his arrival, the frigate Philadelphia, under the 
command of Captain Bainbridge, ran upon a 
rock near Tripoli. She was obliged to strike 
her colors, and her officers and crew were 
made prisoners. The Tripolitans having re- 
leased the Philadelphia, drew her into the har- 
bor of Tripoli ; but she was shortly afterwards 

Questions. — 7. On the 14th, what happened? When 
»nd where did Washington die ? 8. Who succeeded Mr. 
Adams? During his administration, what occurred? 
What did Tripoli demand ? 9. In 1803, what took place ? 
What happened the frigate Philadelphia? What was 
she obliged to do ? By whom was she destroyed? 



214 UNITED STATES. 

destroyed by Commodore Decatur, who sailed 
into the harbor of Tripoli itself, and set her 
on fire; he then escaped, amidst a terrifio 
shower of balls from the enemy's batteries, 
without the loss of a single man. The war 
Was finally terminated by a treaty, in 1805. 

10. The thirteen States which originally 
formed the Union, were New Hampshire, 
Massachusetts, Connecticut, New York, New 
Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Ehode Island, 
Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South 
Carolina, and Georgia. 

11. In 1791, Yermont, hitherto claimed by 
New York as part of her territory, was ad- 
mitted into the Union; in 1792, Kentucky, 
originally a part of Virginia; in 1796, Tennes- 
see, formerly part of North Carolina; in 1802, 
Ohio, originally claimed by Virginia and Con- 
necticut. Louisiana was purchased from the 
French Government in 1803, but was only ad- 
mitted as a State in 1812. 

Questions. — 10. Give us the names of the States 
which originally formed the Union ? 11. What State! 
were admitted from 1789 to 1812? 



WAR WITH GREAT BRITAIN. 



CHAPTEE XXVIII. 

The Causes of the War — The Surrender 
of General Hull — The Capture of the 
British Frigate Guerriere — The Inva- 
sion of Canada, and Death of General 
Pike. 

1. During the year 1806, the British Gov- 
ernment declared all the French and German 
ports to be in a state of blockade, and prohib- 
ited all neutral vessels from trading with 
France and Germany, under the penalty of 
being seized and condemned. Shortly after 
this, the emperor of France issued a decree, 
prohibiting all intercourse with the British 
Islands. "While the trade of the United States 
was thus restricted by the contending powers 
of Europe, another species of insult and injury 
arose. 

Questions. — 1. During 1806, what Jid the British 
Government do? What did the emperor of France do? 
While the trade was restricted, &c, what is said? 



216 UNITED STATES. 

2. This was the practice adopted by Great 
Britain of searching American vessels and 
taking from them such seamen as were sup- 
posed to be British deserters. This sustom 
■was subject to great abuse, because it was 
difficult to distinguish between American and 
British seamen ) but there was, moreover 
strong reason to believe that the British offi- 
cers did not wish to make this distinction, and 
that in many instances American citizens 
were compelled to serve in the British navy. 

3. In 1809, James Madison succeeded Mr 
Jefferson in the office of President of the 
United States. The President, during the 
first three years of his administi At»on, did 
everything in his power to effect at amicable 
settlement of the difficulties be' ween the 
United States and Great Britain. i3ut his en- 
deavors were fruitless ; Great Britf in still con- 
tinued to search American vessels, and to im 
pose restrictions on American trac e. 

4. At length, on the first of Jue 3, 1812, Mr. 
Madison sent a message to Congr* ss, strongly 
recommending to that body a declaration of 
war against Great Britain. Tie principal 

Questions. — 2. What was this custom? What is 
Baid of the custom? What was there resson to believe? 
3. Who succeeded Mr. Jefferson ? Whav did the Presi- 
dent do ? What, did the British still continue ? 4. In 
1812, what did Mr. Madison do ? 



WAR WITH ENGLAND. 217 

grounds for this measure, as stated in the mes- 
sage, were the searching of American vessels 
by the British; the blockading of the ports 
of her enemies ; and the suspicion that the 
Indians had been instigated to acts of hostili- 
ties by British agents. 

5. The first operation after the declaiation 
of war was an expedition against Canada. 
This expedition was conducted by General 
Hull, who, on the 16th of August, disgracefully 
surrendered his whole army into the hands of 
the British. Hull was afterwards tried and 
found guilty of cowardice and neglect of duty, 
and was condemned to be shot ; but on account 
of his age, and the services he had rendered 
during the Revolution, he was recommended 
to mercy, and the punishment of death was 
withdrawn by the President. 

6. The 19th of August, of that year, is mem- 
orable for the action between the American 
frigate Constitution and the British frigate 
Guerriere. The Constitution was commanded 
by Captain Hull, and the Guerriere by Captain 
Dacres; and after an action of only twenty 
minutes, the Guerriere struck her colors and 

Questions. — 4. What were the grounds of the war! 
6 What was the first operation? What is said of 
General Hull ? What was afterwards done with him ! 
6. What took place on the 19th of August? Who com 
manded the Constitution? The Guerriere? 



218 UNITED STATES. 

yielded to Hull. The loss of the Guerriero 
was fifteen killed and sixty-four wounded; and 
that of the Constitution was seven killed and 
seven wounded. 

7. In October, the frigate United States, 
commanded by Captain Decatur, took the 
British frigate Macedonian ; and in the same 
month, the British sloop Frolic was captured 
by the Wasp, commanded by Captain Jones. 

8. During the year 1813, the war was at- 
tended with varying success. In the early 
part of the year, Canada was again invaded 
by a detachment of men under General Win- 
chester, but they were defeated by the British 
and Indians, nearFrenchtown, and the greater 
part of those who surrendered to the enemy 
were inhumanly massacred by the savages. 

9. In April, another attempt at tbe reduc- 
tion of Canada was made, under General Pike; 
York, the capital of Upper Canada, was taken, 
but the brave and heroic Pike was killed, in 
the moment of victory, by the explosion of a 
magazine. 

Questions. — 6. What was the loss on both sides? 
7. What took place in October ? 8. In 1813, what is said 
of the war ? By whom was Canada again invaded ? 
What is said of those who surrendered ? 9. In April, 
what was done ? What was taken ? Who was killed ? 



WAR WITH ENGLAND. 219 



CHAPTEK XXIX. 

Perry's Victory— Battle of the Thames 

— Battle oe Lundy's Lane — Battle of 
Bladensburg — Battle of North Point 

— Battle of New Orleans. 

1. One of the most brilliant achievements 
of the war was Perry's victory upon Lake 
Erie, September 10th, 1813. His little fleet 
consisted of nine small vessels, carrying only 
fifty-four guns, while the English squadron 
numbered six ships, carrying sixty-three guns. 
In the early part of the engagement, the flag- 
ship of Perry suffered severely, and was in a 
sinking condition, when the gallant Perry, 
seizing his flag and waving it in the breeze, 
leaped into an open boat, and passed, amidst a 
shower of balls, to another of his vessels. 

2. The battle now raged with redoubled 
fury ; but after a tremendous conflict of three 
hours, victory declared in favor of the Ameri- 
cans ) the stars and stripes floated in triumph 
over the wreck of the British squadron. 

3. After this victory, General Harrison em- 

Questions. — 1. What was the most brilliant achieve- 
ment ? In the early part of the action, what took place? 
What did Perry do? 2. What is now said of the battle? 
Of the stars and stripes ? 



220 UNITED STATUS. 

barked his forces and landed on the Canada 
shore, and, on the 5th of October, defeated the 
British under General Proctor, in the battle 
of the Thames. In this battle, the celebrated 
Indian chief, Tecumseh, was killed by Colonel 
Johnson. 

4. 1814. One of the best-contested battles 
that occurred during the war, was that of 
Lundy's Lane, which took place near Niagara 
Falls, July 25th, and is sometimes called the 
battle of Niagara. The Americans were com- 
manded by General Brown and General Scott, 
who was then second in command. 

5. The battle commenced about sunset, and 
raged with terrific fury until midnight. The 
British fought with desperation, and often 
charged the Americans at the paint of the 
bayonet; but they were bravely repulsed, and 
finally driven from every position, leaving the 
Americans in quiet possession o the field. In 
this battle, Generals Brown and Scott were 
both wounded, and the command devolved on 
General Hipley. 

6. In September of this year, a combined 
attack was made on Plattsburg by the British 

Questions. — 3. What did General Harrison do ? What 
battle did he gain ? Who was killed in this battle ? 
4. What was one of the best-contested battles ? By 
whom were the Americans commanded? 5. What is 
said of the battle? The British? Who were wounded? 
6. What was done in September ? 



WAR WITH ENGLAND. 221 

squadron, commanded by Commodore Downie, 
and a land force under Sir George Provost. 
The naval force was completely destroyed by 
the American fleet, commanded by Commo- 
dore McDonough. During the engagement 
of the fleets the British were effectually re- 
pulsed in their attack on the forts of Platts- 
burg by the Americans under the command of 
General Macomb. 

V. The course of victory which had attended 
the American army during this year, met with 
a momentary check in the unfortunate battle 
of Bladensburg. In the month of August, a 
British fleet entered the Chesapeake and land- 
ed a force of six thousand men, under the com- 
mand of General Eoss, on the banks of the 
Patuxent, about forty miles from the city of 
Washington. At Bladensburg they were met 
by the Americans, under General "Winder; but 
at the commencement of the battle the militia 
fled, leaving Commodore Barney and his small 
band of marines to sustain the whole weight 
of the conflict. 

8. Barney bravely maintained his position 
until be was wounded and taken prisoner. 
After this battle, the British proceeded to 

Quesiions. — 6. What is said of the naval forces? 
During the engagement, what took place? 7. What is 
said of the course of victory? In August, what took 
ulaoe? At Bladensburg? 8. What is said of Barney ? 
19* 



222 UNITED STATES. 

Washington, burned the Capitol, the Presi* 
dent's house, and other public buildings, and 
then retired without molestation. 

9. A few weeks after this event, a combined 
attack was made upon the city of Baltimore 
by a British fleet of fifty sail, under Admiral 
Cochrane, and a land force of seven thousand 
men, under the command of General Boss. 
On the morning of the 12th of September, 
they landed at North Point, where they were 
met by General Strieker, at the head of three 
thousand five hundred men. As the British 
were advancing, General Eoss was shot 
through the breast by one of the American 
riflemen, and falling in the arms of his aid-de- 
camp, he expired in a few minutes. 

10. The command then devolved on Colo 
nel Brooke, who led the attack. General 
Strieker, after maintaining his position ixr an 
hour and a half against a greatly superior 
force, retired to Worthington Mills. In the 
mean time, a furious assault was made on Fort 
Mcilenry by the British squadron; but find- 
ing all their attempts fruitless, they abandoned 

Questions. — 8. After the battle, what did the British 
do ? 9. After this, what was done ? On the 12th of 
September, what did they do ? As they were advancing, 
what took place? 10. On whom did the command de- 
volve? What is said of General Strieker? What plao« 
was assaulted, &c. ? 



WAR WITH ENGLAND. 223 

their designs, and the fleet, taking on board 
the land forces, moved down the bay. 

11. The last important event of the war was 
the battle of New Orleans. The British, under 
the command of General Packenham, sailed 
up the Mississippi, and landed nine miles be- 
low the city ; Jackson attacked them on the 
next day, December 23d, but the British troops 
maintained their position, although suffering 
heavy loss. The Americans fell back, on the 
next morning, to their main line of intrench- 
ments, two miles nearer to the city. They 
had fortified this position with bales of cotton. 

12. The British attacked with artillery on 
the 28th, but were repulsed with a loss of one 
hundred and twenty men. Another attack, 
made on the 1st of January, 1815, was as fruit- 
less, and General Packenham resolved to wait 
for re-enforcements. These arrived on the 6th, 
and on the 8th, at break of day, the British 
army, 14,000 strong, charged in two divisions 
upon the American intrenchments defended 
by six thousand patriots. Packenham was 
killed, and Generals Kean and Gibbs were 
wounded. The assailants, thrice repulsed, 
fled in disorder, leaving upon the field seven 



Questions. — 11. What was the last important event? 
What is said of the British, &c. ? What did Jackson do 7 
12. On the 8th of January, 1815, what took place ? H jw 
many did they leave dead, &c- ? 



224 UNITED STATES. 

hundred dead and fourteen hundred wounded* 
Five hundred were taken prisoners. As in- 
credible as it may appear, the loss of the 
Americans was only seven killed and six 
wounded. 

13. On the 24th of December, of the pre- 
vious year, a treaty of peace had been signed 
at Ghent, between the United States and Great 
Britain ; and the news of this treaty, arriving 
shortly after the battle of New Orleans, put 
an end to further hostilities. 

14. In 1817, James Monroe succeeded Mr. 
Madison in the office of President ; and in 1825, 
John Quincy Adams succeeded Mr. Monroe. 
During the administration of Mr. Adams, Gen- 
eral Lafayette paid a visit to the United 
States. In 1829, Mr. Adams was succeeded 
by General Andrew Jackson, who filled the 
office of President until 1837, when he was 
succeeded by Martin Van Buren. 

15. In 1841, General William Henry Harrison 
was elected President of the United States, but 
died on the 4th of April after his inauguration, 
leaving the office to the Vice President, John 
Tyler. Mr. Tyler was succeeded by James X. 
Polk, in 1845. 

Questions. — 12. What was the Americans' loss? 
13. On the 24th of December, what took place ? What 
is said of the news of this treaty ? 14. Who succeeded 
Mr. Madison and Mr. Monroe? In 1825, what took 
place? Who" succeeded Mr. Adams ? 15. In 1841, what 
took place? Who succeeded Mr. Tyler? 



THE WAR WITH MEXICO. 



CHAPTER XXX. 



The Causes of the War — The Battle o* 
Palo Alto — Battle of Eesaca de la 
Palma — Battle of Monterey — Battle 

OF BUENA YlSTA. 

1. The principal cause of the war with 
Mexico was the admission of Texas into the 
Union, which took place on the 29th of Decem- 
ber, 1845. Texas, formerly a Mexican State, 
had revolted against the power of Mexico, and 
in 1836 established her independence. 

2. The boundary between the two republics 
had never been settled. Texas held the Eio 
Grande, from its source to its mouth to be the 
boundary line between the two countries, while 
Mexico regarded the river Nueces as the bound- 
ary, and claimed the territory between the two 
rivers. Such was the state of things when 
Texas was admitted into the Union. 

Questions. — 1. What was the principal cause, &c. ? 
What is said of Texas ? 2. What is said of the bound- 
ary ? What did Texas hold ? What did Mexico regard * 

225 



226 UNITED STATES. 

3. The United States, having admitted Texai 
with the Eio Grande as her southern boundary- 
claimed the disputed territory, and, of neces- 
sity, became bound to settle the difficulty with 
the Government of Mexico. Mexico still main- 
tained her right to the territory between the 
two rivers, and began to make preparations 
to invade the country. 

4. On receiving intelligence of this, Mr. 
Polk, who had lately been raised to the office 
of President, directed General Taylor to take 
up some convenient position beyond the river 
Nueces, in order to repel any invasion on the 
part of Mexico. Accordingly, General Tay- 
lor crossed the Nueces, and took up a position 
at Point Isabel. Leaving a garrison at this 
place, he moved south to the banks of the Eio 
Grande, and erected a fort, called Fort Brown, 
opposite Matamoras, a town on the Mexican 
side of the river. 

5. In the early part of May, General Taylor, 
leaving a small force at Fort Brown, returned 
to Point Isabel. During his absence, a furious 
attack was made on Fort Brown by the Mexi- 
cans under General Arista. On receiving in. 

Questions. — 3. What is said of the United States? 
Of Mexico ? 4. What did Mr. Polk direct ? What did 
General Taylor do ? Where did he proceed ? 5. In 
May, what did General Taylor do ? During his absence, 
^hat took place ? 



WAR WITH MEXICO. 227 

telligcnce of this, General Taylor immediately 
commenced his march back to Fort Brown, 
and on the 8th of May he was met by the 
enemy, drawn up in order of battle, at a point 
called Palo Alto. 

6. A severe battle ensued, in which the 
Mexicans were defeated, with a loss of nearly 
four hundred in killed and wounded, while the 
loss on the side of the Americans was nine 
killed and forty-two wounded. Among the 
slain on the part of the Americans was the 
brave and lamented Einggold. While Ring- 
gold was advancing furiously to the charge, 
he was struck by a cannon ball, which killed 
his horse and inflicted on himself a mortal 
wound. General Taylor and his little army 
encamped upon the field of battle, surrounded 
by many of their fallen companions, while the 
groans of the dying, and the shrieks of the 
wounded of the enemy, broke the stillness of 
the midnight air. 

7. On the following morning, General Tay- 
lor marched forward towards Fort Brown ; 
and having arrived within about three miles 
of the fort, he met with the enemy, who occu 
pied a strong position at a place called Eesaca 

Questions. — 5. On the 8th of May, whom did he 
meet ? 6. What ensued ? What was the number of the 
killed and wounded on both sides ? Who was among 
the slain ? What did General Taylor and his army do ? 
7. Where did he meet the enemy ? 



228 UNITED STATES. 

de la Palma. The battle was commenced ofi 
both sides with the most determined bravery, 
and for some time maintained with equal sue* 
cess. 

8. In a few hours, however, the contest was 
decided ; the Mexicans were routed, and fled 
with precipitation to the river, leaving the 
whole of their artillery, and two thousand 
stands of arms, together with the private 
papers of General Arista, in the hands of the 
Americans. This battle is memorable for the 
desperate charge of Colonel May. May, with 
his troops, charged up to the very mouth of 
the enemy's cannon, drove the men from the 
guns, captured their battery, and took General 
La Yega prisoner. 

9. A few days after this battle, General Tay- 
lor entered Matamoras, without opposition. 
Scarcity of supplies, and the want of sufficient 
forces with which to follow up his successes, 
compelled him to remain inactive in that town 
for a considerable time. Meanwhile, a large 
Mexican force had collected at Monterey, the 
capital of New Leon, under the command of 
General Ampudia. 

Questions. — 7. What is said of the battle ?• 8. What 
was the result of the contest ? What is said of Colonel 
May? 9. After this battle, what did General Taylor 
do ? Here, what is said ? Where had they collected ? 



WAR WITH MEXICO. 229 

10. On the 7th of September, the American 
arniv of six thousand men left Matamoras, and 
on the 19th encamped under the very walls of 
Monterey, then fortified and defended by a 
garrison of ten thousand men. On the morn- 
ing of the 21st, General Taylor ordered an 
attack. The Americans were led to the 
charge by Generals Twiggs, "Worth, and other 
distinguished oflicers ; and after an obstinate 
contest of nearly three days, the city yielded 
to the valor of the Americans. The battle 
was attended with a severe loss on both sides. 
The Americans lost one hundred and twenty- 
six killed, and about three hundred and fifty 
wounded, and among the killed was the lament- 
ed Colonel Watson. The Mexican loss was 
estimated at one thousand men, in killed and 
wounded. 

11. Nothing of importance occurred from 
this period until the return of the following 
spring. In the early part of February, General 
Taylor moved towards the south with a force 
of about five thousand men, and finally took 
up a position at a place called Buena Yista, a 
few miles from Saltillo. Here, on the 22d of 

Questions. —10. On the 7th Of September, what took 
place ? On the 21st, what did General Taylor order ? 
By whom were the Americans led, &c. ? What is said cf 
the city? What was the loss on both sides? 11- Io 
February, what did General Taylor do ? 
20 



230 UNITED STATES. 

February, he was met by a Mexican army oi 
twenty thousand men, under command of their 
renowned leader, General Santa Anna, and on 
the following morning the memoiable battle 
of Buena Yista took place. 

12. Long and bloody was the contest; at 
one time it seemed as if nothing could save 
our little army from destruction; again the 
tide of victory rolled back the advancing foe ; 
at last the courage and skill of the Mexicans 
yielded to the valor of the Americans : the 
shout of victory re-echoed through the hills 
and valleys of Buena Yista. The next day 
the Mexican army retired to San Luis Potosi, 
leaving behind them hundreds of their dead 
and dying. 

Questions. — 11. On the 22d, by whom was he met? 
What took place? 12. What is said of the contest? 
it length, what is said ? What did the Mexicans do? 



WA.R WITH MEXICO. 231 



CHAPTEE XXXI. 

The Rm,'\l jction of Vera Cruz — The Battle 
of Cej ao Gordo — The Battle of Contre- 
ras — The Surrender of the City of 
Mexico. 

1. On the 23d of November, General Scott 
received orders from the Secretary of War to 
repair to Mexico and take the command of the 
troops there assembled. The first operation 
of General Scott, after reaching Mexico, was 
the reduction of the city of Vera Cruz. 

2. On the 22d of March, 1847, General Scott 
and his army stood before the city of Yera 
Cruz ; but before commencing operations, he 
sent a summons to the Mexican commander to 
surrender the city. The summons was reject- 
ed, and the American batteries immediately 
opened a destructive fire upon the city. The 
cannonading continued from this time until 
the morning of the 26th, when the city, and 
the famous castle of San Juan de Ulloa, sur- 
rendered to General Scott. 

3. After the reduction of Yera Cruz, Gen- 

Queptions. — 1. On the 23d of November, what took 
place ? What was his first operation ? 2. On the 22d 
of March, what took place ? But before operations, 
what did he do? On the 26th, what took place? 



232 UNITED STATES. 

eral Scott commenced his march, with about 
six thousand men, towards the city of Mexico, 
tne capital of the republic. At Cerro Gordo 
he was met by a Mexican force of fifteen thou- 
sand men, under the command of General San- 
ta Anna. An obstinate battle followed, in which 
the Mexicans were defeated, with a loss of one 
thousand two hundred in killed and wounded, 
and three thousand prisoners. The Ameri- 
can loss was sixty-three killed, and three hun- 
dred and eighty-six wounded. 

4. On the 19th of April, General Worth en- 
tered the city of Jalapa, and on the 22d took 
possession of the city and castle of Perote; 
and on the following day he occupied the city 
of Puebla, where General Scott remained for 
the greater part of the summer. 

5. In the early part of August, General Scott 
resumed his march towards the city of Mexico. 
He met with but little interruption until he 
reached Contreras, an eminence strongly for- 
tified, about fifteen miles from that city. At 
this place a furious battle took place, which 
terminated in favor of the Americans. 

Questions. — 3. After this, what did General Scott 
do? At Cerro Gordo, what did he meet? What fol- 
lowed? What was the American loss? 4. On the 19th 
of April, what took place ? On the 22d, &c. ? 5. In 
August, what did Scott do? What place did he reach? 
What tooa. place ? 



WAR WITH MEXICO. 233 

6. After this battle, our forces passed rapid 
[j on to Ctmrubusco. At this point, the main 
body of the Mexican army, to the number of 
twenty-seven thousand men, under the com- 
mand of Santa Anna, had taken up its posi- 
tion, resolved to make a desperate stand to 
save the capital. About noon, on the 20th of 
August, the battle commenced, and after a 
terrific conflict of three hours the scale of vic- 
tory turned in favor of the Americans. 

7. After taking Molino del Eey, or the King's 
Mill, and several other important and strongly 
fortified places, General Scott arrived with his 
army on the 14th of September at the very 
gates of the renowned city of the Montezumas. 
The city surrendered ; and on the following 
morning, at 7 o'clock, the star-spangled ban- 
ner floated in triumph over the capital of the 
Mexican Eepublic. A treaty of peace between 
the United States and Mexico was signed in 
1848, and the hostilities between the two na- 
tions were happily terminated. By this treaty, 
Mexico ceded to the United States the terri- 
tories of Upper California and New Mexico, 
receiving in payment thereof fifteen millions 

Questions , — 6. What did our forces do ? At this point 
what is related ? On the 20th of August, what took 
place? 7. After taking Molino del Rey, &c, what did 
Scott do ? What is said of the city, &c ? Of the treaty 
of peace? 

20* 



234 UNITED STATES. 

of dollars, besides some three millions of Ame- 
rican claims assumed by our Government. 

8. General Zachary Taylor was elected to 
the Presidency in 1849; but he died soon' after 
his inauguration, and was succeeded by the 
Vice President, Millard Fillmore. In 1853, 
Franklin Pierce was elected President. He 
was succeeded, in 1857, by James Buchanan. 

Questions. — 8. Who was elected President after the 
war with Mexico? Who succeeded President Taylor 1 
Fillmore ? Piere© t 



AMERICAN CIVIL WAR. 



CHAPTER XXXII. 

Causes of the War — Its Struggles and 
Results. 

1. In November, 1860, Abraham Lincoln 
was elected President, to succeed James Bu- 
chanan, being the first successful candidate 
of the Republican or Anti-Slavery party. 

2. The question of slavery had been, espe- 
cially during the last Administration, the cause 
of much angry discussion. The slave-holding 
States of the South felt greatly alarmed by 
the result of this election, and demanded 
guarantees for the preservation of their con- 
stitutional rights. Failing to obtain this, the 
representatives of these States withdrew from 
the legislative halls; and their States, respec- 
tively, passed ordinances of secession, by 
which they withdrew from the Federal com- 
pact. 

3. The seceding States, to wit, South Caro- 

Questions. — 1. Who was elected President in 1860? 
2. What followed ? 3. What action did the seceding 
States take ) 

235 



286 UNITED STATES. 

lina, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, 
Louisiana, and Texas, sent delegates to a Con- 
vention, which met in Montgomery, (Alabama,) 
and organized the provisional government of 
" The Confederate States of America." 
Jefferson Davis, of Mississippi, a distinguished 
statesman and soldier, was elected Provisional 
President. 

4. When Mr. Lincoln took his oath of office, 
on the 4th of March, 1861, the Southern Con- 
federacy was already organized, and claimed 
to be a separate and distinct government from 
that of the United States. Yirgihia, North 
Carolina, Tennessee, and Arkansas successively 
passed ordinances of secession, and joined the 
new confederacy. 

5. The Government at "Washington having 
determined to send supplies to Fort Sumter, 
in Charleston harbor, that fort was attacked 
by the Confederates on the 12th of April, 
1861. After a short but vigorous defence, it 
was surrendered by its commander, Major 
Anderson, to the Confederate general, Beaure- 
gard. Mr. Lincoln then issued a proclama- 
tion, calling for 75,000 volunteers. Such was 
the beginning of the fearful civil war which 



Questions. — 3. Who was elected President of the new 
Confederacy ? 4. How did matters stand on the 4th of 
March? 5. How was the ™%r begun? What did Mr. 
Lincoln do ? 



AMERICAN CIVIL WAR. 237 

was to rage for four years in the country of 
Washington, to end with the ruin of the 
Southern States, the sudden emancipation of 
three millions of slaves, and the creation of a 
stupendous national debt. 

6. The success of the contending armies 
was varied at first; the great battle of Manas- 
sas, gained by the Confederates, was followed 
by reverses on other fields. The numerical 
superiority and immense resources of the 
Federals enabled them to repair their disasters 
promptly, and to hold the advantages gained ; 
whilst the Confederates, shut out from the 
world, and far inferior in number to their op- 
ponents, were weakened by every defeat, and 
seldom able to reap the fruits of dear-bought 
victories. 

7. Tennessee and Arkansas had never been 
wholly in the possession of the Confederates ; 
they lost the control of the Mississippi, and 
part of Louisiana. Many of their ports were 
taken and the others blockaded by the fleets 
of the United States. From the second year 
of the war, the principal struggle was confined 
to Virginia, where General Eobert E. Lee had 
command of the Confederate army. 

8. In the spring of 1865, the contest was 

Questions. — 6. What was the success of the contend- 
ing parties ? How did they compare ? 7. What re- 
verses befell the Confederates ? 8. What happened in 
the spring of 1865 ? 



238 UNITED STATES. 

decided. The Federal general, Sherman, had 
crossed, in mid-winter, the entire State of 
Georgia, literally cutting the confederacy in 
two; he completely devastated this section of 
country, the granary of the South, and de- 
stroyed the railroads, thus cutting off the 
supplies of the Army of Virginia. 

9. Meanwhile, General Grant, with an over- 
whelming force, kept Lee's operations confined 
to the defence of the Confederate capital, 
Eichmond, and its main support, Petersburg. 
At last it became necessary to evacuate these 
two places ; but the Confederate army was too 
much exhausted and reduced in number to 
accomplish successfully its retreat, and finally, 
on the 9th of April, 1865, General Lee sur- 
rendered the remnants of his once fine army 
to General Grant. The terms of the capitula- 
tion were that the men should lay down their 
arms, and retire to their homes, on their parole 
not to engage in any acts of hostility until 
duly exchanged. 

10. General Joseph E. Johnston, command 
ing in Georgia, surrendered his army to Gen- 
eral Sherman upon similar conditions. The 
submission of the whole South was the imme- 
diate result of these surrenders. 

Questions. — 9. Where was General Grant ? What 
became necessary, and what followed ? What were the 
terms of surrender? 10. What other general surren- 
dered ? 



AMERICAN CIVIL WAK. 239 

11. Almost simultaneously with these import- 
ant events, another occurred, without precedent 
in the annals of this country, which cast a gloom 
over the nation: on the 13th of April, 1865, 
President Lincoln was assassinated at a theatre 
in Washington City. 

12. Mr. Lincoln had just been re-elected for a 
second term. Upon his death the Presidency 
passed to the Vice-President, Andrew Johnson, 
of Tennessee. Mr. Johnson differed with the 
majority in Congress in respect to the policy to 
be pursued towards the Southern States lately in 
rebellion, and the dispute became so bitter that 
in 1868 the House of Representatives agreed 
upon articles of impeachment against him. The 
first and most important article charged the Pres- 
ident with violating the Tenure-of-Office Act by 
removing Mr. Stanton from the office of Secreta- 
ry of War without the advice and consent of the 
Senate. The Senate was the court for the trial, 
presided over by Chief-Justice Chase. Mr. John- 
son was acquitted. 

13. In 1868, General Grant was elected Presi- 
dent, and re-elected four years later (1872). The 

Questions. — 11. What happened on the 13th of April ? 
12. Who succeeded to the Presidency ? What was Mr. 
Johnson's policy ? What occurred in 1868? What was 
the principal charge against him ? Describe the trial 
and state the result. 13. When was General Grant 
elected President? 



240 AMERICA. 

one hundredth birthday of the nation (1876) was 
celebrated by a Centennial Exhibition at Phila- 
delphia. It was a wonderful display of the prog- 
ress and resources of the United States, and 
also of the industries of the world, including 
almost every product known to science and art. 
For months it was the holiday for the nation, and 
multitudes attended it from all parts of the world. 
It was opened by the President, May 10th, and 
by November eight millions of persons had paid 
admission-fee. 

14. In 1876 the election to the Presidency of 
Rutherford B. Hayes, was disputed. The result 
turned upon the votes of certain Southern States 
where the elections, the Democrats contended, had 
been carried by fraud. It was an hour of danger 
to the republic. Finally, the two great parties 
agreed to leave the decision to a commission ap- 
pointed by Congress. The commission met (1877), 
heard arguments, and gave the office to Mr. Hayes. 
In 1880, James A. Garfield was chosen President. 
The following year he was most cruelly shot down 
by a half-witted, disappointed office-seeker, Charles 
Guiteau, who, after a very remarkable trial, was 

Questions. — 13. What event was celebrated in 1876? 
Describe the Centennial Exhibition. 14. What occurred 
in 1876? What did the result of the election turn 
upon ? To what did the two parties agree ? To whom 
did the commission give the office ? Who was the next 
President ? What happened to him in the following year ? 



AMERICAN CIVIL WAR. 241 

hung for his crime. For months President Gar- 
field lingered between life and death, exciting the 
greatest sympathy both here and abroad. But 
the wound proved fatal, and he died Sept. 19, 
1881, universally lamented. Upon receipt of 
news of his death the British court went into 
mourning for a week — a mark of respect towards 
the United States never before shown. The un- 
expired portion of General Garfield's term was 
filled by the Vice-President, Chester A. Arthur, 
who was succeeded (1884) by Grover Cleveland, 
the first Democratic President for twenty-four 
years. 

15. In 1885, after a long and distressing illness, 
General Grant died. He was one of the remarkable 
men of the country. Born in Ohio in 1822, he 
received a military education at West Point and 
served with credit in the Mexican War. Eeturn- 
ing to the United States, he lived in obscurity at 
Galena, Illinois, as a leather merchant, without 
influence or ambition. He was forty years old 
when war brought him again into view. His 
capture of Forts Henry and Donelson in 1863 
turned the tide of Federal defeat. From that 
point his success and rise were unbroken until 

Questions. — 14. When did the President die? What 
marks of respect were shown him ? Who filled his un- 
expired term ? Who was the next President? 15. What 
distinguished general died in 1885 ? Where was he born ? 
Tell us about his early life. His military career. 
SI 



242 AMERICA. 

he reached the chief command of the armies 
of the United States, and received, two years 
later, at Appomattox Court-House, General Lee's 
sword. His political life is less brilliant. The 
absence of revengeful feelings towards the South 
and his calm, unbending firmness of character 
were the qualities in its chief magistrate which 
the condition of the country called for in 1868, 
when General Grant entered upon the discharge 
of Presidential duties. His first term, therefore, 
was successful. But in 1872 — when he entered 
upon his second term of office — the condition of 
the country had changed, needing at its head a 
trained statesman ; and General Grant's lack of 
civil experience made this term less satisfactory. 
He was born a soldier, and his fame will rest 
upon his military deeds. 

16. Cardinal McCloskey, of New York, having 
departed this life, the honor he had borne was 
conferred by Leo XIII (1886) on the eminent 
and admired Archbishop Gibbons, of Baltimore. 
In the election of 1888 the Democrats were 
beaten, Benjamin Harrison, the Republican can- 
didate, being chosen over Grover Cleveland. In 
1889 the territories of North Dakota, South 
Dakota, and Washington were admitted into the 

Questions. — 15. What is said of his political life and 
first term as President? His second term? Upon what 
will his fame rest? 16. What event in 1886? Eesult of 
election in 1888 ? What occurred in 1889 ? 



UNITED STATES. 243 

Union as States. The next year Oklahoma was 
organized into a territory out of the northern 
portion of the Indian Territory ; and the terri- 
tories of Idaho and Wyoming were admitted as 
States. The election of 1892 was a Democratic 
triumph. Not only was Grover Cleveland, by a 
very large majority, chosen President over Ben- 
jamin Harrison, who had defeated him four years 
before, but Congress, in each of its Houses, be- 
came Democratic. The main issue in the cam- 
paign was the Tariff. 

17. The same year there was serious trouble 
with the South American Republic of Chili, 
growing out of unprovoked and murderous as- 
saults on United States seamen at Valparaiso. 
An apology from Chili smoothed over the inci- 
dent. Towards the close of the Harrison admin- 
istration the Hawaiian Islands applied for annex- 
ation. These Islands are the key to the Pacific 
Ocean, and it seems quite certain they will either 
be annexed or a protectorate established over 
them. The matter is now (1893) under advise- 
ment. In October, 1892, the 400th anniversary 
of the discovery of America by Columbus was 
duly celebrated throughout the United States. 

Questions.— 16. What the next year ? Result of elec- 
tion of 1892 ? What was the issue ? 17. What trouble 
with Chili? The result? What Islands sought annexa- 
tion? Why are the Hawaiian Islands so important? 
What occurrences in 1892 and 1893 ? 



244 UNITED STATES. 

It will be further celebrated by the Columbian 
Exposition, or World's Fair, tc be opened May 
1st at Chicago, and with every prospect of sur- 
passing all former Expositions. In 1893 the 
Holy Father appointed Archbishop Satolli per- 
manent Apostolic Delegate to this country. 

18. Within recent years the Navy of the 
United States has been remarkably developed. 
There are signs, too, of a revival of her Merchant 
Marine and Ocean carrying trade — a field of 
enterprise in which she once bore so leading a 
part. In no other land has electrical science and 
its practical applications made such advancement. 
Edison and his co-workers stand foremost in this 
field, and shed lustre on their country. Progress, 
in other directions, goes on without abatement, 
and to-day the United States is the richest and 
most resourceful among nations. 

Questions. — 18. What is said of United States Navy ? 
Of her Merchant Marine ? Of the general progress of the 
United States ? Of her progress in a particular direction ? 



ENGLAND. 



CHAPTEE XXXIII. 

England, from the Conquest by thb 
Komans, A. C. 55 to A. D. 827. 

1. Our young readers are now to make a 
short review of the history of England, at 
present one of the most powerful and most 
important nations of Europe. Before proceed- 
ing farther, it may be found very useful to 
take a glance at the exterior aspect of the 
country. England is the southern part of 
the island of Great Britain, and is about four 
hundred miles in length, and three hundred 
or more miles in breadth. 

2. The soil is naturally fertile, and agricul- 
ture is carried to a high degree of perfection. 
The climate is moist, and the extremes of heat 
and cold are less than in other countries in 
the same latitude. The traveller, on visiting 
England, is struck with the appearance of 

Questions. — 1. What is said of England among the 
nations ? Describe the geography of the country. 
2. What is said of the soil ? Climate ? With what will 
the traveller be struck? 

245 



246 ENGLAND. 

wealth everywhere spread ovei the co entry 
On ODe side, he will behold some ancient 
castle, or mouldering abbey, presenting the 
relics of former grandeur; on the other, the 
splendid mansion of a nobleman, displaying 
all the magnificence of modern refinement 
and luxury. Still, poverty is the lot of a very 
large portion of the inhabitants of England. 
In the cities, this poverty is extreme and wide- 
spread. 

3. There are many large cities in England. 
London, on the Eiver Thames, is the capital 
of the British dominions. This city is one of 
the largest in the world ; it is about ten miles 
in length and six in breadth, and contains a 
population of over three millions of inhab- 
itants. Among the public buildings, St. Paul's 
Cathedral and Westminster Abbey are the 
most celebrated. 

4. The early inhabitants of this country are 
said to have been a tribe of Gauls, or Celts, 
from the neighboring continent. They had 
but little knowledge of agriculture ; they 
dwelt in huts in the forest, clothed themselves 
in the skins of wild beasts, and lived upon the 

Questions. — 2. Describe what the traveller will see, 
What is said of poverty in England? 3. What of its 
eities ? What is said of London ? The population ? 
The public buildings ? 4. What is said of the early in- 
habitants? Where did they dwell? On what did they 
live? 



ENGLAND. 247 

milk and flesh of their herds. Their religion 
was that of Druidism; their priests were 
called Druids, and possessed great control 
over the minds of the people. They taught 
the doctrine of the transmigration of souls, 
and offered human sacrifices to appease the 
wrath of their gods. 

5. The Britons had some knowledge of the 
art of war; their soldiers were armed chiefly 
with the bow, the shield, and the lance. They 
had also a kind of war-chariot, set with 
scythes, which caused dreadful destruction 
when driven among their enemies. 

6. Julius CsBsar, who had conquered Graul 
and a part of Germany, determined to invade 
Britain . With this view, he collected a nu- 
merous fleet, and embarked with ten thousand 
men. On reaching the coast, he beheld it 
covered with the natives, prepared to dispute 
his landing. For some time the Eoman sol- 
diers remained in doubtful suspense; at length, 
the standard bearer of the tenth legion leaped 
into the sea, and advanced towards the land. 
His example was immediately followed by his 
companions; they gained the shore, and ob- 

Questions. — 4. What is said of their religion i 
5. What is said of their soldiers ? Their war-chariots ! 
8. What is said of Julius Caesar? On reaching tht 
shore, what did the standard bearer do? What fol- 
lowed? 



248 fltfGLAin>. 

tained an easy victory over the undisciplined 
Britons. 

7. In the reign of the emperor Claudius, 
the Eomans determined to effect the final sub- 
jugation of Britain, as the subjugation by 
Julius Caesar was rather nominal than real. 
The illustrious Caractacus for nine years de- 
fended his dominions against the power of 
Eome ; but at length he was taken prisone* 
by Ostorius, and led captive to Eome. As he 
passed 'through the streets of the city, and 
beheld the splendor of the buildings, he ex- 
claimed: "Alas I how is it possible that a peo- 
ple, possessed of such magnificence at home, 
should envy Caractacus in his humble cottage 
in Britain." 

' 8. In passing over the northern part of Eng- 
land, you may meet with the ruins of ancient 
walls. These walls were built by the Eomans, 
in order to prevent the inroads of the warlike 
races of Picts and Scots from Caledonia, or 
Scotland. About the middle of the fifth cen- 
tury, the Eomans withdrew from Britain, 
leaving the inhabitants to their own resources; 
then the northern barbarians, no longer inti- 

Questions. — 7. In the reign|of the emperor Claudius, 
what took place ? What is said of Caractacus ? What 
did he exclaim ? 8. In the northern part of England, 
what may you find ? By whom were they frailt ? When 
the Romans withdrew, what followed ? 



ENGLAND. 249 

midated by the Eoman legions, broke down 
the walls, and spread destruction over the 
southern part of the island. 

9. At this time, England was visited by a 
number of Saxons, natives of the north of 
Germany, led by two brothers, Hengist and 
Horsa. Their object was probably plunder, 
but being employed by the Britons to assist 
them against their enemies, they did good 
service. The Scots and the other northern 
tribes were soon compelled to retire to their 
own native mountains. But the Saxons, hav- 
ing expelled the invaders, turned their arms 
upon the Britons, and being re-enforced by the 
Angles and Jutes, and by others, all from 
Northern Europe, they took possession of the 
country, and forced the inhabitants to subjec- 
tion. From the Angles, the name England is 
derived. 

10. The Britons for a long time resisted the 
Saxons, but after a contest of about one hun- 
dred years, the Saxons prevailed, and estab- 
lished the Heptarchy, or seven Saxon king- 
doms, A. D. 560. At length, Ethelbert, king 
of Wessex, one of these seven kingdoms, united 
them all in 827, under the name of England. 

Questions. — 9. Who visited England at this time? 
What followed? What is said of the Saxons? Having 
expelled the invaders, what did they do ? 10. What is 
•aid of the Britons ? At length, what did Ethelbert do ? 



250 ENGLAND. 

11. Previously to this period, Christianity 
had been introduced into England. About 
the close of the sixth century, Pope Gregory 
the Great sent Saint Austin from Eome to 
carry the glad tidings of salvation to the in 
habitants of Britain. Austin, accompanied 
by several monks, set out upon the holy mis- 
sion, and having arrived in England, made 
known to Ethelbert the object for which he 
had come. 

12. The king was not entirely ignorant of 
Christianity, for Bertha, his queen, the daugh- 
ter of the king of Paris, had previously em- 
braced the Christian religion. He therefore 
received the missionaries kindly, and gave 
them an audience under a large oak, in the 
open air. Saint Austin explained to him the 
doctrines of Christianity, and the king shortly 
after received baptism publicly. Such was the 
powerful influence of his example, that ten 
thousand of his subjects are said to have been 
baptized in a single day. 

Questions. — 11. What had been introduced ? About 
the middle of the sixth century, what took placet 
12. What is said of Ethelbert ? How did he receWe th» 
missionaries ? What did St. Austin do ? How manj 
were baptized in a day ? 



ENGLAND. 251 



CHAPTEK XXXIY. 

Prom the Foundation of the Monarchy to 
the Norman Conquest, A. D. 827 to 1066. 

1. Before the middle of the ninth century, 
the coast of Britain was visited by a ferocious 
people from Denmark, called the Danes, who 
repeatedly plundered and laid waste the coun- 
try, destroying everything with fire and sword. 
When Alfred, surnamed the Great, ascended 
the throne in 871, he found himself surrounded 
by these formidable enemies. He immediately 
took the field against them, and is said to have 
defeated them in eight different battles in one 
year, compelling them at length to retire to 
their own dominions. 

2. They returned, however, in a short time, 
with re-enforcements, ravaged the country, and 
even obliged Alfred to solicit peace. In his 
distress, the king was compelled to seek his 
safety in the most obscure of shelters. He 
accordingly laid aside all marks of royalty, 
and disguising himself in the habit of a peas- 
ant, passed several months in the cottage of a 

Questions. — 1. By whom was the coast of Britain 
visited ? What is said of Alfred ? What did he immedi- 
ately do ? 2. What did his enemies do ? What is said 
of the king ! Where did he pass several months? 



252 . ENGLAND. 

herdsman. "While in this humble abode, the 
herdsman's wife, who did not know that he 
was the king, ordered him to take care of some 
cakes that were being baked by the fire, whil« 
she was absent. 

3. Alfred, whose mind was otherwise em- 
ployed, forgot the injunction he had received, 
and let the cakes burn. The woman, on her 
return, finding her cakes ruined, exclaimed: 
" What ! you will be ready enough to eat them 
by and by, and yet you cannot watch them, 
you idle fellow!" 

4. Alfred, being desirous of learning the 
number of the Danish forces, and their mode 
of discipline, disguised himself as a wandering 
harper, entered the camp of the Danes, and 
played for the amusement of the soldiers. He 
was even introduced into the tent of Guthrun, 
the Danish prince, entertained him with his 
music, and remained with him for several days. 
Having thus learned in person the unguarded 
condition of the Danes, he returned, and hav- 
ing assembled his followers, attacked the 
enemy by surprise, and routed them with 
great slaughter. 

Questions. — 2. While here, what was he ordered to 
do ? 8. What is related of Alfred ? What did she tell 
him? 4. What again of Alfred? Where was he intro- 
duced ? On his return, what did he do ? 



ENGLAND. 253 

5. Alfred, being now freed from these trouble, 
some enemies, turned his whole attention to- 
wards repairing the evils which they had 
caused, and improving the moral condition of 
his subjects. He established schools for the 
instruction of his people, and invited into his 
kingdom the most eminent men of Europe. 
He also founded the University of Oxford, 
composed a code of laws, and, according to 
many historians, established the trial by jury. 

6. It is recorded of Alfred that he put to 
death forty corrupt judges in one year; and 
so exactly and impartially were the laws ad- 
ministered, and so just were the people, that 
gold ornaments could be hung up in the pub- 
lic roads, and no one would touch them. He 
usually divided his time into three equal parts, 
one of which he employed in study and in 
religious devotions, a second in the discharge 
of business, and the third in sleep and in rec- 
reating his body by exercise and diet. These 
divisions he exactly measured by burning 
tapers of equal length. 

7. Alfred was one of the wisest and most 
illustrious princes that ever occupied the Eng- 



Qdestions. — 5. To what did Alfred turn his atten- 
tion ? What did he establish ? What did he found ? 
Compose? 6. What is, recorded of Alfred? How did 
he divide his time? How did he measure these divi- 
sions? 7. What is said of Alfred ? 



254 ENGLAND. 

lish throne. Whilst his private life was 
adorned by every Christian virtue, he waa 
justly reputed as the greatest warrior, legis- 
lator, and statesman of his age. He died in 
the year 901, and left the throne to his son 
Edward, surnamed the Elder. 

8. Edward was a warlike prince, and his 
reign of twenty-four years was almost one 
continual contest with the Danes and North- 
umbrians. He left three sons, who succes- 
sively occupied the throne. The first of these 
was Athelstan, who carried on a successful 
war against the Danes, Scots, and other ene- 
mies. Athelstan did more than any of his 
predecessors to establish England firmly as a 
kingdom, After a reign of sixteen years, he 
was succeeded by his brother Edmund I. The 
reign of this prince lasted but six years, and 
his death was tragical. As he was celebrating 
a festival in 'Gloucester, he was killed by Leolf, 
a notorious robber. 

9. Edred, the thkd brother, next succeeded 
to the throne. Among the chief advisers of 
this king, was Dunstan, the venerable abbot 

Questions. — 7. What is said of Alfred's private life ! 
When did he die ? 8. What is said of Edward ? By 
whom was he succeeded ? What did Athelstan do for 
England? What is said of Edmund? Of his death? 
9. Who succeeded? Who was the chief adviser of this 
king? 



ENGLAND. 255 

of Glastonbury. Edred deposited with him 
all his treasures, and the titles of his lands, 
and wished to make him bishop of Winchester. 
Edred died after a reign of ten years, and 
left the throne, in 955, to his nephew, Edwin 
or Edwy, son of Edmund I. 

10. Edwy is generally represented as a 
prince of a weak and profligate character. He 
banished Dunstan, the abbot of Glastonbury, 
from the kingdom, because he opposed his 
unlawful affection for Elgiva, a lady of rank. 
Edwy, on account of his misconduct, was 
forced by his subjects and his brother Edgar 
to confine himself to but a limited portion 
of Southern England. At his death, in 
959, Edgar succeeded him. Edgar recalled the 
abbot of Glastonbury from exile, appointed 
him to a bishopric, and finally made him Pri- 
mate of England. Nevertheless, St. Dunstan, 
to punish him for a licentious action, forbade 
him to wear his crown for seven years. In 
this reign, the wolves that infested England 
were finally exterminated. Edgar subdued 
the Scotch. His reign of sixteen years was 
generally peaceful. 

Questions. — 9. When did Edred die ? 10. How if 
Edwin represented ? Whom did he banish ? What fur- 
ther m said of him? Who succeeded him? What if 
said of Edgar and St. Dunstan ? Of wolves in Engl&nd ! 
Of Edgar and his reign? 
22 



256 ENGLAND. 

11. Edward the Second, son of Edgar, 
reigned from 975 to 978. He was called the 
Martyr, because he was assassinated at the 
instigation of Elfrida, his step-mother, who 
was led to this crime that she might gain the 
crown for her son, who then reigned as Eth- 
el red the Second. During his long and unfor- 
tunate reign, the Danes and other northern 
races repeatedly invaded the country. In an 
interval of peace, in 1002, he ordered a general 
massacre of the Danes that were living in 
England. In revenge, Sweyn, king of Den- 
mark, committed terrible ravages in England. 
He even forced Ethelred to retire into Nor- 
mandy, and seized the kingdom. Sweyn died 
very shortly after, bequeathing England to his 
son Canute, 1014. 

12. On the death of Sweyn, Ethelred imme- 
diately returned and regained possession of 
his throne, which he retained until his death, 
in 101G. His son, Edmund the Second, called 
Ironsides, on account of his great bodily strengh, 
succeeded him, and died the same year. Canute 



Questions. — 11. Who was his successor? Why wai 
h« called the Martyr? What invasions took place during 
this reign? What massacre? What did Sweyn do? 
What was his end ? 12. What happened on the death of 
Sweyn ? Who was the successor of Ethelred ? What if 
said of Edmund and Canute ? 



ENGLAND. 257 

had meanwhile made many efforts to gain pos« 
session of England, and Edmund, before his 
death, finally agreed to divide the kingdom 
with him. 

13. The death of Edmund, and, about the 
same period, of Harold, king of Denmark, 
brother of Canute, left Canute sovereign of 
both countries. He also held sway over Nor- 
way and Sweden, Scotland and Wales. He 
was thus one of the most powerful monarchs 
of the age. On this account, and also from 
his eminent qualities as a ruler, he has been 
called the Great. He died in 1035, after a reign 
of eighteen years, much lamented by his sub- 
jects. 

14. An interesting anecdote is related of this 
prince. Being one day near the sea-shore, his 
courtiers, to flatter him, said that he was the 
king of kings, the master of both earth and 
sea. Canute took this opportunity to show 
how much he despised their foolish flattery. 
Sitting down, and addressing himself to the 
tide, which was advancing: "I am thy mas- 
ter/' he exclaimed ; " I command thee, there- 
fore, to stay where thou art, and not to move 

Questions. — 13. How did Canute become sovereign 
of England and Denmark? What other countries did 
Canute govern ? Why was he called Great ? What is 
said of his death. 14. Relate the anecdote of Canute 
and his courtiers. 



258 ENGLAND. 

further, and wet my feet." All present thought 
the king mad, to imagine that the sea was go- 
ing to obey his orders. It continued to advance, 
and at length came to the feet of the monarch. 
Turning to his flatterers, he said: "You see 
how far I am from being the master of all 
things. Learn hence, that the power of kings 
is very inconsiderable. There is, indeed, no 
other king than Almighty God, by whom alone 
the heavens, the earth, and the sea are gov- 
erned." 

15. Canute left to his three sons the king- 
doms over which he had reigned : Norway to 
Sweyn ; Denmark to Hardicanute ; and Eng- 
land to Harold, called Harefoot, on account of 
his swiftness in running. Harold was a weak 
and profligate prince, and reigned but three 
years. The reign of his brother and succes- 
sor, Hardicanute, the last of the Danish kings 
of England, was equally short, terminating in 
1042. As this king left no children, the Eng- 
lish availed themselves of his death to shake 
off the Danish yoke, and to restore the Saxon 
line, in the person of Edward the Third, bro- 
ther of Edmund Ironsides. Edward was dis- 
tinguished for the virtues which adorned his 

Questions. — 15. How aid Canute divide his king- 
doms? What is said of his two successors in England! 
What change then took plac e ? 



ENGLAND. 259 

character, and which obtained him the sur- 
name of " The Confessor," a title equivalent t< 
that of perfect Christian. 

16. At Edward's death, in 1066, several com- 
petitors for the throne appeared. Of these, 
Harold, the son of the Earl of Godwin, a pow- 
erful English nobleman, and William, Duke of 
Normandy, were the most prominent. Both 
claimed to be remotely allied to the family of 
the late king. Harold, being in England at 
the time of Edward's death, quietly possessed 
himself of the throne, as Harold the Second. 
With Edward passed away the Saxon line of 
monarcbs. The Edwards of subsequent Eng- 
lish history belong to the Norman line. 

17. William resolved to make good his claim 
to England by force of arms, and accordingly 
landed in the island in 1066 with a powerful 
army. The memorable battle of Hastings en- 
sued, in which Harold was killed, and his army 
defeated. The English submitted to the scep- 
tre of William, who was known thenceforward 
as the Conqueror. 

Questions. — 15. What is said of Edward the Confes- 
sor? 16. What ' events succeeded Edward's death! 
What is said of the Saxon line ? 17, How did Wilii&aa 
the Conqueror obtain the throne ? 

22* 



260 ENGLAND. 



CHAPTEE XXXV. 

Tee Kings of the Norman Family — From 
A.D. 1066 to 1154. 

1. William the Conqueror possessed great 
abilities as a statesman and a warrior, though 
many of his acts were cruel and oppressive. 
He was remarkable in his person, being tall 
and well proportioned, and so strong, that few 
could be found able to bend his bow or wield 
his arms. 

2. William endeavored to reconcile the Eng- 
lish with his rule, but as he spent much of his 
time in Normandy, his officers in England 
made his government odious by their oppres- 
sions. The resentment of the English aroused 
him to great severity against them. One of 
his laws compelled them to extinguish their 
lights at an early hour of the evening, at the 
sound of the bell called the " curfew," (cover- 
fire.) 

3. He rendered a vast service by causing a 
register to be prepared of all the estates in 
England. This work is known as the Domes- 

Questions. — 1. What is said of William? For what 
was he remarkable ? 2. What is said of the English 
under his government ? Of the curfew? 3. What pub- 
lic service did he render? 



ENGLAND. 261 

day Book. The introduction of the Normans 
into England occasioned the extensive use of 
the French language. No other language was 
used in courts of law or in high society. 
Many French words were thus incorporated 
into the English language, and French words 
are still frequent in law. He showed great 
partiality for his Norman followers, and raised 
them to all the posts of honor. 

4. The conduct of his children gave him 
much unhappiness. Robert at length openly 
revolted against his father, and endeavored to 
take Normandy from him. William besieged 
him in a castle in Normandy, where many 
daring encounters took place. It happened, 
on one occasion, that Robert engaged the king 
himself, whose features were concealed by his 
helmet. A fierce combat ensued; at length ? 
the young prince wounded and dismounted his 
father, who called out for assistance. Robert, 
hearing his voice, recognized his parent; struck 
with remorse, he alighted from his horse, 
threw himself at the feet of William, and im- 
plored his pardon. He then assisted him to 
mount, and saw him return to his camp. 
After governing England twenty-one years. 

Questions. — 8. What is said of the introduction of 
the French language? Of his Norman followers? 
4. What is said of his children? Of Robert? What 
happened on one occasion ? 



262 ENGLAND. 

William expired in Normandy, having first 
endeavored to make restitution for manv of 
his acts of violence. His descendants have 
ever since occupied the throne of England. 

5. Wil?iam the Second, surnamed Rufus, 
from his red hair, succeeded his father in the 
English throne, A. D. 1087. His reign was 
marked by cruelty and perfidy, and his death 
was tragical. As he was one day hunting in 
the forest, he was accidentally killed by one 
of his attendants, who aimed an arrow at a stag. 
Robert, the brother of William, was the lawful 
heir to the crown ; but at the time of William's 
death, he was absent on a crusade to the Holy 
Land. Henry, his younger brother, taking 
advantage of his absence, seized upon the gov- 
ernment, and ascended the vacant throne, 
under the title of Henry the First, 1100. 

6. Robert on his return made an effort to 
obtain the crown, but was defeated and taken 
prisoner by his brother, who confined him in a 
castle in Wales during the remainder of his 
life, which lasted twenty-eight years. Alas! 
how feeble are the nearest ties of kindred, 

Questions. — 4. What is said of the death of William ? 
6. Who succeeded to the throne ? What is said of hia 
reign ? What was his end ? What is said of Robert ? 
What did Henry do? 6. What did Robert do on bis re- 
turn? What happened to him? What is said of ambi 
tiou? 



ENGLAND. 263 

when they come in conflict with the impulses 
of unrestrained ambition ! 



OHAPTEE XXXYI. 

Family op Plantagenet — From A. T>. 
1135 to 1399. 

1. Henry left the throne to his daughter 
Matilda, married to Geoffrey Plantagenet, 
Count of Anjou. For nineteen years, the suc- 
cession was interrupted by the usurpation of 
his nephew, Stephen. Finally, however, Ma- 
tilda's son ascended the throne in 1154, as 
Henry the Second. The most important 
achievement of his reign was the invasion and 
subjugation of Ireland, which country has re- 
mained more or less in a state of subjection to 
the English crown ever since. 

2. During the early part of his reign, the 
famous Thorn as-a-Becket, a man of great learn- 
ing and ability, held the first place in the 
king's favor, and was promoted to the office 
flf High Chancellor. It happened about this 
time that the Archbishop of Canterbury died, 
and Becket was appointed to fill the vacant see. 

Questions. — 1. To whom did Henry leave the throne ? 
What was the most important event ? 2. In the early 
part of his reign, what distinguished person is men- 
tioned? What happened about this time? 



264 ENGLAND. 

3. Becket, while he filled the office of Chan- 
cellor, had displayed great magnificence; but 
on being elevated to the dignity of arch- 
bishop, he laid aside his former pomp and 
worldly display. The train of knights and 
noblemen who were accustomed to attend hira 
were exchanged for a few companions selected 
from among the most learned and most virtu- 
ous of the clergy. His diet was abstemious, 
and his charities were abundant; his time was 
occupied in prayer, study, and in the discharge 
of the duties of his station. 

4. Shortly after Becket was consecrated 
bishop, Henry began to make encroachments 
on the rights of the church and the privileges 
of the clergy. He required that a clergy- 
man who had been tried for offences in the 
ecclesiastical court, should be delivered to the 
custody of the lay officers, to be tried again, 
and punished by a lay tribunal. He also pro- 
hibited the clergy from appealing to the court 
of Borne without his consent. 

5. The archbishop considered it his duty to 
oppose these measures, so repugnant to the 
lignity of the church, and to those liberties 
which Henry had sworn to preserve at his 

Questions. — 3. What is said of Becket? What did 

ue lay aside ? What is said of his diet, &». ? L Shortly 

fcfter this, what did Henry do? Require? Prohibit! 
5. What is said of the archbishop ? 



ENGLAND. 265 

coronation. The king grew indignant at this 
opposition ; the archbishop thought it prudent 
to withdraw for a time from England, and ac- 
cordingly he retired to France. 

6. After some time, a reconciliation wa& 
effected between Henry and the primate, and 
the latter again returned to England, carrying 
with him letters of suspension from the pope, 
against the bishops of Salisbury, London, and 
York. The bishops, on receiving these letters, 
burst into violent complaints against the pri- 
mate, and hastened to the king for redress. 
Henry, in a moment of anger, exclaimed : "Of 
all the cowards who eat at my table, is there 
not one, who will free me from this turbulent 
priest I " 

7. Four of his attendants, taking this for the 
royal approbation, resolved to murder or carry 
off the primate. They immediately repaired 
to the palace of the archbishop, and accused 
him of insolence to the king. While they 
were there, the bell rang for vespers, and the 
undaunted prelate arose, and went unattended 
to tho cathedral. The assassins followed him 
as he entered the church, and one of their 

Questions. — 5. What of the king? 6. After some 
time, what took place? What did the bishops do? 
What did Henry exclaim ? 7. What did four of his at- 
tendants resolve ? While they were there, what did the 
primate do ? 



266 ENGLAND. 

Dumber cried out: " Where is the traitor?" 
To this no answer was returned. But 
another asked: "Where is the archbishop?" 
To this the prelate answered: "Here is the 
archbishop, but no traitor." 

8. Upon receiving this reply, they rushed 
forward, and one of them struck the arch- 
bishop a blow upon the head with a battle- 
axe. When he felt the blood trickling down 
his face, the prelate clasped his hands, and 
bowing down, said : " In the name of Christ, 
and for the defence of his church, I am ready 
to die." In this posture he sank to the floor, 
under their repeated blows, at the foot of 
Saint Bennet's altar, A. D. 1170. 

9. At the first news of this event, Henry 
was filled with dread and alarm; he now 
lamented, when too late, the hasty expression 
which had led to the commission of so great 
a crime. A few years after this, he beheld 
his children uniting in rebellion against him 
in conjunction with his perfidious nobles. 
These things, he concluded, were not in the 
ordinary course of nature; they could be no 
other than the effects of the divine wrath, 

Questions. -~-7. What did one of them cry out? What 
did the prelate answer? 8. What did they do? Wher 
he felt the blood, &c, what did he say? How did he 
sink ? 9. What is said of Henry ? What did he behold ! 
What did he conclude? 



ENGLAND. 267 

which he had called down upon himself by 
his persecution of the archbishop. 

10. As St. Thomas of Canterbury, the name 
of the holy prelate shortly became famous. 
The shrine in which his relics were preserved in 
his own cathedral was resorted to by pilgrims 
from all parts of the world. Henry, in order to 
expiate his offence, resolved to make a pilgrim- 
age to the tomb of the martyr. He accordingly 
went to the cathedral in Canterbury, and 
prostrated himself before the shrine, while the 
bishop of London addressed the spectators. 

11. When the prelate had concluded his dis- 
course, the king arose and went to the chap- 
ter-house of the convent, where the monks and 
a few bishops and abbots were assembled. In 
the presence of these, the royal penitent con- 
fessed his crimes, and received on his shoulders, 
with a knotted cord, a few stripes from each. 
After this act of humility, he returned again to 
the shrine, and spent the night in prayer. 

12. The latter part of his life was embittered 
by the unnatural conduct of his sons, who 
joined in a second rebellion against their 
father. He asked for a list of the conspirators 5 

Questions. — 10. What is said of the name of the pre- 
late? What did Henry resolve ? Relate what followed 
11. What did the king do? In the presence of these? 
After this act, what did he do ? 12 What is said of th« 
latter pa.rt of his life ? 
23 



268 ENGLAND. 

on receiving it, the first name that caught his 
eye was that of his favorite son John. Heart- 
broken, he read no more, but returned the 
paper, and shortly after died, 1189. 

13. His son, Eichard the First, surnamed the 
Lion-hearted, succeeded to the throne. Eich- 
ard was of a chivalrous and romantic turn of 
mind. He engaged in the crusades, and em- 
barked for the Holy Land, where his personal 
valor was conspicuous in every action. On 
his return he was shipwrecked, and while en- 
deavoring to pass in disguise through G-er- 
many, was taken prisoner by the emperor, 
Henry the Sixth, who obliged him to give 
the sum of three hundred thousand pounds 
sterling for his liberty. Eichard had no sooner 
returned to England, than he declared war 
against his former ally in the crusades, the king 
of France, who had encouraged the malcontents 
in England to plot against him. During this 
war, the lion-hearted king met his death while 
besieging the castle of Limoges. He had 
reigned ten years. 

14. John, the brother of Eichard, succeeded 
tc the throne, although Arthur, the son of an 

Questions. — 12. For what did lie ask, and what fol- 
lowed? 13. Who succeeded? What is said of Richard? 
In what did he engage ? On his return, what happened t 
How did he die? 14. What did John do ? 



ENGLAND. 269 

elder brother, was the lawful heir; and foi 
fear the young prince, at any future period, 
might assert his claim, he was, by the order 
of John, basely murdered. The reign of John 
was one of the most disgraceful in English 
history. In almost every action, he trampled 
upon the rights of his subjects, and infringed 
the privileges of his nobles. 

15. At length the nobles, unable to support 
his tyranny, entered into a combination against 
him, under the direction of Langton, the Arch, 
bishop of Canterbury. They met at .Runny, 
mede, in 1215, and compelled the king to sign 
and seal the famous document of Magna 
Charta, which is regarded as the great bul- 
wark of English liberty, even at the present 
time ; and by which the liberty and import- 
ant privileges of all ranks of the people are 
secured. John died, after an odious reign of 
seventeen years, in 1216. 

16. Henry the Third, his son and successor, 
was a weak and timid prince ; and his long 
reign was almost a continued series of contests 
with his turbulent barons. Henry was at 
length compelled to resign his crown, but was 

Questions. — 14. What did he do with the young 
prince? What is said of his reign? 15. At length, 
what did his nobles do? What was he compelled to 
sign? When did he die ? 16. What is said of Henry ? 
What was he compelled to do, &c, and what followed! 



270 ENGLAND. 

again restored to the throne after the famous 
battle of Evesham, in which the rebellious 
barons were defeated. He died in the sixty 
fourth year of his age, and fifty-sixth of his 
reign, A. D. 1272. 

17. Henry was succeeded by his son, Edward 
the First. Edward was a prince of great mili 
tary talents. He subjugated Wales, and cre- 
ated his eldest son Prince of Wales, a title 
which, since then, distinguishes the eldest son 
of the British sovereign. He also invaded 
Scotland, defeated the Scots in the battle of 
Dunbar, and led their king captive to Eng- 
land. The Scots were incited to throw off 
the English yoke through the exertions of the 
renowned hero, Sir William Wallace ; but 
Wallace, after many brilliant achievements, 
was betrayed into the hands of Edward and 
put to death with barbarous cruelty, in 1805. 

18. Edward the Second, who, two years 
after this, succeeded his father, possessed but 
few qualities to distinguish him as a sovereign. 
He was weak and indolent, and allowed him- 
self to be governed by unworthy favorites. 

Questions. — 16. When did he die? 17. By whom 
was he succeeded ? What did Edward do ? What else ! 
By whom were the Scots roused, &c. ? What was the 
fate of Wallace? 18. What is said of Edward the 
Second? 



ENGLAND. 271 

At length, a conspiracy was formed against 
him by his infamous queen, Isabella, and Mor- 
timer, a young noble. Edward was compelled 
to resign the crown, and was afterwards bar- 
barously murdered, at the instigation of Isa- 
bella, A. D. 1327. 

19. Edward the Third, his son, 'succeeded to 
the throne. The reign of this prince was one 
of the most brilliant recorded in English his. 
tory. He invaded Scotland, and defeated the 
Scots in the battle of Halidon Hill. He then 
invaded France, and gained the memorable 
battle of Cressy, 1346; and his son, the Black 
Prince, afterwards defeated John, the French 
king, in the famous battle of Poictiers, and led 
him captive to England, 1356. 

20. Edward died in 1377, in the sixty-fifth 
year of his age and fifty-first of his reign, 
and was succeeded by Eichard the Second, the 
son of the Black Prince. The reign of Eich- 
ard was greatly disturbed by civil dissensions. 
Wat Tyler, a blacksmith, was the leader of the 
insurgents. He led them to Smithfield, where 
he invited the king to a conference. Here he 
behaved with so much insolence, that he ex* 

Questions. — 18. What was formed against him ? What 
was his fate ? 19. Who succeeded ? What is said of his 
reign? What countries did he invade? 20. When dia 
he die? By whom was he succeeded? What is said of 
his reign ? Of Tyler 
23* 



272 ENGLAND. 

cited the indignation of one of the king's at* 
tendants, who struck him dead upon the spot. 

21. This rash act created the most violent 
excitement among the insurgents, and might 
have proved fatal to the king, had it not been 
lor the presence of mind he displayed on that 
occasion. The young prince, riding up to the 
insurgents, while their bows were bent for 
attack, exclaimed : " What, my people! will 
you kill your king? Follow me, and you 
shall have what you desire." 

22. While Eichard was absent in Ireland, a 
conspiracy was formed against him; and on 
his return, he was compelled to resign his 
crown, and the Duke of Lancaster, his cousin, 
ascended the throne, under the title of Henry 
the Fourth. Eichard was imprisoned in the 
castle of Pomfret, and was shortly afterwards 
cruelly murdered, A. D. 1399. 

Questions. — 20. What was his fate? 21. What is 
said of the rash act ? The young prince ? 22. What ia 
related of Richard ? What was his fate ? 



ENGLAND. 273 



CHAPTEK XXXVII. 

The Lancaster Family — From A.. 1). 
1399 to 1461. 

1. Henry, having succeeded to the crown by 
the murder of his lawful sovereign, soon found 
that the throne was not a place for the enjoy- 
ment of repose; that the diadem that glitters 
upon the brow of monarchs conceals beneath 
its splendor a thousand cares unknown in the 
humbler walks of life. The early part of his 
reign was distracted by insurrections, and the 
latter part of his life was rendered unhappy 
by the profligate conduct of his son. Henry 
died in the forty-sixth year of his age, and 
fourteenth of his reign, A. I). 1413. 

2. He was succeeded by his son, Henry the 
Fifth, whose reign is memorable for the famous 
battle of Agincourt, in 1415, in which the 
French were defeated with a loss of eleven 
thousand killed and fourteen thousand prison- 
ers, while the English lost only forty slain. 
His brillant career of victory was cut short 
by death, in the thirty-fourth year of his age, 
and the tenth of his reign, A. I). 1422. 

Questions. — 1. What did Henry soon find ? What is 
said of the early part of his reign ? When did he die ? 
2. For what is the reign of Henry the Fifth memoralile T 
What is said of victory ? 



274 ENGLAND. 

3. Henry the Sixth succeeded his father at 
the early age of ten months, under the regency 
of his uncle, the Duke of Gloucester. As the 
young king advanced in years, he evinced a 
mild and pleasing disposition. He married 
Margaret, the daughter of the king of Sicily, 
a woman of heroic courage. The early part 
of his reign was disturbed by the insurrection 
of Jack Cade. Cade, however, was defeated 
and slain, and the insurrection suppressed. 

4. Shortly after this, the Duke of York, a 
descendant of Edward the Third, asserted his 
claim to the crown, and a most sanguinary 
civil war followed. The red rose was the 
symbol of the house of Lancaster, and the 
white rose that of the house of York ; hence 
this contest is often known as the War of the 
two Roses. It is said that more than one hun- 
dred thousand persons were slain during this 
war. 

5. In the great battle of St. Albans, the king 
was defeated and taken prisoner ; but Queen 
Margaret still kept the field, and gained the 
battle of Wakefield, in which the Duke of York 

Questions. — 3. Who succeeded ? What is said of the 
young king ? By what was his reign disturbed ? 4. After 
this, what took place ? Of what was the red rose the 
symbol? The white rose? Hence what is this war 
called ? 5. What happened in the battle of St Albans ? 
What is said of the queen ? 



ENGLAND. 275 

was defeated and slain. Edward, the son of 
the duke, took the field in support of the house 
of York ; he entered London with a numerous 
army, and was proclaimed king, under the title 
of Edward the Fourth, A. D. 1461. 



CHAPTEK XXXYIII 

The House of York — Edward IY Ed- 
ward Y. — Kichard III. — From 1461 to 
1485. 

1. Scarcely was Edward seated upon the 
throne, than he found himself opposed by the 
heroic Margaret, at the head of sixty thousand 
men. Edward and the Earl of Warwick has- 
tened to give her battle; the two armies met 
at Towton, where the forces of the queen were 
completely routed. 

2. The situation of the queen was deplorable 
in the extreme. With no other companion 
than her little son, she fled from the field of 
battle, and entered the gloomy forest of Hex- 
bam. Here she fell into the hands of ruffians, 

Questions, — 5. What is said of Edward, the son of 
the duke? — 1. What is said of Edward? Where did 
the two armies meet? 2. What is said of the 'queen 7 
What did she do ? Into whose hands did she fall ? 



276 ENGLAND. 

who despoiled her of her jewels and treated 
her with the greatest rudeness; they, however, 
disputed about the booty, and during their dis- 
pute, she made her escape and fled with hoi 
eon into the thickest part of the forest. When 
almost overcome with fatigue, and about to 
sink in despair, she was suddenly roused by 
the approach of a robber with a drawn sword. 

3. Finding it impossible to escape, she re- 
solved to throw herself upon his generosity. 
She advanced towards him and said : " Friend, 
here is the son of your king; I commit him 
to your protection." The man, pleased with 
the confidence placed in him, rendered all the 
assistance in his power. He conducted her 
safely to the sea-coast, and she escaped to 
Flanders. 

4. A few years after this, Queen Margaret, 
having collected another army on the conti- 
nent, returned to England, and made a second 
effort to liberate her husband, and to replace 
him upon the throne. In this she was suc- 
cessful; Edward was expelled, and Henry, 
after being six years in captivity, was again 
restored. Edward, however, soon returned 

Questions. — 2. What followed? When almost, &c, 
how was she roused ? 3. What did she resolve ? What 
did she say ? What did the man do ? 4. After a few 
years, what took place ? What is said of Edward and 
Henry ? What did Edward do ? 



fltfGLAKi). 277 

with a powerful army, and having defeated 
the ftxrses of Henry in the bloody battle of 
Barnet, again seized upon the crown, 1471. 

5. The intrepid Margaret again took the 
field against him, but was entirely defeated by 
Edward, in the desperate battle of Tewkesbury, 
in which she and her son were taken prison- 
ers. The king asked the youthful Edward 
why he dared invade his dominions, to which 
the prince replied : " I have entered the 
dominions of my father to avenge his injuries, 
and to redress my own/' The ungenerous 
king, enraged at this noble reply, struck the 
prince with his sword, and his attendants, 
taking this as a signal for further violence, 
killed the young prince upon the spot. 

6. Edward passed the remainder of his reign 
in acts of tyranny and cruelty. He caused 
his brother, the Duke of Clarence, to be put to 
death for a trifling offence. The life of the 
deposed monarch Henry was terminated by 
assassination in prison. Queen Margaret, im- 
prisoned with him, then found a refuge in 
France, where she died the year before Edward. 
He died in the forty-second year of his age, 
A. D, 1483. 

Questions. — 5. What is said of Margaret? What did 
he ask the young prince ? What did he reply? What 
was his fate ? 6. What is said of Edward ? What did 
he cause ? What was the fate of Henry ? When did 
Edward die ? 



278 ENGLAND. 

7. Edward left two sons, the elder of whom 
ascended the throne at the age of thirteen, 
under the title of Edward the Fifth. His 
uncle, the Duke of Gloster, was appointed 
protector, but seized the crown for himself, 
under the title of Eichard the Third, in 1483. 
The youthful king, and his little brother, the 
Duke of York, were, by his orders, smothered 
in the Tower. Scarcely was Eichard seated 
on the throne, than he found a powerful rival 
in Henry Tudor, Earl of Eichmond, a descend- 
ant of the house of Lancaster. Eichard was 
defeated and slain in the battle of Bosworth 
Field, in 1485, and his victorious rival was 
crowned upon the field of battle, and assumed 
the title of Henry the Seventh. 

Questions. — 7. Who ascended the throne? What is 
said of the Duke of Gloster ? Of the fate of Edward and 
his brother? What was the fate of Richard? What i« 
said of his victorious rival ? 



ENGLAND. 279 



CHAPTEE XXXIX 

Tudor Family — Henry VII. — Henry VIII. 
— Edward VI. — Mary and Elizabeth — 
From 1485 to 1603. 

1. The marriage of Henry with Elizabeth, 
daughter of Edward the Fourth, and heiress 
of the house of York, by uniting the rival 
houses, put an end to the nivil wars which for 
thirty years had devastated the kingdom. The 
early part of Henry's reign was disturbed by 
the appearance of two pretenders to the throne. 
They assumed to be princes of the house of 
York, and the success they met with at first 
was due to the attachment still felt by the 
people for that family. The first was Lambert 
Simnel, the son of a baker, who attempted to 
counterfeit the Earl of Warwick, a cousin of 
Edward the Fifth, whom Henry kept in prison. 
He was defeated and taken prisoner, and Henry 
made him a servant in his kitchen. 

2. The second was Perkin Warbeck, who 
endeavored to counterfeit the Duke of York, 
the young prince smothered in the Tower. 

Questions. — 1. What is said of the succession of 
Henry ? The early part of his reign ? Who was th# 
first ? 2. Who was the second ? 
24 



28(X flNGLAND. 

After a variety of adventures, Waibeck was 
taken prisoner, and confined in the company 
of the real Earl of Warwick. They attempted 
to escape, whereupon the Earl was beheaded, 
and Warbeck hanged at Tyburn. Henry was 
a prudent, but a very avaricious prince. In 
his reign, commerce was encouraged, and voy- 
ages of discovery were promoted. He died in 
1509, and left the crown to his son, Henry the 
Eighth. 

3. Henry the Eighth succeeded to the throne 
under the most favorable circumstances. He 
was then in the eighteenth year of his age, 
and possessed of every quality that could en- 
dear him to his subjects; but as he advanced 
in life, all his better qualities gave way to the 
most detestable vices, until he became a cruel 
and rapacious tyrant. The most important 
events of Henry's reign grew out of his matri- 
monial alliances. He had no less than six 
wives, two of whom he caused to be beheaded 
for real or pretended crimes, and two others 
divorced. 

4. His first wife was Catherine of Arragon, 
an amiable and virtuous woman. Among the 



Questions. — 2. What is said of Henry? To whom 
did he leave the throne ? 3. What is said of Henry the 
Eighth ? What did he become ? How many wives had 
be ? 4. Who was his first wife ? 



ENGLAND. 281 

ladies who attended the queen, was Anne, the 
fair daughter of Sir Thomas Boleyn. This 
young lady so captivated the king's affections? 
that he resolved to make her his wife, and for 
this purpose applied to the Pope for a divorce 
from Catherine of Arragon. Clement the 
Seventh replied that, as he had been lawfully 
married to Catherine, no power on earth could 
release him from his obligations. 

5. He now resolved to effect a divorce with- 
out the Pope's consent. For this purpose he 
assembled a court over which Cranmer, Arch- 
bishop of Canterbury, presided. This court 
readily annulled his marriage with Catherine, 
and the king was immediately married to Anne 
Boleyn. His next step was to make the church 
in England independent of the Pope, and to 
cause himself, by an act of Parliament in 1534, 
to be proclaimed the head of . the English 
church. He caused the venerable Bishop Fisher 
and the celebrated Sir Thomas More to be be- 
headed, because they would not acknowledge 
his supremacy. He suppressed the monas- 
teries in England, and converted their estates 
to the use of the crown. 

Questions. — 4. What is said of Anne Boleyn ? What 
did the king resolve? What did the Pope reply? 
6. What steps did the king take to obtain a divorce ? 
What followed ? What was the king's next step ? Whom 
did he cause to be beheaded ? What did he suppress? 



282 ENGLAND. 

6. In bis extravagance, he plundered the 
rich shrine of Saint Thomas of Canterbury, 
and despoiled it of its ornaments of silver and 
gold ; then, ordering the Saint to be tried for 
treason committed against Henry tbe Second, 
he condemned him as a traitor, and caused his 
relics to be taken out and scattered to the 
wind. His wicked career was at length ter- 
minated by deatb, in tbe fifty-sixth year of 
bis age, and tbe thirtj-seventh of his reign, 
A. D. 1547. Henry was succeeded by his son, 
Edward the Sixth, in the tenth year of his age, 
whose mother was Jane Seymour, Henry's 
third wife. 

7. During tbe reign of tbe late monarch, the 
revolution in religion now known as tbe "Re- 
formation," commenced in Germany, under 
Martin Lutber, a native of Eisleben in Saxony. 
At an early age he entered the order of tbe 
Augustinian friars, and in tbe course of time be- 
came professor of divinity in the University 
of Wittenburg. In 1520, be threw off his 
monastic habit, and commenced to preach 
against the Pope and tbe Catholics. At this 
time, Henry wrote a book against Luther, on 
which account he was styled -'The Defender 

Questions. — 6. What did* he plunder? What did he 
order ? When did he die ? By whom was he succeeded ? 
7. During his reign, what commenced in Germany? 
What is said of Luther? In 1520, what did he do! 
What did Henry write ? 



ENGLAND. 283 

of the Faith," a title which is retained by the 
British sovereigns to the present day. Henry 
afterwards persecuted Protestants and Catho- 
lics alike. 

8. Luther, in reprobating the abuses said tc 
have been committed by certain individuals at 
that time, attacked several points of Catholic 
doctrine, particularly that of indulgences. 
Catholics believe that an indulgence is a relaxa- 
tion of all or a part of the temporal punishment 
due to sin, after the guilt has been remitted 
by the sacrament of penance; they do not 
believe that it is a pardon for sin, much less a 
license to commit sin. 

9. During the reign of Edward the Sixth, 
the doctrines of the Reformation, which had 
begun to spread in England in the time of his 
father, became more firmly established. A 
new liturgy in the English language, and a 
book of Common Prayer, were compiled by 
Archbishop Cranmer: and by the adoption of 
these, the rites and ceremonies of the Catholic- 
Church were abolished, and a form of worship 
nearly resembling that of the present Church 
of England, was established throughout the 
kingdom. 

Questions. — 7. What is again said of Henry ? 8. Oi 
Luther? What do Catholics believe of an indulgence! 
9. During the reign of Edward, what is said of the new 
doctrines? What is said of a new liturgy? What were 
abolished ? 



284 JCKGLAND. 

10. The young king died in 1553, in the six* 
teenth year of his age. Before his death, he had 
been prevailed upon to set aside his sisters 
Mary and Elizabeth, and to leave the crown 
to Lady Jane Gray, his cousin, a Protestant 
like himself. Accordingly, this lady was im- 
mediately elevated to the throne; but after 
wearing the crown for ten days, she retired to 
a private station, and Mary, the daughter of 
King Henry and Catherine of Arragon, and 
therefore the lawful heir, was quietly acknow- 
ledged. Scarcely was Mary seated on the 
throne, than a second conspiracy was entered 
into against her. The conspirators were de- 
feated, and several of them atoned for their 
rebellion on the scaffold. Among those who 
suffered on this occasion was the much lament- 
ed Lady Jane Gray. 

11. Mary has been much censured for con- 
senting to the execution of thi s unfortunate lady. 
It is true that her life had been spared on a for- 
mer occasion by Mary, against the advice of 
her ministers, but an insurrection in which 
Lady Jane's father took part, made Mary ap- 
prehensive that her crown was in danger by 
suffering the young princess longer to live. 

Questions. — 10. What is said of the king? What is 
said of Lady Jane Gray? Who was acknowledged? 
What followed ? 11. What is said of Mary? On what 
grounds was Lady Jane put to death ? 



ENGLAND. 285 

Mary, in the second year of her reign, married 
Philip the Second, of Spain. One of her first 
acts, after she ascended the throne, was to re- 
store the Catholic religion, the public exercise 
of which had been nearly extinguished during 
the reign of her brother. 

12. Mary lived at a period when religious 
toleration was neither understood nor prac- 
tised by either Catholics or Protestants; when 
the extirpation of what were deemed erro- 
neous doctrines was inculcated as a duty by 
the leaders of every religious denomination. 
Still, the part she took in persecuting those 
who were hostile to her faith, will always re- 
main a blot upon her memory. She put into 
force a law against heresy, which had been 
recommended to Edward the Sixth, by Cran- 
mer, for the punishment of the Catholics. 
Under this law, nearly two hundred Protest- 
ants were put to death within four years, 
among the first of whom was Cranmer him- 
self. An occasional interruption occurred to 
these persecutions, and Philip's Spanish chap- 
lain denounced them in a public sermon; but 
they did not entirely cease while Mary lived. 

Questions. — 11. Whom did Mary marry ? What was 
one of her first acts ? 12. What is said of toleration ? 
What will be a blot upon Mary's memory? What law 
did she put in force? What is said of interruptions t« 
the persecution ? 



286 ENGLAND. 

Towards the close of her reign, the French 
took Calais, after it had been for two hundred 
years in possession of the English. This 
event hastened her death. She died in the 
forty-sixth year of her age, and the sixth of 
her reign, A. D. 1558. 

13. On the death of Mary, Elizabeth, daugh- 
ter of Henry the Eighth, and Anne Boleyn, 
succeeded to the throne, and proceeded at 
once to re-establish the Protestant faith as 
the religion of the realm, and to assume the 
title of supreme head of the English church. 
One of the principal events of her reign was 
her persecution of Mary, Queen of Scotland. 
Mary, who was the grand-daughter of Henry 
the Seventh, and, after Elizabeth, the next 
heir to the English throne, wan renowned 
throughout Europe for her beauty and accom- 
plishments. She had been educated at the 
court of France, and had married Francis the 
Second, who died shortly after tha celebration 
of the nuptials. 

14. On the death of Francis, M^ry returned 
to her own dominions. Shortly after her re- 
turn, she married Lord Darnly, a man of a 

Questions. — 12. What of Calais? When did Mary 
die ? 13. Who succeeded ? What was one of her first 
Acts? What is said of Mary, Queen of Scotland? 
Where had she teen educated? 14 What did Mary do ? 
Whom did she marry ? 



ENGLAND. '287 

fickle and jealous disposition. About a yea* 
after his marriage, Darnly, being unwell, had 
removed to a house near Edinburgh for the 
benefit of his health; but the house in which 
he had taken up his abode was blown up with 
gunpowder, and the body of Darnly thrown 
into an adjacent garden. Shortly after this 
event, Mary was seized by the Earl of Both- 
well, and led captive to the castle of Dunbar, 
and there compelled to marry him. 

15. A rebellion soon broke out; Bothwell 
was expelled from the country, and Mary 
again taken prisoner and confined in the castle 
of Lochleven. Here she was compelled to 
resign her crown in favor of her son, James 
the Sixth, of Scotland, and the Earl of Murray 
was appointed regent. She finally escaped 
from captivity, and having collected her ad- 
herents, made an effort to regain her crown ; 
but being defeated in the battle of Langside, 
she resolved to seek an asylum in England, 
and to throw herself upon the mercy of her 
cousin Elizabeth. 

16. As soon as Mary landed in England, 
Elizabeth ordered her to be confined in Tut- 
bury castle, under the custody of the Earl of 

Questions. — 14. What was his fate? After this what 
followed ? 15. What is said of Mary ? What was sha 
compelled to do ? Having escaped, what did she do ? 
What did she resolve? 16. What did Elizabeth order? 



288 ENGLAND. 

Shrewsbury. The unfortunate Queen of Scots 
languished in captivity in various prisons for 
nearly twenty years. At last, her unnatural 
cousin, Queen Elizabeth, issued an order for 
her execution, under the pretence that Mary 
had conspired to deprive her of her crown. 

17. When Mary was led forth to execution, 
she was exhorted to renounce the religion of 
her ancestors, and to die in the reformed re- 
ligion, but she replied that she had been born 
a Catholic, in that religion had lived, and in 
that religion was resolved to die. She then 
offered up prayers for the church, for her son, 
and for her cousin, Queen Elizabeth, and hav- 
ing taken an affectionate farewell of her faith- 
ful attendants, she calmly resigned herself to 
the executioner, and her head was severed 
from her body at the third stroke of the axe, 
A. D. 1587. 

18. Although it is doubtful what were the 
religious sentiments of Elizabeth, or whether 
in fact she had any, she persecuted those who re- 
fused conformity with the established church, 
the Thirty -nine Articles of which were adopted 
in 1562. Hence, Puritans and Catholics suf- 
fered alike, but the latter in much greater 



Questions. — 16. What is said of the unfortunate 
q-ieen? 17. What was Mary exhorted to do ? What did 
she reply ? What did she then do ? 18. What is said of 
Elisabeth's persecutions ? Who suffered ? 



ENGLAND. 289 

numbers. It was made treason to the state 
and an offence punishable with death to 
abandon the Protestant for the Catholic re 
ligion, to harbor a priest, to have been or- 
dained in a foreign country, to admit the ec- 
clesiastical supremacy of the Pope, or to reject 
that of the queen. Consequently, a great 
number of priests and others were put to 
death. The rack and other tortures were in 
eommon use. The prisons were crowded with 
victims, and many ancient families were re- 
duced to poverty by the heavy fines imposed 
on them for continuing to adhere to the old 
religion. 

19. Philip the Second, of Spain, having 
been provoked into war by the aggressions of 
Elizabeth, sent a fleet of one hundred and 
thirty vessels to invade England. He was so 
confident of success that he called his fleet the 
" Invincible Armada." The English rallied 
unanimously to the defence of their country, 
and through their efforts, aided by a violent 
tempest, the attempt of the Spaniards resulted 
in entire failure, A. D. 1588. 

20. The enterprise of the English led them 

Questions. — 18. What religious offences were made 
treason? What was the consequence? Describe som« 
of the punishments employed. 19. What is said of 
Philip the Second? Of the resistance of the English? 
20. What of their enterprise ? 



290 ENGLAND. 

in this reign to undertake numerous expedi- 
tions for war, trade, discovery, and coloniza- 
tion. On the other hand, the poor, who were 
formerly aided by the monasteries, increased 
in numbers to such an extent as to make the 
introduction of poor-laws necessary. These 
provided for their public support, but with 
these laws were published others that, for the 
first time in English history, seemed to reduce 
poverty almost to the level of a crime. 

21. Elizabeth died in the seventieth year 
of her age, and in the forty-fifth of her reign, 
A. D. 1603. Elizabeth possessed eminent 
qualities as a sovereign, but in principle she 
was despotic, cruel, jealous, and revengeful; 
her conversation was often grossly profane, 
and in her private life she was even less to be 
admired. Her reign was distinguished for 
men of learning; among these, Bacon, Shaks- 
peare, and Spencer were the most eminent. 
By her vigor and ability, Elizabeth aided in 
raising England from an inferior place among 
nations, to the first rank. 

Questions. — 20. Of the condition of the poor? Of 
the character of some laws? 21. When did Elizabeth 
die ? What did she possess ? What is said of her reign 1 
Of her vigor and ability ? 



ENGLAND. 291 



CHAPTEE XL. 

The Stuart Family — From A. D. 1603 to 

1714. 

1. On the death of Elizabeth, James the 
Sixth, of Scotland, son of Mary Stuart, Queen 
of Scots, succeeded to the English throne, 
under the title of James the First. The most 
remarkable event of his reign was the famous 
Gunpowder Plot, which was a design of a few 
daring adventurers to blow up the parliament 
house, and involve in one common ruin the 
king, lords, and commons. The plot, however 
was discovered, and one of the leaders, Guy 
Fawkes, was taken as he was about to fire the 
magazine. 

2. James died in 1625, and was succeeded by 
his son, Charles the First. The reign of this 
prince was greatly distracted by civil wars. 
His parliament revolted against him, and after 
the war had raged for several years, the royal 
forces were routed, and the king fell into the 
hands of his enemies. The unfortunate mon- 
arch was brought to trial for levying war 
against the parliament ; and being condemned, 

Questions. — 1. Who succeeded Elizabeth ? What was 
the Gunpowder Plot? What is said of the plot? 
2. When did James die? Who succeeded? What i« 
said of his reign ? What was the fate of this monarch * 



292 ENGLAND. 

he was publicly executed, in the twenty-sec- 
ond year of his reign, A. D. 1648. 

3. After the death of the king, the ro\al 
government and the house of lords were abol- 
ished, and a republican form of government 
was established. The parliament, which had 
been in session for eleven years, and is known 
by the name of the Long Parliament, was at 
length dissolved by Cromwell, who usurped 
the whole power of the government, and as- 
sumed the title of Protector. His administra- 
tion was directed with energy and ability, and 
considerably advanced the military glory of 
England. He died in the fifty-ninth year of 
his age, A.D. 1658. 

4. Kichard Cromwell, his son, was proclaimed 
protector, but after holding the office for a 
few months, he resigned the title and retired 
into private life. In 1660, Charles the Second 
was restored to the throne of his father. 
During his reign, the city of London was vis- 
ited by a plague, which carried off ninety thou- 
sand of its inhabitants; and shortly after- 
wards a fire took place, by which thirteen 
thousand houses were laid in ruins. To per- 

Questions. — 3. What were abolished? What is said 
of the parliament ? By whom was it dissolved, &c. ? 
What is said of his administration ? When did he die ? 
4. Who was proclaimed protector? In 1660, what took 
place ? During his reign, what took place ? 



ENGLAND. 293 

petuate the memory of this calamity, a monu* 
ment was erected, with an inscription on the 
base, falsely ascribing it to the Eoman Catho- 
lics; but this inscription has been erased by 
the order of Parliament. 

5. Charles died in the twenty -fifth year of 
his reign, A. D. 1685. Shortly before his death, 
he sent for a Catholic clergyman, and received 
the last rites of the Catholic church from his 
hands. On the death of Charles, his brother, 
the Duke of York, ascended the throne under 
the title of James the Second. The early part 
of the reign of this prince was disturbed by 
the rebellion of the Duke of Monmouth ; the 
duke, however, was taken prisoner and be- 
headed, and the rebellion suppressed. 

6. Lord Chief Justice Jeffries, who was ap- 
pointed to try rebel prisoners, is represented 
as having been guilty of much cruelty in 
the discharge of the duty assigned him; but 
all the odium of the proceedings fell upon 
the king. An insurrection broke out in 
which many of the king's former friends and 
adherents, and even some of his own chil- 
dren took part. William, Prince of Orange, 
son-in-law of James, was applied to for aid. 

Questions. — 4. What was erected, and. what is sa»4 
of it ? 5. When did Charles die ? Who ascended the 
throne ? In the early part of his reign, what took place ? 
6. What is said of Jeffries? What broke out? 



294 ENGLAND. 

and the kingdom was offered to him. He ac- 
cepted the invitation, and landed in England 
with considerable force; James fled the king- 
dom, and William ascended the vacant throne. 

7. James, after spending some months at the 
court of France, resolved to make an effort to 
regain his crown through the people of Ireland, 
who still remained faithful to his interests 
He landed at Dublin, and after some delay, 
met the forces of William on the banks of the 
.River Boyne; here an obstinate battle took 
place, in which James was defeated. He fled 
again to France, where he died, in the sixty- 
eighth year of his age, A. I). 1701. 

8. On the death of William in 1702, the crown 
devolved upon Anne, the second daughter of 
James. In the early part of her reign, a war 
was waged against France, during which the 
Duke of Marlborough gained the celebrated 
victories of Blenheim, Eamillies, and others, 
over the forces of Louis the Fourteenth. The 
other important events of her reign, were the 

Questions. — 6. What is said of the Prince of Orange? 
What did James do ? 7. What did James resolve? Where 
did he land ? What took place ? What became of 
James? 8. On whom did the crown devolve? What ia 
said of the early part of her reign ? 



ENGLAND. 295 

taking of Gibraltar, a stronghold which re- 
mains in the possession of the English to the 
present time ; and the union between England 
and Scotland in 1706, by which the two coun- 
tries were included in one, under the common 
title of Great Britain 

9. This period has been styled the Augustan 
Age of England, and is distinguished for men 
of genius and learning, such as Pope, Swift, 
and Addison. The queen, whose health had 
been for some time on the decline, at length 
passed from the turmoil and splendor of the 
throne to the humble quietude of the tomb, in 
the fiftieth year of her age, A. D. 1714. 



CHAPTEK XLI. 

House op Brunswick — George I. — George 
II. — George III. — George IV. — "Wil- 
liam 1Y. — Queen Victoria. 

1. On the death of Anne, George, son of the 
Duke of Brunswick, Elector of Hanover, and 
a descendant of James the First, succeeded 
to the throne of England, under the title 
of George the First. His reign presents 

Questions. — 8. What were the other events? 9. What 
is said of this period ? When did the queen die? — 1. Who 
succeeded to the throne ? 
25* 



296 ENGLAND. 

few events of importance. During it, a rebel- 
lion broke out in Scotland in favor of the son 
of James the Second, which was, however, 
soon suppressed, and the most exemplary se< 
verity exercised against the leaders. George 
died in the sixty-eighth year of his age, and 
the thirteenth of his reign, A. D. 1727. 

2. George the Second, his son, was a prince 
of some ability, and fond of martial exercises. 
In 1740, he espoused the cause of Maria The- 
resa of Austria against Louis the Fifteenth of 
France. This is called the War of the Aus- 
trian Succession. The claims of Maria The- 
resa were finally acknowledged, and the war 
was ended by the treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle in 
1748. In 1745, Prince Charles, grandson of 
James the Second, made another effort to gain 
possession of the throne of his fathers. He 
landed in Scotland, and defeated the royalists 
in the battle of Preston Pans, but was signally 
defeated in the famous battle of Culloden, in 
1746. 

3. Towards the close of the reign of G-eorge, 
war was renewed between England and France 
on account of the boundaries of their respect- 

Questions. — 1. What rebellion broke out? When 
did he die? 2. Who succeeded? What occurred in 
1740? In 1748? In 1745? In 1746? 3. What, wai 
was renewed ? 



ENGLAND. 297 

ive possessions in America. George died in 
the seventy-seventh year of his age, and thir- 
ty-third of his reign, A. D. 1760. George the 
Third, his grandson, succeeded to the throu* 
at the age of twenty-two. By the treaty oi 
Paris, in 1763, the war with France, begun 
under his predecessor, and called the Seven 
Years' War, was terminated. By the terms 
of this treaty, Canada and other possessions 
of the French in North America were ceded 
to the English. 

4. George the Third commenced his reign 
by a course of unjust and oppressive measures 
towards the British colonies in North America. 
The colonies were at length driven into rebel- 
lion, and after a long and expensive war, Eng- 
land was compelled to acknowledge their in- 
dependence in 1783. The other most import- 
ant events of his reign, were the rebellion in 
Ireland in 1798, and the long and sanguinary 
conflicts that grew out of the French Bevolu- 
tion of 1789. 

5. The principal achievements of the British 
arms during this period, were the famous vic- 
tories of the Nile and Trafalgar, by Lord Nel- 

Questions. — 3. When did he die? Who succeeded ? 
What took place in 1763? With what result? 4. What 
is said of this prince? The colonies, &c. ? What 
were the other events? 6. What were the principal 
achievements? 



298 ENGLAND. 

son, in 1798, and those of Salamanca, Vittoria. 
and Waterloo, by Wellington, 1809 to 1814. 
George died at a very advanced age, after a 
reign of sixty years, the longest recorded in 
English history. The reign of George the 
k Fourth, who succeeded to the throne in 1820, 
was distinguished for the passage of the Cath- 
olic Emancipation Bill, by which the disabili- 
ties of the Eoman Catholics in Great Britain 
and Ireland were removed. England, at this 
period, also assisted the Greeks in gaining 
their independence. The British fleet, in 
union with that of France and Russia, gained 
a celebrated victory over the Turks in the 
battle of Navarino in 1827. 

6. George the Fourth died in 1830, and was 
succeeded by his brother William, Duke of 
Clarence, under the title of William the Fourth. 
The extension of popular suffrage in 1832, and 
the abolition of slavery in the British colonies 
in 1834, were the principal events of this reign. 
William was succeeded in 1837, by her present 
majesty, Queen Victoria, the daughter of the 
Duke of Kent, one of the sons of George the 
Third. Females being excluded from the 

Questions. — 5. When did he die? For what was the 
reign of George the Fourth distinguished ? What is 
said of England ? 6. When did George die ? By whom 
was William the Fourth succeeded ? What were the 
eyents of William's reign ? By whom was he succeeded f 



ENGLAND. 299 

tnrone of Hanover by the laws of that country, 
Hanover, which had remained attached to Eng- 
land since the accession of the house of Bruns- 
wick, fell to the Duke of Cumberland, another 
of the sons of George the Third. * 

7. In 1853, England, in alliance with France 
and Sardinia, and for the defence of Turkey, de- 
clared war against Russia. With the fall of 
Sebastopol, three years later, the memorable 
struggle closed in the defeat of the latter power. 
In 1857 the cruel Sepoy rebellion in India, led by 
Nana Sahib, was suppressed. The succeeding year 
is notable for the removal of the political disabilities 
of the Jews and their admission to Parliament. 

8. After long and resolute opposition the Irish 
Protestant Church (that is, the Church of England 
established in Ireland) became disestablished. The 
Act of Parliament passed in 1869. It went into 
operation in 1871. In 1877 Queen Victoria was 
proclaimed Empress of India. During this period 
(1853-1877) England successfully carried on les- 
ser wars against China, Abyssinia, and the Ash- 
antees of Central Africa. , 

9. In 1880-81 military operations were con-' 

Questions.— 6. What is said of Hanover ? 7. In what 
war did England engage in 1853? With what result? 
What occurred in India in 1857 ? For what is the suc- 
ceeding year noted ? 8. In 1869 what occurred ? In 1877 ? 
What wars were carried on during 1853-1877? 9. Give 
an account of the Afghan war of 1880-81. 



300 ENGLAND. 

ducted in Afghanistan. This country of mountain 
defiles and desert lies between the East India pos- 
sessions of England on the south-east and those 
of Russia on the north-west, and England, to 
guard her frontier against Russian encroachment, 
has sought to make it a neutral and protective 
zone. Prior to 1880 Russian emissaries had been 
active among the Afghans. England became 
alarmed, sent an army into the country, defeated 
the adherents of the Russian faction, and reestab- 
lished her own prestige. The hero in this war 
was General Roberts. The victory of Tel-el-kebir 
(1882) ended a short war in Egypt against the 
rebel Arabi. 

10. In 1883 the brave General Gordon, who 
had been sent into the Soudan to keep in check 
the tribes there, was besieged in Khartoum by the 
Mahdi, or False Prophet. Khartoum w y as taken 
by treachery and Gordon slain just on the eve of 
relief by General Wolseley. In 1886 England 
annexed Burmah to her East India possessions. 
The next year Stanley, the African explorer, 
made his famous expedition for the relief of Emin 
Bey, governor of the equatorial provinces of 
Egypt. Stanley found Emin on the shores of 

Questions.— 9. Who was its hero? What event in 
1882? 10. Give an account of General Gordon's opera- 
tions and fate in the Soudan. What event in 1886 ? Who 
was Stanley ? Whom did he rescue ? 



ENGLAND. 301 

Lake Albert N'yanza, and conducted him safely 
to the coast. 

11. Since 1887 the foreign relations of England 
have been peaceful, and attention devoted to 
matters of domestic moment. Of these by far the 
most prominent is legislation in respect to Ireland. 
Her champion has been William E. Gladstone. 
In 1886 he introduced a Home Rule Bill for 
Ireland, but was defeated. In 1892 he became 
Premier again distinctly on the Home Rule issue, 
and has again introduced a Home Rule Bill 
(1893), and with every prospect of carrying it. 
(See history of Ireland.) 

12. In 1890 died Cardinal Newman. Cardinal 
Manning died in 1892. The same year died 
Alfred Lord Tennyson, the Poet Laureate. The 
two great English Cardinals made a deep impres- 
sion upon the Church and upon their age. Ten- 
nyson was the literary glory of the Victorian 
era. 

The reign of Victoria has been long and com- 
paratively peaceful. It is marked by Parlia- 
mentary reform, the declining influence of the 
House of Lords, the growing weight and political 
power of "the people," the extension of the 

Questions. — 11. What has absorbed England's atten- 
tion since 1887 ? Who has been Ireland's friend ? What 
has Gladstone done for Ireland ? 12. What notable deaths 
in 1890 and 1892 ? What is said of the reign of Victoria ? 



302 ENGLAND. 

ballot, and the gradual broadening of British 
institutions. In private life the Queen has been 
a model of purity, and her personal virtues have 
strengthened the sentiment of loyalty to the 
throne. 

Question. — 12. "What of the Queen herself? 



FRANCE. 



CHAPTEE XLII. ' 

The Kingdom op the Franks — The Merovin 
gian Eaoe — The Carlo vingian Eace. 

1. The kingdom of France was founded by 
some warlike tribes from the northern parts 
of Germany, who crossed into Gaul towards 
the middle of the third century. From their 
name, Franks, which means free-men> the coun- 
try was called France. 

2. At the head of one of the Frankish tribes 
was Meroveus, who defeated the terrible At- 
tila, King of the Huns, surnamed " the scourge 
of God." Meroveus gave his name to the 
first race of Frank kings, the Merovingians, 
and after him the crown became hereditary. 
His son, Childeric, succeeded him on the 
throne. About the year 481, Clovis, the son 
of Childeric, became king of the Franks, and 
extended his sway over nearly the whole of 
Gaul, now France, and a part of Germany. 

Questions. — 1. What is said of the inhabitants ? 
2. What is said of Meroveus and his successors ? Of 
CloTis? 

303 



304 FEJLNOB. 

3. Clotilda, the wife of Clovis, was a Chris 
tian, and through her means, Clovis and many 
of his subjects embraced Christianity. It is 
related that at the battle of Tolbiac, the 
Franks had suffered terribly, and were already 
wavering, when Clovis, raising his arms to 
heaven, exclaimed, " God of Clotilda, give me 
victory, and I shall serve thee!" .Rallying 
his troops, he led them to the charge and won 
the day. The king kept his vow, and was 
baptized by St. Eemy, Archbishop of Eheims. 
Clovis made Paris the seat of his government, 
and after a long and prosperous reign, left his 
kingdom to be divided between his four sons. 

4. Clovis died in 511, and the kingdom was 
more than once re-united and again divided 
under the nineteen kings of his race who suc- 
ceeded. The Mayors of the Palace also gradu- 
ally usurped the supreme authority, and one of 
them, Charles Martel, gave his name to the sec- 
ond race of kings, the Carlovingians. His son 
Pepin, surnamed the Short, took entire posses- 
sion of the throne in 747. At this time, the Lom- 
bards, who were already masters of the greater 
part of Italy, extended their ravages to the very 
walls of Rome. In his distress, Pope Stephen 
applied for assistance to the king of the Franks. 

Questions. — 3. What is said of Clotilda? To "whom 
did Clovis leave his kingdom ? 4. What took place in 
611 and subsequently? What is said of the Mayors of 
the Palace ? Of the Lombards ? 



FRANCE. 305 

5. -Pepin immediately crossed the Alps, de- 
feated the Lombards', and obliged them to 
submit to humiliating terms of peace. Short- 
ly after this, the Lombards again commenced 
hostilities, and Pepin a second time defeated 
them, and solemnly bestowed on Pope Stephen 
and his successors in the pontifical chair, his 
conquests in Italy. It was by this means 
that the head of the Christian Church became 
a temporal prince. 

6. Pepin was succeeded in 768 by his son 
Charlemagne, or Charles the Great. Charles 
is said to have been seven feet in height, of a 
robust and majestic appearance. He was emi- 
nent as a statesman, and as a warrior he far 
surpassed all the sovereigns of his age. He 
was frugal in his diet and plain in his dress, 
and took particular delight in appearing orna- 
mented with the productions of his wife and 
daughters, who were usually employed at their 
needles. 

7. Cnarlemagne was the patron of sciences 
and letters, and liked to be surrounded by 
wise and learned men. He founded several 
public schools, and delighted in examining 

Questions. — 5. What did Pepin do? What did the 
Lombards do ? By whom were they again defeated ? 
What followed ? 6. By whom was Pepin succeeded ? 
What is said of Charles ? His diet, dress, &c. ? 7. How 
did Charlemagne protect science and tncourage learning . 
26 



306 FRANCE. 

personally into the progress of the scholars. 
This wise sovereign bequeathed to his peo- 
ple a code of laws or ordinances, admired to 
this day, under the name of " Capitularies of 
Charlemagne." His title of Emperor de- 
scended to several of his successors. 

8. He died in 814, in the seventy-first year 
of his age, and forty-seventh of his reign. His 
son, Louis the First, succeeded to the throne. 
The reign of this monarch was rendered un- 
happy by the unnatural rebellion of his sons. 
The ungrateful children twice dethroned their 
father, and again restored him to the throne. 
After the death of Louis, which took place in 
840, the most bitter contentions broke out be- 
tween his three sons, and thousands of their 
unhappy subjects were slaughtered in the ru- 
inous wars that followed. Peace was finally 
made by Louis receiving Germany ; Charles, 
France ; and Lothaire, Italy. 

9. Under the weak kings of the Carlovingian 
race, numerous provinces fell under the domi- 
nation of usurping nobles: so that but little 
was left of the kingdom now known as France, 
at the time of the death of Louis the Fifth, 
A.D. 987. 

Questions. --7. What code of laws did he frame? 
8. When did he die? By whom was he succeeded? 
What is said of his reign? After his death, what took 
place? How was peace made? 9. What is said oi 
France afterwards ? 



FRANCE. 307 

CHAPTEE XLII1. 

The Capetian Eace oe Kings of France — 
From A. D. 987 to 1328. 

1. Hugh Capet, Duke of France, was now 
elected king, to the exclusion of the uncle of 
the late monarch, and gave his name to the 
third race of kiogs, the Capetian. Hugh was 
an able sovereign, and his administration was 
directed with wisdom and moderation. He 
never assumed the ensigns of royalty, and 
even on great occasions appeared in a plain 
and simple dress. 

2. Eobert, who succeeded Hugh in 996, re- 
gained Burgundy. The time of his reign em- 
braced the year 1000, a period which had been 
looked forward to as the Millennium and the 
end of the world. The prevalence of this idea 
filled society with apprehensions. Hostilities 
were carried on with Normandy during the 
reigns of Henry the First, who ascended the 
throne in 1031, and of Philip the First, in 
1060. William, Duke of Normandy, became 
William the Conqueror, of England, in 1066, 
and the hostilities thus begun between the 
French and English monarchs, were perpetu- 
ated by their successors. During the reign of 

Questions. — 1. What is said of Hugh Capet? 2. Who 
was ins successor ? What is said ? What hostilities were 
carried on, and by whom? What is said of William of 
Normapdy ? 



308 FRANCE. 

Philip, the first Crusade was preached by Peter 
the Hermit, in 1095. 

3. Philip was succeeded, in 1108, by his son, 
Louis VI. , an able and accomplished sovereign, 
who enjoyed a prosperous and useful reign. 
At the close of his life, when he found that 
death was approaching, he called his son, who 
was to succeed him, and addressed him in these 
words : " My son, remember that royalty is 
nothing more than a public charge, of which 
you must render a strict account to Him who 
makes kings and will judge them." He died 
in 1137, leaving his throne to Louis TIL 

4. Philip the Second, surnamed Augustus, 
succeeded in 1180. He joined Eichard the 
First, of England, in the third Crusade to 
Palestine. By the seizure of Normandy and 
other of the former provinces of France, Philip 
Augustus nearly doubled his domains. These 
steps brought on a war with John, king of 
England, and Otho IV., of Germany. Their 
allied armies were entirely defeated by Philip 
at Bovines, in 1214. 

5. Philip died in 1223, and was succeeded 
on the throne by his son, Louis VIII., who, 
after a short reign of three years, left his 

Questions. — 2. Of the first Crusade ? 3. At the close 
of his life, how did he address his son '? When did he 
die? 4. Who succeeded? Whom did he join? What 
is said of France? 5. By whom was he succeeded? 



FEANCB. 309 

crown and throne to his son, Louis IX. This 
prince, commonly called Saint Louis, was only 
twelve years of age when he ascended the 
throne, and during his minority, his mother, 
Blanche of Castile, filled the office of regent. 

6. In the person of St. Louis were united 
all those eminent qualities that distinguish an 
illustrious sovereign, with all the virtues that 
adorn a Christian. Every action of his life 
was distinguished for benevolence, piety, and 
purity of intention. His illustrious and pious 
mother watched over his infancy and youth 
with the most tender solicitude, and endeav- 
ored by word and example to instil into his 
youthful mind sentiments of piety and re- 
ligion. 

7. Frequently she would say to him : " My 
son, I love you devotedly; but I would prefer 
to see you laid in the silent tomb, rather than 
hear that you had committed one mortal sin." 
Oh, beautiful example of true Christian virtue ! 
May the mothers of our country impress the 
same maxims upon their children ; and may 
children, from the example of the youthful 
Louis, learn to listen with docility to the ad- 
vice of their parents. 

Questions. — 5. To whom did he leave the throne 7 

6. What is said of St. Louis? What did his mother do T 

7. "Wbat would she frequently say to him? 

26* ' 



310 . FRANCE. 

8. In the early part of his reign, France 
was invaded by Henry the Third, of England; 
but he was signally defeated by St. Louis, 
near Taillebourg, and finally compelled to sign 
a treaty of peace. The deplorable condition 
of Palestine deeply afflicted the generous soul 
of St. Louis, and prompted him to engage in 
two disastrous crusades, in the second of which 
he died of fever, near Tunis, in the fifty-sixth 
year of his age, and forty-fourth of his reign, 
A. D. 1270, leaving Philip the Third as his 
successor. 

9. In 1285, the throne of France was occu- 
pied by Philip the Fourth, the grandson of 
St. Louis. The reign of this monarch is ren- 
dered memorable for the trial of the Knights 
Templars, and the suppression of their order. 
The Knights Templars were a military order, 
instituted at Jerusalem for the purpose of de- 
fending the Christians of 'the Holy Land 
against the attacks of the Infidels. They oc- 
cupied a building in the city which stood near 
the site of Solomon's Temple, from which the 
order derived its name. 

10. Charges of the greatest magnitude were 

Questions. — 8. In the eaily part of his reign, what 
look place ? What afflicted his soul ? How did he die » 
Whc was his successor ? 9. Who succeeded ? For what 
is his reign memorable? Who were the Knights Tem- 
plars ? From what is their name derived ? 



FRANCE. 311 

brought against the order, and a committee 
was appointed in Paris, before which a great 
number of the knights were examined; all, 
with the exception of three, acknowledged 
that they were guilty of the denial of Christ, 
of sacrilege, and many other enormous crimes. 

11. But as the persons accused belonged to 
an order which was religious as well as mili- 
tary, it became necessary to refer the affair to 
the ecclesiastical authorities. Accordingly, a 
general council was convened at Vienne, before 
which the investigation of the conduct of the 
Templars was laid. The examination into the 
affair had already occupied nearly five years, 
and now, after a deliberation of four months 
more, the order was suppressed, and the pro- 
perty belonging to it transferred to the order 
of the Knights Hospitallers of St. John. 

12. Louis the Tenth ascended the throne 
left vacant by his father in 1302, and died in 
1316. In the succession of Capetian kings, 
son had hitherto followed father upon the 
throne for more than three hundred years. 
The heir of Louis, however, died in infancy, a 
year after his father, and Philip, the brother 

Questions. — 10. What was brought against them? 
Of what did they confess themselves guilty ? 11. What 
is said of the persons accused ? What was convened ? 
What is said of the examination ? 12. Who succeeded 
Philip? What is said of the succession? 



312 PRANCE. 

of Louis, who had meanwhile been regent, as 
cended the throne in 1317. Louis left a daugh- 
ter, but by a law passed at this time, called 
the Salic Law, females were then and forever 
after excluded from inheriting the crown of 
France. Charles the Fourth succeeded his 
brother Philip in 1322, and reigned for siy 
years. He left no direct heirs, and the throne 
passed to his kinsman of the branch of the 
Yalois. 



CHAPTEE XLIY. 

Branch of Yalois— From A.D. 1328 to 1498. 

1. In 1328, Philip the Sixth, the grandson 
of Philip the Third, ascended the throne. His 
succession, however, was disputed by Edward 
the Third of England, who claimed the crown 
of France in right of his mother, the daughter 
of Philip the Third. But, according to the 
Salic Law, his mother was unable to inherit the 
throne, and Philip contended that a mother 
could not transmit to her children a right 
which she never possessed. 

Questions. — 12. Who succeeded Louis? What was 
the Salic Law ? Who was the last king of the Capetian 
race? — 1. In 1328, what took place? By whom was 
the succession disputed ? What is said of Edward's right 1 



FRANCE. 313 

2. In the mean time, Edward invaded France 
at the head of a powerful army, and gained 
the famous battle of Cressy, in 1346, in which 
his eldest son, the Black Prince, so called from 
the color of his armor, displayed those military 
abilities which afterwards rendered him so il- 
lustrious. It was also at the battle of Cressy 
that the English first made use of artillery. 
They had four or five pieces of cannon, which 
greatly contributed towards obtaining the 
victory. 

3. Edward, pursuing his good fortune, took 
the city of Calais after an obstinate siege of 
twelve months. Enraged at the resistance he 
had met, he resolved that the inhabitants 
should atone for the perseverance with which 
they had defended the city, by the sacrifice of 
the lives of six of their most illustrious com- 
panions. He therefore added to the terms of 
surrender, that six of the chief citizens should 
come forth, with ropes about their necks, to 
present to him the keys of the city and castle. 

4. The news of this decree spread conster- 
nation among the inhabitants; but the fearful 
gloom was dispelled by the noble patriotism 

Questions.— 2. What did Edward do ? What did the 
English use for the first time in this battle ? 3. What 
is said of Edward ? What did he resolve ? What did 
he add, &c. ? 4. What is said of the news of this de- 
cree? 



314 FRANCE. 

of Eustace Saint Pierre, and his five compan- 
ions, who cffered themselves as victims to ap< 
pease the anger of the British monarch. The 
six patriots, attended by the governor and 
many of the most distinguished citizens of 
Calais, presented themselves at the English 
camp and delivered the keys to Edward. 

5. The English barons, moved at the sightj 
entreated the monarch to spare the lives of 
the citizens; but the king appeared inflexible, 
and ordered their immediate execution. At 
this moment, Queen Philippa, who had just 
arrived from England, entered his apartment, 
and threw herself at the feet of her royal hus- 
band, and by her tears and supplications pre- 
vailed upon him to revoke his sentence, and 
to spare the lives of the unfortunate victims. 
The city of Calais remained from this time in 
possession of the British for more than two 
hundred years. 

6. Philip died in 1350, leaving the throne to 
his son, John the Second, surnamed the G-ood. 
During the' reign of this king, France was 
again invaded by Edward the Third of Eng- 
land. Edward, the Black Prince, son of the 

Questions. — 4. What did the six companions do? 
5. What is said of the barons ' The king ? Of Queen 
Philippa? How long did Calais remain in the hands 
of the British ? 6. When did Philip die ? During his 
reign, what is said of France ? What is said of Edward, 
the Black Prince ? 



PRANCE. 315 

English monarch, commanded the army, and 
gained over the French the memorable battlo 
of Poictiers, at which John, the French king, 
was taken prisoner, and afterwards led captive 
to London. 

7. After remaining in captivity for some 
time, John obtained his release on condition 
that he should pay the sum of one million five 
hundred thousand pounds sterling as the price 
of his ransom. But on his return to France, 
finding himself unable to comply with his en- 
gagement, he returned to England, saying, 
that "if honor were banished from every other 
place, it should find an asylum in the breasts 
of kings." He was received with every mark 
of respect by Edward, and died in captivity, 
A. D. 1364. * 

8. On the death of John, his son, Charles the 
Fifth, surnamed the Wise, succeeded to the 
throne. He labored to retrieve the losses and 
to remove the evils that had befallen the king- 
dom during the preceding reign. In this he 
was successful, and in the space of five years 
the English were deprived of all their posses- 
sions in France, except Calais and a few other 
places. Besides being an able statesman, 

QUE8TIOY8. — 6. Of John? 7. What did John obtain 1 
What is related on his return to France ? What did hi 
say? 8. Who succeeded Jnbt> ?• What is said of him T 
Of what vas he the pat c -i ■ 



316 FRANCE. 

Charles was a distinguished patron of litera- 
ture. His library contained nine hundred 
volumes, which was a considerable number 
for that period, as the art of printing was yet 
undiscovered. 

9. Charles the Sixth ascended the throne 
of his father in 1380. The reign of this prince 
was very unfortunate. He fell into a state of 
insanity, which rendered him incapable of at- 
tending to the affairs of government. Regents 
were appointed, whose misconduct threw the 
kingdom into civil war. Taking advantage 
of these calamities, Henry the Fifth, king of 
England, invaded France, and gained the me- 
morable battle of Agincourt, in 1415. 

10. After this victory a treaty was con- 
cluded, by which the French promised the 
throne to Henry on the death of Charles. 
Henry and Charles both died shortly after this 
event, A. D. 1422. 

11. Charles the Seventh, sur named the Vic- 
torious, asserted his right to the throne of his 
father, whilst the infant Henry the Sixth, of 
England, was proclaimed king of France, 
under the regency of his uncle, the Duke of 

Questions. — 8. What is said of his library? 9. Who 
succeeded to the throne ? What is said of his reign ? 
What did Henry the Fifth do? 10. After this battle, 
what took place ? What is said cf Henry and Charles ? 
11. What did Gaarles the Seventh do ? 



FRANCE. 317 

Bedford. War ensued between the twu na« 
tions, and the English invaded the country 
and laid siege to the city of Orleans. When 
the place was reduced to the last extremity, 
and on the point of yielding, it was delivered 
through the courage of the renowned heroine. 
Joan of Arc. 

12. Joan was a young girl, about seventeen 
years of age, who had lived an humble life in 
a village on the borders of Lorraine. When 
the hope of saving Orleans was almost aban- 
doned, she presented herself to the governor, 
and told him, with all the appearance of 
youthful sincerity, that she had been divinely 
commissioned to raise the siege of that city, 
and to procure the coronation of Charles in 
the city of Eheims. 

13. After undergoing a rigid examination 
before a committee appointed for that purpose, 
and also before the court and the king him- 
self, it was generally admitted that her mis- 
sion was supernatural. She accordingly re- 
ceived the armor of a knight, and was in- 
trusted with the liberation of Orleans. As 
she approached the city, her presence inspired 

Questions. — 11. What did the English do? What is 
said of the place? 12. What is said of Joan? To whom 
did she present herself? What did she tell him? 
13. What was admitted? What was intrusted to her? 
As she approached, what is said of her? 



318 FRANCE 

the inhabitants with confidenco } while it 
spread dismay among the English, who hastily 
abandoned the siege, and retired with precipi- 
tation. They were, however, pursued by 
Joan at the head of the French army, and en- 
tirely defeated at Patay, with a loss of five 
thousand men, while the French lost only one 
of their number. From this event Joan was 
called the Maid of Orleans. 

14. The second part of her mission, which 
remained yet to be accomplished, was equally 
arduous and dangerous. The city of Eheims, 
and the intermediate provinces, were in the 
possession of the English and their allies ; to 
gain admission to that city under these cir- 
cumstances, seemed almost impossible. Charles, 
however, placed himself under her guidance, 
commenced his march, and as he advanced, 
all obstacles disappeared, or were easily over- 
come; the citizens of Eheims expelled the 
garrison, and received him with every demon- 
stration of joy. Here, Charles was crowned 
in the great cathedral, 1429. 

15. During the coronation, Joan, in her war- 
like dress r and with her banner unfurled, stood 

Questions. — 13. By whom were they pursued ? From 
this event what was she called ? 14. What is said of 
the secc nd part, &c. ? Of the city of Rheims ? Of 
Charles 1 Of the citizens of Rheims? 15. During the 
ooronation, what is said of Jc an? 



FRANCE. 319 

near the altar; and as soon as the ceremony 
was finished, she threw herself upon her 
knees, at the feet of Charles, declared that 
her mission was accomplished, and, with tears 
in her eyes, begged to be allowed to return to 
her former humble station ; but the king was 
unwilling to part with her services so soon, 
and entreated her to remain for some time 
with the army. With this request she at 
length was prevailed upon to comply. 

16. Her courage always remained the same 
after this event, but her good fortune seemed 
to forsake her. In attempting to raise the 
siege of the city of Compiegne, she fell into 
the hands of the English, who, to gratify their 
rage for the many losses they had sustained 
through her valor, condemned her under a 
charge of many pretended crimes, and caused 
her to be burned to death in the public square 
at Rouen, in 1431. Such was the unhappy 
fate of the Maid of Orleans. 

17. Charles died in 1461, and was succeeded 
by his son, Louis the Eleventh, at whose death, 
in 1483, Charles the Eighth, his son, the last 
of this family of Yalois, ascended the throne, 

Questions. — 15. What did she declare? What did 
the king entreat? 16. What is said of her courage? 
What happened to her ? What did they do with her ? 
17. When did Charles die ? Who were his two succes- 
sors? 



320 FRANCE. 

and died, in 1498. He was without hen's, and 
Louis, duke of Orleans, great-grandson of 
Charles the Fifth of France, succeeded as the 
first of the Oneans branch of the Yalois. 



CHAPTEE XLV. 

Branch of Valois-Orleans — From the Ac- 
cession or Louis XII. to the Eeign of 
Henry III., A. D. 1498 to 1589. 

1. Louis the Twelfth was a wise and pop- 
ular sovereign, and gained the title of father 
of his people. Being one day urged to punish 
those who had been his enemies during the 
preceding reign, he replied: "It is unworthy 
of the King of France to revenge the injuries 
done to the Duke of Orleans." He reduced 
Milan and Genoa, and for some time had pos- 
session of Naples. 

2. At his death, in 1515, he was succeeded 
by his cousin, who assumed the name of Fran- 
cis the First. When Francis ascended the 
throne, he was in the flower of his age, of a 
chivalrous disposition, and fond of military 

Questions. — 17. What occurred on the death of the 
last? — 1. What is said of Louis the Twelfth? When 
urged to punish, &c, what did he reply? What did he 
reduce ? 2. By whom was he succeeded V 



FRANCE. 321 

glory. On the death of Maximilian, emperor 
of Germany, Francis and Charles the Fifth of 
Spain became rival candidates for the imperial 
throne. Charles was the successful candidate; 
and Francis, deeming himself injured, declared 
war against his rival. 

3. Francis, unfortunately, quarrelled with 
De Bourbon, one of the ablest of his generals : 
the latter basely abandoned his country and 
his sovereign, and offered his services to the 
emperor Charles. Bourbon commanded the 
Spaniards at the battle of Biagrossa, in which 
the French were defeated, with the loss of 
their celebrated general, the illustrious Bayard, 
surnamed the " knight without fear, and 
without reproach." Bourbon is said to have 
wept like a child over the dying hero: "Weep 
not for me/' exclaimed the magnanimous 
Bayard, " but for yourself. I die in the ser 
vice of my country; you triumph in the ruiD 
of yours." 

4. Francis now took upon himself the com 
mand of the army, marched to Italy, and laid 
siege to Pavia, but was there taken prisoner 

Questions. — 2. On the death of Maximilian, what 
took place ? What did Francis do ? 3. With whom did 
he quarrel ? Whom did Bourbon command ? What is 
said of Bourbon? What did Bayard exclaim? What 
did Francis do ? 4. How long did he remain in cap- 
tivity ? 

27* 



322 PRANCE. 

by the imperialists under the command of the 
traitor Bourbon. After a captivity of thirteen 
months, he regained his liberty, and having 
crossed the boundary of his own dominions, 
he mounted his horse, and waving his hat, ho 
exclaimed, " I am yet a king 1 " 

5. The conditions on which he obtained his 
release were so unreasonable, that Francis re- 
fused to comply with them, and this refusal 
brought on another sanguinary contest between 
the two rivals. After the war had raged for 
some time, with but little advantage on either 
side, a truce was concluded, and Charles and 
Francis were brought to a personal interview, 
at a village on the borders of France, where 
the warmest expressions of friendship passed 
between them. The truce was not lasting, 
but no important results followed the subse- 
quent state of war during the reign. 

6. Francis died in 1547, and was succeeded 
by his son, Henry the Second. The reign of 
this monarch was signalized by his wars with 
Charles the Fifth and his son Philip the 
Second, of Spain, husband of Mary, Queen of 
England, and by the recovery of Calais, which 

Questions. — 4. Having crossed, &c, what did he 
exclaim? 5. What is said of the conditions? What 
followed? What is related of Charles and Francis? 
6. By whom was Francis succeeded ? What is said of 
hi 8 reign ? 



FRANCE. 323 

was taken by the celebrated Duke of Guise, 
after it had remained in the possession of the 
English for two hundred and ten years. His 
death was occasioned by an accident that hap- 
pened him at a tournament, in 1559. 

7. He was succeeded by his son, Francis the 
Second, husband of Mary, Queen of Scots, who 
died after a short reign of a little more thao 
one year, and left the throne to his brother, 
Charles the Ninth, then a boy in the tenth 
year of his age. The reign of this prince was 
considerably distracted by the civil wars that 
were carried on on account of religion. Dur- 
ing these contests, the Protestants lost their 
most distinguished leader, the Prince of 
Oonde. On the other hand, Charles had to 
lament the loss of the firmest support of his 
throne, the Duke of G-uise, who was cut off by 
assassination. At length peace was restored, 
and the Protestants obtained free toleration in 
religion. 

8. The most memorable transaction in the 
reign of Charles, was the massacre which took 
place on Saint Bartholomew's day, 1572. So 
various and contradictory are the accounts given 



Questions. — 6. How was his death occasioned? 
7. By whom was he succeeded? What is said of the 
reign of this prince ? Whom did the Protestants lose ? 
What had Charles to lament ? 8. What is the most me- 
morable transaction of this reign? 



324 FRANCE. 

of this event, that it is a very difficult task, at 
the present time, to arrive at the true state of 
the facts. On the occasion of the marriage of 
the sister of Charles, Coligny and other Pro. 
testant leaders were invited to court. It hap- 
pened, shortly after their arrival at Paris, that 
Coligny was severely wounded as he passed 
through the streets. 

9. His wounds were not dangerous ; but his 
followers crowded to his residence, and their 
threats of vengeance so terrified the ministers 
and the mother of Charles, that in a secret 
council the king was prevailed upon to give 
his assent to the destruction of the leaders of 
the Protestant party. It does not appear from 
the close connection of events which preceded 
the massacre, that it was a studied or precon- 
certed plan, and that the Protestant leaders 
were invited to the capital under a show of 
friendship, that they might the more easily be 
destroyed. It was rather dictated by fear and 
the dread of vengeance. 

10. The massacre took place during the 
night of the 23d of August, and a part of tUe 
following day. The residence of Coligny was 
forced, and he was assassinated, with several 
of his friends. The people joined in the work 

Questions. — 8. Who were invited to court? What 
happened? 9. What is said of his followers? Of the 
massacre ? 10. When did the massacre take place ? 
What is said of the people ? 



FRANCE. 325 

of death, and every Protestant that fell in 
their way was sacrificed to their fury. Al- 
though the massacre was only intended for 
the capital, yet the tragedy of Paris was imi- 
tated in several other cities. 

11. With regard to the number of the vic- 
tims, it is impossible to speak with certainty. 
Some writers exaggerate the number to sixty 
thousand, some to thirty, and others to twenty 
or fifteen thousand. The martyrologist of the 
Reformers adopted a means of ascertaining the 
real number, which may enable us to form a 
probable conjecture. He procured from the 
minis cers in the different towns where the 
massacre took place, lists of the number of per- 
sons who suffered ; he published the list in 
1582, and in all France he could discover the 
names of no more than seven hundred and 
eighty-six persons. 

12. No sooner was the awful deed commit- 
ted, than shame and remorse filled the breasts 
of those who had been the authors of it. 
Charles, in order to palliate his conduct, wrote 
to all the courts of Europe, stating, that hav- 
ing detected the Protestants in a horrid plot 
against his life and his authority, he had cut 

Questions. — 11. What is said of the number? Of 
some writers ? How many according to the Reformed 
martyrologist ? 12. What did Charles do ? 



326 FRANCS. 

off the leaders of the party, and thus escaped 
the imminent danger to which he was exposed. 
13, Many of the surrounding princes, de- 
ceived by this statement, and being unacquaint 
ed with the true nature of the facts, congrat- 
ulated him on his good fortune. Among others, 
Pope Gregory the Thirteenth, on receiving the 
account as given by Charles, offered up public 
thanks, not indeed that he rejoiced in the 
death of the supposed traitors, but for the 
preservation, as he thought, of the French 
monarch and his kingdom from ruin. Charles 
was succeeded, in 1574, by his brother, Henry 
the Third, a weak and fickle prince. Henry 
was assassinated by James Clement, a Do- 
minican friar, A. D. 1589. He had, himself, the 
year before, caused the assassination of the 
Duke of Gruise, the son of the former duke, 
who aspired to the throne. The house of Va- 
lois became finally extinct in Henry. 

Questions. — 13. What is said of many princes? Of 
Pope Gregory ? By whom was Charles succeeded ' 
What was his fate ? What further is said of him ? 



FRAXOK. 327 



CHAPTEK XLVI. 

House op Bourbon — From Henry IY. to 
the Death op Louis XT. — From A. D. 
1589 to 1774. 

1. After the death of the late king, without 
heirs of his own family, Henry de Bourbon, 
King of Navarre, ascended the throne of 
France as Henry the Fourth. A powerful 
faction was formed against him, but he com- 
pletely defeated his opponents in the famous 
battle of Ivry. Henry had been educated in 
the Protestant religion, though the Catholic 
religion was professed by the great majority 
of his subjects. 

2. The king began seriously to turn his 
mind to the subject of religion, and askbd sev- 
eral Protestant divines if he could be saved 
by professing the Catholic doctrine, and being 
answered in the affirmative, he concluded to 
embrace that religion. Accordingly, in 1593, 
although there were doubtless other motives 
for his doing so, he abjured the Protestant re- 
ligion and declared himself a Catholic. 

Questions. — 1. Who next ascended the throne ? What 
was formed against him? In what had Henry been ed- 
ucated ? 2. To what did he turn his mind ? What did 
he ask ? In 1593, what did he do ? 



328 FRANCE. 

3. Henry, having gained possession of tha 
throne, was governed by principles of the 
wisest policy. By the celebrated Edict of 
Nantes, in 1598, he granted free toleration 
in religion to all the Protestants within his 
dominions. While by his great abilities he was 
elevating France to a high state of prosperity 
and happiness, he fell a victim to a half-in- 
sane fanatic, named Ravaillac. As the king 
rode through the streets of Paris, his carriage 
was stopped by some obstruction in the way ) 
Ravaillac, seizing this favorable opportunity, 
mounted upon the wheel of the carriage, and 
plunged a dagger into Henry's breast, before 
any one could oppose him, A. D. 1610. 

4. No king has better deserved the title of 
Great than Henry IY. Brave almost to rash- 
ness, of a fond and generous disposition, and 
great simplicity of taste, he loved his subjects 
as a father loves his children, and was ever 
disposed to clemency towards those who offend- 
ed him, and even threatened his life. When 
Henry was besieging Paris, the inhabitants 
were a prey to all the horrors of starvation, 
and the city would have soon been compelled 



Questions. — 3. What did he grant by the Edict of 
Nantes? Relate the manner of his death. 4. What was 
the character of Henry ? Tell us about the siege of 
Paris. 



FRANCE. 329 

to surrender ; but the heroic king, learning 
the fearful sufferings of the women and chil- 
dren, sent in provisions for the non-combat- 
ants. He preferred to listen to the voice of 
humanity, and delay victory, rather than con- 
sult his own interests at the cost of his sub- 
jects' lives. Henry's private life, however, 
was not in all respects commendable. 

5. Henry was succeeded by his son, Louis 
the Thirteenth, at the age of nine years. On 
coming of age, Louis chose for his prime min- 
ister the celebrated Cardinal Eichelieu. The 
abilities of Eichelieu were conspicuous in all 
his undertakings. While he extended the 
glory of France, he became the zealous patron 
of literature, and instituted the French Acad- 
emy. Louis died in the 34th year of his 
reign, A. D. 1643. 

6. Louis the Fourteenth, surnamed the 
Great, succeeded to the throne at the early 
age of five years ; the affairs of the kingdom 
being managed by the prime minister, Cardi- 
nal Mazarin. The reign of this monarch was 
one of the most splendid recorded in history. 
The love of glory was his ruling passion. This 
he gratified, not only by the military achieve- 

Questions. — 5. By whom was Henry succeeded? 

Who was prime minister ? What is said of his abilities ? 

When did Louis die ? 6. Who succeeded to the throne ? 

What is said of his reign ? What was his ruling passion ! 

28 



330 PRANCE. 

ments which illustrated the early part of his 
reign, but also by the patronage which he ex 
tended to literature and science. 

7. He also promoted the arts of peace by 
giving encouragement to manufactures and 
commerce. He embellished the capital, and 
constructed the palaces of Yersailles. and the 
Louvre, and other great works. The reign of 
Louis the Fourteenth has been justly styled the 
Augustan Age of French Literature, and is 
distinguished for the number of eminent men 
who nourished during that period. Turenne, 
Conde, Yi liars, led the victorious armies of 
France; Duquesne, Tourville, Duguay-Trouin, 
made her navy equal, if not superior, to that 
of England; whilst Yauban perfected the 
science of military engineering. The arts 
boasted of such names as Le Poussin, Lesueur, 
and Lebrun ; and literature was enriched by 
Corneille, Eacine, Moliere, La Fontaine, La 
Bruyere, Boileau. Meanwhile, Bossuet, Bour- 
daloue, Massillon, and Fenelon, were creating 
imperishable models of sacred eloquence ; and 
Mole, Lamoignon, and d'Aguesseau, were up- 
holding the dignity of the laws. Louis died 
in the 78th year of his age, and in the 73d of 

Questions. — 7. What did he promote ? What has hia 
reign been styled, and why ? Tell us the names of some 
of the eminent men. When did he die ? 



FKANCE. 331 

his reign, A. D. 1715, liis son and his eldest 
grandson having preceded him to the tomb. 

8. Louis the Fifteenth, the great-grandsou 
of the late monarch, succeeded to the throne at 
the age of five years, under the regency of the 
Duke of Orleans. Louis engaged in the war 
of the Austrian Succession, in which he sup- 
ported the claims of Charles, the son of the 
elector of Bavaria, to the throne of Austria, 
in opposition to Maria Theresa, who was sup- 
ported by Great Britain. 

9. In 1756, war broke out between France 
and Great Britain respecting their American 
possessions. This war was terminated by the 
peace of Paris, in 1763, by which the most 
important possessions of France in North 
A.merica were ceded to Great Britain. • Louis 
died in 1774, in the 65th year of his age, and 
the 59th of his reign. The reign of this mon- 
arch and that of his predecessor occupied a 
period of one hundred and thirty-two years. 
The immoral example of this court in latter 
years proved most pernicious to the people. 

Questions. — 8. Who succeeded ? In what did Louis 
engage? 9. In 1756, what took place? How was this 
war terminated ? When did Louis die ? What is said 
of his reign, &c. ? 



332 FRANCE. 



CHAPTEB XLYI1. 

Louis the Sixteenth — The Eevolution — 
Bonaparte. 

1. Louis the Sixteenth, the grandson of the 
late monarch, succeeded to the throne in 1774. 
This virtuous and benevolent prince com- 
menced his reign under difficulties of no or- 
dinary nature. The nation was deeply in 
debt, and the people groaned under a heavy 
weight of taxation. 

2. In the early part of his reign, he acknowl- 
edged the independence of the United States, 
openly received Franklin and Deane as her 
ambassadors, and generously resolved, at the 
cost of a war with England, to aid the Amer- 
icans in securing the liberty of their country. 
This noble action on the part of Louis the 
Sixteenth should endear his memory to every 
American. 

3. Various reasons might be assigned for 
the origin of the French Eevolution. The 
Dublic debt had been increased by the benevo- 

Questions. — 1. Who succeeded to the throne ? What 
is said of him ? Of the nation ? 2. In the early part 
of his reign, what did he do ? What is said of this no- 
ble action ? 3. What are some of the causes assigned 
for the French Eevolution? 



FRANCE. 333' 

lent effort of Louis in aiding the people of the 
United States; a love for republican princi- 
ples was spread throughout France, on the 
return of the French officers and soldiers, after 
the successful termination of the American 
Revolution; a general corruption of morals, 
and contempt for religion, prevailed; while 
the principles of atheism and infidelity were 
widely diffused by the writings of Yoltaire, 
Rousseau, and others. These may be consider- 
ed as the principal causes that brought about 
the fearful storm which spread desolation over 
France, and convulsed the continent of Europe. 
4. In order to restore the deranged condi- 
tion of the finances, an assembly, called the 
Notables, was convoked, and shortly after- 
wards a demand was made for the convocation 
of the States General, which comprised the 
three orders of nobility, clergy, and commons. 
This body met at Versailles in 1789, but it 
was not long before the members disagreed 
among themselves ; the commons seized upon 
the legislative authority, declared themselves 
the representatives of the people, and styled 
themselves the National Assembly. Of this 
Assembly, Bailly was president, while the 

Questions. — 4. In order, &c, what assembly was con- 
voked ? What demand was made ? When did this body 
meet ? What did the commons do ? Of this assembly 
who was president ? 

28 * 



334 FRANCE. 

Duke of Orleans and Mirabeau were the two 
most prominent members. 

5. In the mean time, a violent insurrection 
broke out in Paris. The Hotel des Invalidea 
was taken by surprise, and thirty thousand 
muskets were seized; the prison of the Bastile 
was demolished, the governor was assassinated 
and his head carried through the streets 
anaidst the shouts of the infuriated mob. At 
the news of these proceedings, Louis hastened 
to the capital, in the hope of being able to 
allay the tumult. In this he was successful. 
He addressed the people with the warmest 
expressions of affection. The whole multitude 
shouted, " Yive le Eoi ! " and the king again 
returned to Yersailles. 

6. But scarcely had he departed, when the 
insurrection was renewed with increased vio- 
lence. The mob directed their . vengeance 
against those whom they considersd as their 
oppressors, and the whole city of Paris pre- 
sented a scene of blood. They finally went 
in a body to Versailles, and demanded that 
the king should return to Paris. In compli- 
ance with their request, Louis, accompanied 
by the royal family, set out to the capital ; he 

Questions. — 5. What broke out ? What places were 
taken, and what was done ? What did Louis do ? 
8. What was renewed ? What did the mob do ? Where 
did they go ? Where did Louis return ? 



J'BANCB. 335 

was protected, however, from violence, by 
Marquis de Lafayette, who commanded a body 
of troops styled the National Guards. 

7. The .Revolution now began to make rapid 
advances ; the privileges of the nobility and 
clergy were abolished ; the church lands wero 
confiscated, the monasteries suppressed, and 
royal authority was nearly destroyed. The 
National Assembly drew up a new constitution, 
and was afterwards called the Constituent 
Assembly. 

8. In the mean time, the king and the royal 
family left the palace of Tuileries, and en- 
deavored to escape from France ; but they 
were overtaken near the frontiers and brought 
back to Paris. The Constituent Assembly 
separated on the 30th of September, 1791, and 
another body was convened in October, styled 
the Legislative Assembly. 

9. Previous to this period, several political 
associations were formed, of which the Jacobin 
Club was the most prominent. The members 
of this factious association, men of the most 
abandoned principles, governed the proceed- 

Questions. — 6. By whom was he protected ? 7. What 
is said of the Revolution ? The privileges of the nobil- 
ity ? The church lands ? The monasteries? 8. What 
did the king do ? What did the Constituent Assembly 
do ? 9. What were formed? What is said of the mem 
bers? 



336 FRANCE. 

ings of the Assembly, and proved a source of 
innumerable evils to the country. Another 
association, styled the club of Cordeliers, sur- 
passed even the Jacobins in their open con- 
tempt of religion, government, and law. 

10. On the 21st of September, 1792, a nev 
body was convened, styled the National Con- 
tention. At its first meeting, the regal gov- 
ernment was abolished, and France declared a 
republic. The next step was to consummate 
the drama: the king himself was arraigned 
before the Convention to answer various 
charges. In vain did Louis refute the absurd 
charges of which he was accused ; his enemies 
thirsted for his blood, and the sentence of 
death was pronounced upon him. 

11. On the 21st of January, 1793, Louis the 
Sixteenth, after taking an affectionate leave 
of his wife, his children, and his sister, the 
princess Elizabeth, was led to execution. On 
reaching the scaffold, he viewed the spectators 
with calmness, and addressed them, saying : 
" I die innocent ; I pardon all my enemies, 
and I pray that France may not suffer for the 
blood she is about to shed/' At this moment 



Questions. — 9. What is said of the club of Cordeliers ? 
10. In 1792, what was done? At its first sitting? What 
was the next step ? What sentence was pronounced upon 
him? 11. In January, 1793, what took place? On 
reaching the scaffold, what is said of him ? What did he 
say ? What was done ? 



FRANCE. 337 

his voice was drowned by the noise of the 
drums ; he then calmly placed his head under 
the guillotine, and as the fatal axe descended, 
the courageous priest who attended him ex- 
claimed, " Son of Saint Louis, ascend to hea- 
ven!" 

12. Within a year after the death of the 
king, his amiable and virtuous consort, Queen 
Marie Antoinette, was led to the scaffold and 
executed, amidst furious cries of Vive la Be- 
publique. A few months after this, the prin- 
cess Elizabeth shared the fate of the queen, 
and in 1795, the young dauphin, Louis the 
Seventeenth, an interesting child, died of a 
disease contracted from confinement and the 
cruel treatment received. Of all the members 
of the royal family who were within reach, the 
daughter of Louis was the only one that es- 
caped the fearful storm that desolated France. 

13. During these dreadful proceedings, the 
National Convention became divided into two 
factions ; the one called the Mountain Party, 
headed by Kobespierre, Danton, and Marat; 
the other styled the Girondists, of which Bris- 
sot and Condorcet were the leaders. The 
Mountain Party prevailed, and Erissot and all 



Questions. — 11. What did the priest exclaim! 
12. Who was next led to execution ? Who shared the 
fate of the queen ? Who escaped ? 13. During these 
proceedings, what occurred ? 



338 FRANCE. 

the leaders of the Girondists were put to death, 
Among the rest was that monster of vice and 
cruelty, the Duke of Orleans, father of Louis 
Philip, who suffered by the hands of those 
very men whom he had raised to power. 

14. The dominion of Eobespierre is styled 
" The Eeign of Terror." The cruelties of this 
man almost exceed belief. Hundreds and thou- 
sands were sacrificed to his vengeance, and to 
that of his associates. Many were seized and 
hurried off to the guillotine without trial, or 
without even being informed of the charges 
for which they suffered. Happily for man- 
kind, his bloody career was destined to be of 
short continuance. His own friends became 
frightened at his cruelty, and formed a party 
against him ; being condemned on a charge 
of tyranny and cruelty, he atoned for his 
crimes upon the scaffold, in 1794. In 1795, the 
Convention adopted a new Constitution, in- 
trusting the executive authority to a Directory, 
consisting of five members. 

15. Previously to the death of Eobespierre, 
the Convention had carried its proceedings to 
the most extravagant excess. The Christian 

Questions. — 13. What were the names of the two 
parties ? Which prevailed ? Who was among the rest ? 
14. What was the dominion of Robespierre styled? 
What is said of his acts ? Of his career ? What was his 
fete ? What followed ? 



FRANCE. 339 

religion was suppressed, and a decree passed, 
declaring that the only deity to be worshipped 
hereafter in France, should be Eeason. A re- 
publican calendar was formed. Having re- 
nounced God and his saints, they substituted 
for every saint's name on the calendar the 
name of some vegetable. As it was customary 
with the people, when a child was born, to 
give it the name of the patron saint of that 
day, the poor mothers were much distressed 
when their republican husbands, taking down 
the almanac, would read out, " Carrot," " Tur- 
nip," or " Celery," as a fit name for their new- 
born babe. The Sunday was abolished, and in 
its place every tenth day was* appointed as a 
day of rest. The churches were despoiled of 
their ornaments and treasures, and the bells 
cast into cannon. 

16. The sovereigns of Europe, alarmed at 
the fearful progress of the French Eevolution, 
entered into a coalition against France; but 
their combined forces, under the command of 
the Duke of Brunswick, were driven beyond 
the Ehine, and that river was made the east* 
•rn boundary of France. 

17. In 1796, Napoleon Bonaparte, then iD 

Questions. — 15. What took place ? What of their 
calendar ? What is said of Sundays ? Of the churches ? 
16; What is said of the sovereigns of Europe ? What 
was the result ? 17. In 1796, what took place ? 



340 FRANCE. 

the 27th year of his age, was intrusted witb 
the command of the French army. This ex- 
traordinary man was a native of the island 
of Corsica, and was born in the year 1769. 
At an early age, he gave indications of great 
military talents; and, while at school, when 
the season would permit it, his favorite amuse- 
ment was that of making fortifications of snow 
and fighting battles with snowballs. 

18. Being now placed at the head of the 
French forces, Bonaparte soon astonished all 
Europe by the brilliancy of his victories. In 
1797 and the following year, he became mas- 
ter of Northern Italy, invaded Egypt, de- 
feated the Egyptians in the famous battle of 
the Pyramids, and took possession of Cairo 
and all the Delta. After this he returned to 
France, abolished the Directory, and caused 
himself to be elected First Consul. He then 
placed himself at the head of the French 
army, crossed the Alps, and defeated the Aus- 
trian s in the celebrated battle of Marengo, 
in 1800. By the treaty of Amiens, in 1802, 
Europe, for the first time since the com- 

Questions. — 17. What is said of this man? At an 
early age ? While at school ? 18. Being now placed, 
&c, what is said of Bonaparte? After this, what did 
he do ? Where did he defeat the Austrians ? By the 
treaty of Amiens, what took place ? 



1TIUNCB. 341 

mencement of the Revolution, enjoyed the 
blessings of peace. 

19. During the suspension of hostilities, Bo- 
naparte employed himself in works of public 
utility. He re-established religious worship 
in France, published a new code of laws, of- 
fered great encouragement to commerce, and 
embellished Paris by erecting several splen- 
did buildings and monuments. In 1802, he 
caused himself to be created Consul for life ; 
and in 1804, he assumed the imperial dignity, 
and was crowned Emperor of the French. 

20. The peace of Amiens was of short dura- 
tion. In 1805, another coalition, between Eng- 
land, Austria, Russia, Sweden, and Prussia, 
was entered into against France. The em- 
peror immediately took the field against the 
combined forces of the allied powers, and cap- 
tured the Austrian army of thirty-three thou- 
sand men, at Ulm; and, in the memorable bat- 
tle of Austerlitz, defeated the united forces 
of Austria and Russia. 

21. Elated by his astonishing success, the 
emperor set no bounds to his ambition. In 
1806 he deposed the king of Naples, and 

Questions. — 19. What did he re-establish ? What 
did he publish, &c. ? In 1802, what did he do? And 
in 1804? 20. In 1805, what took place? What is said 
of the emperor ? Whom did he capture ? Whom did h« 
defeat ? 21. Whom did he depose, &c. ? 
29 



342 FRANCS. 

placed his own brother, Joseph Bonaparte, 
upon the Neapolitan throne. In the same 
year he made his brother Louis king cf Hol- 
land, and in the following year erected Wur- 
temburg into a kingdom for his brother Je- 
rome. In 1808 he transferred Joseph to the 
throne of Spain. He obliged Francis the 
Second to resign his title of Emperor of Ger- 
many, and take that of Emperor of Austria; 
he also raised the electors of Bavaria and 
Saxony to the rank of kings. 

22. In 1812, he invaded Eussia at the head 
of four hundred thousand infantry and sixty 
thousand cavalry, and with one thousand two 
hundred pieces of artillery. His progress was 
interrupted by the Eussians, whom he defeated 
at Smolensk, and again at the desperate battle 
of Borodino, a few miles from Moscow, at 
which nearly thirty thousand fell on each side. 
When he arrived at Moscow, the capital of 
Eussia, he found the city abandoned by its in- 
habitants. Soon after his arrived, fires broke 
out in different quarters, and the city was en- 
veloped in flames. The Eussians had pre- 
ferred to destroy their magnificent capital, 
rather than see it in possession of the in- 
vaders. Bonaparte immediately commenced 

Questions. — 21. Whom did he make kings ? Francis 
Second ? 22. In 1812, what did he do ? Where did he 
defeat the Eussians ? How did he find Moscow ? What 
did he immediately do ? 



FRANCE. 343 

his retreat towards France. The sufferings of 
the French army, on its return, were almost 
incredible; thirty thousand horses are said to 
have perished in a single day, and of this im- 
mense army, only thirty thousand men re- 
turned to France. 

23. On his return, the emperor raised an- 
other army of three hundred thousand men, 
defeated the allied powers at Bautzen, repulsed 
them at Dresden, but was ultimately over- 
thrown in the tremendous battle of Leipsic, 
with a loss of forty thousand men in killed, 
wounded, and prisoners. After this battle, 
Bonaparte fled to Paris, and abdicated the 
throne of France; and after some delibera- 
tion, the island of Elba was selected as the 
place of his future residence. Louis XVIII 7 
the brother of the unfortunate Louis XYL, 
was then restored to the throne of his ances- 
tors, A. D. 1814. 

24. In a few months after this event, to the 
astonishment of Europe, Bonaparte returned 
from exile ; he marched through France, and 
was again proclaimed emperor, amidst the 
loudest acclamations of the people. As soon 

Questions. — 22. How many horses died? "How many 
men returned? 23. On his return what did he do ? 
Where was he overthrown ? After this, what did he do ? 
Where was he sent? What followed? 24. In a few 
months what took place? 



344 FRANCE. 

as this event was made known, a formidable 
coalition was formed against him by nearly all 
the powers of Europe. The emperor once 
more placed himself at the head of his army, 
but was entirely defeated by the allies under 
Wellington and Blucher, in the memorable 
battle of Waterloo, with a loss of upwards of 
forty thousand killed and wounded. This bat- 
tle took place on the 18th of June, 1815. 

25. After this battle, Bonaparte fled to Paris, 
and again resigned the crown ; he then sur- 
rendered himself to Captain Maitland, the 
commander of a British sloop of war, and 
asked an asylum in England. But it was 
agreed among the allied sovereigns that he 
should be sent a prisoner to the island of St. 
Helena, where he died on the 5th of May, 
1821, in the sixth year of his captivity. An 
indelible stain is stamped on the national honor 
of Great Britain by this breach of faith to- 
wards the vanquished foe, who had trusted in 
British generosity ; and the name of Hudson 
Lowe, governor of Saint Helena, has been 
consigned to infamy for his shameful treat- 
ment of the illustrious captive. The remains 
of Napoleon were brought to France, in 1846. 

Questions. — 24. What was formed against him! 
Where and by whom was he defeated? With what loss ? 
25. What did Bonaparte do ? What was agreed ? Where 
did he die? What is said of the conduct of Great 
Britain ? What occurred in 1846? 



FRA CE. 345 

26. Louis was again restored to the throne 
of France, and was succeeded, in 1824, by his 
brother, under the title of Charles the Tenth 
A revolution took place in 1830, which ended 
in the expulsion of Charies, and the election 
of his cousin the Duke of Orleans to the throne, 
who took the name of Louis Philip. During the 
spring of 1848, another revolution took place, 
when Louis Philip, in his turn, was expelled, 
and France declared a republic. A new con- 
stitution was formed, and Louis Bonaparte, 
the nephew of Napoleon, was elected the first 
president. 

27. In December,- 1851, a plot, formed by 
the ultra or Eed-republicans, for the overthrow 
of the government, was discovered by the 
president, who caused all the leaders to be ar- 
rested in the night preceding the day fixed for 
the outbreak. Louis Napoleon was elected 
president for ten years, and a change in the 
government was then proposed. The question 
of the establishment of the Empire was sub- 
mitted to popular suffrage, and the president 
became Emperor by a majority of several mil- 
lions of votes. 

28. The Empire dates from December 2d, 

Questions. — 26. By whom was Louis succeeded? 
What took place in 1830 ? And 1848 ? Who was elected 
the first president ? — 27. What followed ? What changes 
then took place? Thus, &c, what is said ? — 28. What 
is said of the Empire and the title of Napoleon? 



348 PRANCE. 

1852,. and Louis Napoleon reigns as Napoleon 
the Third. The title of Napoleon the Second 
was presumed to belong to the son of Napo- 
con the First and Maria Louisa of Austria t 
who never reigned, and who died in 1832, at 
the age of twenty-one. Thus, by the myste- 
rious decree of Providence, the nephew of the 
captive of Saint Helena is seated on the impe- 
rial throne founded by his uncle; and France 
is greater and more prosperous at this day, by 
peaceful means, than the first Napoleon ever 
made her through victories and conquests. 

29. In 1854, France united with England in 
the war against Eussia, for the defence of the 
Ottoman empire. The capture of Sebastopol, 
which was mainly accomplished by the French, 
ended the war in 18b6. In 1859, the Emperor, 
as ally of Victor Emmanuel of Italy, took the 
field against Austria, and was victorious at the 
battles of Magenta and Solferino. In 1863, he 
invaded Mexico, in order to enforce the pay- 
ment of claims due the French, and retired, 
leaving there the short-lived government of 
the Emperor Maximilian. 

30. In 1869 the emperor of his own will sur- 
rendered personal power, and changes were made 
whereby the government became constitutional, 

Questions.— 29. What occurred in 1854? In 1859? 
In 1863 ? 30. What changes were made in the govern- 
ment in 1869 ? 



FRANCE. 347 

with a responsible Ministry. The following year, 
Napoleon, in order to make firm his power, sud- 
denly undertook an unlucky war against Ger- 
many. The campaign, short but decisive, closed 
with the battle of Sedan and the capture of the 
emperor and his entire army. The results to 
France were the loss of a hundred thousand 
men, a billion of dollars to Germany to pay war- 
expenses, and the cession to the latter power of 
two provinces, Alsace and Lorraine. 

31. After a fearful time of uproar and blood- 
shed, a republic was established in 1871, with M 
Theirs as president. He was succeeded in office 
(1873) by Marshal MacMahon. In 1875 a Senate 
was added to the Chamber of Deputies, and a 
Parliamentary government, or one marked by a 
responsible Ministry, took the place of the per- 
sonal rule of the president. Marshal MacMahon 
in 1879 resigned the presidential chair, and M. 
Gre\y was elected. 

32. During the period extending from 1882 to 
1884, France was engaged in slight wars with 
Madagascar, Tonquin, and China. In 1887 Pres- 
ident Grevy resigned his office, and M. Sadi- 

Questions. — 30. In the following year what did Na- 
poleon do? With what results? 31. What form of gov- 
ernment was established in 1871, and who was elected 
President? Who succeeded him ? In 1875 what was done? 
Who succeeded MacMahon ? 32. What events from 1882 
to 1884? Who succeeded President Grevy? 



348 PRANCE. 

Carnot, the present ruler, was chosen. Soon after 
his inauguration, General Boulanger stirred up a 
violent agitation. He pretended to be a Repub- 
lican and the champion of cleaner political 
methods. But Boulanger was a Monarchist, and, 
powerfully supported by the friends of the mon- 
archy, and aided by some other elements of disaf- 
fection, he roused a movement that, for a day, 
threatened the Republic. Only for a day, how- 
ever ; for Boulanger was no leader, and when his 
real designs became exposed, the government had 
but to raise its hand firmly to suppress him. 

33. In 1889 an International Exposition at 
Paris attracted great attention. 

Since the Boulanger affair the history of France 
has been without special event till 1892, when 
gross frauds in connection with the Panama Canal 
enterprise, and involving the reputation of many 
of her public men, raised a great storm. 

34. Upon the formal establishment of the Re- 
public (1875), the course of the government at 
first was most hostile towards the Church. A 
main object with the Republicans was to deprive 
the schools of all religious instruction. In 1880 
they succeeded in having a law passed to this 

Questions. — 32. Give an account of the Boulanger 
affair. 33. What event in 1889 ? What great scandal in 
1892? 34. What at first was the bearing of the govern- 
ment towards the Church? A main object with the Re- 
publicans ? 



FKANCE. 349 

effect, and to-day education in the official or gov- 
ernmental schools is only of a worldly character. 
Since 1880 the relation between the government 
and -the Church has somewhat improved. The 
pronounced hostility of a few years back has been 
toned down into opposition, and the conciliatory 
tendency is growing. The party known as Old 
Catholics — a faction that grew out of opposition 
to the Decree of Papal Infallibility — is said to be 
declining. France showed a wonderful degree of 
vitality in so promptly paying the immense war 
indemnity imposed by Germany in 1871. Intel- 
ligent, industrious, and frugal, the French have 
continued to prosper, save in the line of colonial 
policy. In this field success has been meagre. 

Questions. — 34. The relations of Church and State 
since 1880? What is said of the Old Catholic party? 
What of the French people ? 



IRELAND* 



CHAPTEE XI/V III. 

The Early Inhabitants — The Introductiqh 
of Christianity by St. Patrick. 

1. The early inhabitants of this country, 
according to the best authorities, were of 
Celtic origin, and arrived in Ireland from the 
western coast of Spain. The early religion 
of the people was similar to that of nearly all 
the eastern nations of Europe. They adored 
the sun under the name of Baal, and the moon 
under the title of Ee ; fire was also sacred 
among them. 

2. The country was divided into a number 
of small kingdoms, each governed by its own 
king, and the whole subordinate to a supreme 
monarch. One of the most illustrious of the 
Irish monarchs was Cormac Ulfadah, who 
reigned about the middle of the third century, 
lie was a mac of great learning, and is said 

Questions. — 1. What is said of the early inhabitants ? 
The religion ? What did they adore ? 2 . What is said 
of the country ? Of Cormac Ulfadah ? 

350 



IRELAND. 351 

to have founded three academies at Tara, the 
ancient residence of the monarchs of Ireland. 
In the first, the science of war was taught ; 
in the second, history ; and in the third, law. 
Towards the close of his reign, Cormac ab- 
dicated the throne in favor of his son, and re- 
tired to an humble cottage, where he devoted 
himself to literary pursuits. 

3. Nothing of any particular importance 
occurred in the history of Ireland until the 
introduction of Christianity by the illustrious 
apostle, St. Patrick. This holy man, accord- 
ing to the best authorities, was born in Gaul, 
of respectable parentage, about the year 387. 
In his youth he was taken captive to Ireland, 
and sold to a man, named Milcho, by whom he 
was employed in attending flocks. After six 
years of captivity, he escaped to his native 
country, and after spending some time with 
his parents, he repaired to the monastery of 
St. Martin, at Tours, where, it is believed, he 
was raised to the ecclesiastical state. 

4. Shortly after this period, Pope Celestine 
commissioned St. Patrick to convert the peo- 
ple of Ireland to Christianity. The Saint im- 

Questions. — 2. What academies did Cormac form? 
i. By whom was Christianity introduced ? When and 
where was he born ? What happened in his youth ? 
What is said of him ? 4. What did Pope Celestine do ? 



352 IRELAND. 

mediately set out for the scene of his labors, 
and arrived in Ireland during the year 432. 
The most abundant success attended his la- 
bors ; he travelled from province to province, 
and by his eloquence, converted to Christianity 
all who heard him. He was permitted to ex- 
plain the sacred truths of Christianity before 
Lorgerius, the chief monarch of the country, 
and converted many members of the royal 
family. 

5. In a few years, he built a number of 
churches, and founded several monasteries, 
designed for the education of persons for the 
priesthood. He is said to have banished all 
the vipers and noxious animals from the island j 
whether this be true or not, it is certain that 
they will not live in the country at the pres- 
ent time. The Saint died on the seventeenth 
of March, in the year 465, and in the seventy- 
eighth year of his age. 

6. During the seventh and eighth centuries, 
Ireland was famed for her literary institutions ; 
her schools were crowded by thousands from 
all parts of Europe, and at the same time, 
Irish scholars were invited to impart instruc- 

Questionsw — 4. What is said of the Saint? When 
did he arrive in Ireland? What was he permitted? 
6. What did he do? What is he said to have done? 
When did he die? 6. During the seventh and eighth 
centuries, what is said of Ireland ? 



IRELAND. 353 

tion in foreign countries. Towards the close 
of the eighth century, Ireland was invaded 
by the Danes, who held possession of certain 
parts of the country for more than two hun- 
dred years, during which period an almost 
continual war was carried on between the na- 
tives and the invaders. 

7. In the year 1014, the Danes collected 
their forces near Dublin, with the intention 
of subduing the whole country. It happened 
at this time that the chief throne of Ireland 
was occupied by the famous Brian Boru. This 
illustrious monarch, learning the intention of 
the Danes, resolved to intercept their advance ; 
and placing himself at the head of his army, 
he marched forward to meet them where they 
were encamped on the plains of Clontarf. A 
fierce and obstinate battle followed, which 
\asted from sunrise until the close of the even- 
ing, but terminated in the defeat of the Danes, 
who were driven from the field with great 
slaughter. 

8. Brian, who is said to have triumphed it 
fifty battles, was destined to fall in the mo- 
ment of victory, by the hand of an assassin 
In the midst of the confusion and carnage 

Questions. — 6. When was Ireland visited by the Danes * 
7. In 1014, what took place? Who occupied the chief 
throne? What did this monarch resolve? What fol 
Lowed? 8. What is said of Brian? 



354 IRELAND. 

that followed the retreat of the Danes, a Dan- 
ish soldier took refuge in a small wood not far 
from Brian's tent. At that m )ment, the Irish 
monarch was prostrate upon his knees, with 
bis hands uplifted to heaven ; the soldier, see- 
ing him thus engaged, and almost unattended, 
rushed into the tent, and plunged a dagger 
into his breast. The Danes never recovered 
from the overthrow at Clontarf; they grad- 
ually diminished in numbers, and finally dis- 
appeared from the country. 

9. During the invasion of the Danes, and 
the series of wars that followed, Irish litera- 
ture naturally declined. But as the invaders 
retired, the schools and monasteries of Ireland, 
which had been laid in ruins, again rose from 
their ashes; and during the eleventh century, 
the fame of her literary institutions spread 
abroad, and her shores were visited by stu- 
dents from all parts of Europe. 

Questions. — 8. Relate the circumstances of his death. 
What is said of the Danes? 9. During the invasion, 
fcc, what declined? But as they retired, what is said ! 

30 



IBELAND. 355 

t 

CHAPTER XLL&. 
Ireland Invaded by Henry II., of England 

1. As early as the year 1155, the English 
monarch conceived the design of invading Ire- 
land; but not having any legal right to the 
country, nor any other grounds to justify an 
invasion of it, he was compelled to abandon 
the design for the present. Some years after 
this, an event took place which favored his 
ambitious views. Dermot MacMurchad, king 
of Leinster, being expelled from Ireland, on 
account of his crimes and cruelty, fled to Eng- 
land, and applied to Henry for aid, promising, 
if restored to his kingdom, to hold it as a vas- 
sal to the English crown. 

2. Dermot having received from Henry per 
mission to raise forces in England, soon suc- 
ceeded in gaining the assistance of several 
persons of distinguished rank. Among these, 
the Earl of Pembroke, surnamed Strongbow, 
and two brothers, Maurice Fitz-G-erald and 
Robert Fitz-Stephen, were the most promi- 
nent. Being thus successful, Dermot returned 
to Ireland, and was shortly afterwards fol- 

Qfestions. — 1. What is said of the English mon- 
arch » What is said of Dermot, &c. ? 2. What did Dermot 
d* ? Who were among these? What followed? 



356 IRELAND. 

lowed by a strong force of English troops, 
under the command of Eobert Fitz-Stephen, 
A. D. 1169. 

3. Dermot immediately joined the invaders, 
and together they made an attack upon "Wex- 
ford, which finally yielded to their arms. 
Previous to the surrender of the city, about 
seventy of the principal inhabitants were 
taken prisoners by the assailants. Every ef- 
fort was made by their fellow-citizens to ob- 
tain their release, but without effect; the 
evaders had determined on their death. The 
unfortunate prisoners were hurried off to the 
high rocks near the city, where their limbs 
were broken, and they were then cast into the 
sea. 

4. Unfortunately, Ireland at this period was 
greatly distracted by civil contentions, a cir- 
cumstance which aided the designs of the 
English monarch, and led to the easy triumph 
of his arms. In the year 1171, Henry himself 
landed in Ireland, at the head of a considera- 
ble army. His first care seems to have been 
to impress upon the minds of the people that 
he had come rather to protect them against 
the oppression of others, than to acquire any 

Questions. — 3. What did Dermot do ? Who fell into 
their hands? Relate the manner of their death. 
4. What is said of Ireland? In 1171? What was his 
first care ? • 



IRELAND. 357 

advantages for himself. This refined policy 
will account for the little resistance he met 
with during his progress through the country. 

5. He received the submission of most of 
the chieftains, and finally that of Eoderic 
O'Connor, the last chief monarch of Ireland. 
In 1175, a treaty was concluded between Henry 
and Eoderic, according to which all the suc- 
ceeding kings of Ireland should hold their do- 
minions as tenants or vassals of the English 
crown. 

6. On the death of Eoderic, Henry trans- 
ferred the government of Ireland to his son, 
John, then a youth in his twelfth year; but 
the insolent behavior of the young prince soon 
roused the indignation of the Irish chieftains: 
they flew to arms, and in a short time had 
nearly expelled the English from the country. 
Henry, alarmed at the danger which threat- 
ened his power in Ireland, recalled the prince, 
and placed the whole power of the govern- 
ment in the hands of De Courcy. Such is a 
brief outline of the establishment of the domin- 
ion of Great Britain over Ireland : a dominion 
which rests upon treachery and injustice; and 
the career of which has been written in char- 



Questions. — 5. What did he receive, &c. ? In 1175, 
what took place ? 6. On the death of Roderic, what did 
Henry do? What is said of the young prince ? Wha? 
did Henry do? What is observed? 



358 



IRELAND. 



aeteTS of blood, from the days of Henry II. to 
those of the latest English monarchs. 

7. After the execution of the unfortunate 
Charles the First of England, the loyalty of 
the Irish manifested itself in favor of his son, 
Charles the Second. Oliver Cromwell was 
sent over to Ireland by the parliament, to re- 
duce the country to subjection. After a pro- 
tracted siege, he took the city of Drogheda, 
and ordered the garrison to be put to the 
sword. Cromwell next took the city of Wex- 
ford, where all the horrors of Drogheda were 
renewed, the conqueror strictly forbidding his 
soldiers to give quarter. 

8. At the conclusion of the war, the greater 
part of the Irish nobility and gentry had 
sought an asylum in foreign lands ; their es- 
tates were forfeited, and the English parlia- 
ment prepared an ordinance for settling the 
deserted districts of Ireland, which declares 
in its first clause that it was the intention of 
the English parliament " to extirpate the 
Irish nation." By this ordinance, wnich went 
into effect in 1653, a great portion of Ireland 



Questions. — 7. After the execution, &c, what is said t 
What is said of Cromwell ? What cities did he take, ana 
jphat followed ? 8. AVhat took place at the conclusion 
of the waT ? 
30* 



IRELAND. 359 

was distributed among the followers of Crom- 
well and the supporters of the parliament. 

9. Nothing of any particular interest oc- 
curred in the history of Ireland, from this 
time until the dethronement of James the 
Second. James, after being expelled from 
England, retired to France; but on learning 
that the Irish were faithful to his cause, he 
repaired to Ireland, and proceeding to Dublin, 
was received amidst the joyous acclamations 
of the people. William, who had succeeded 
to the English throne, hastened to oppose him. 

10. On the memorable first of July, in the 
year 1690, the two monarchs met on the banks 
of the Eiver Boyne. A fierce and bloody con- 
flict ensued, which was sustained for some 
time with determined bravery on both sides. 
William frequently mingled in the thickest of 
the fight, while James stood upon a distant 
hill, that he might in safety view the contest. 
When he beheld the destructive charge of the 
Irish dragoons, we are told that he exclaimed : 
" Spare, oh, spare my English subjects." Owing 
to the weakness and cowardice of James, the 
scale of victory turned in favor of William. 

Questions. — 8. By this order what took place? 
9. What is said of James ? Of William ? 10. What 
took place in 1690? What ensued? What is said of 
William ? Of James ? What did he exclaim ? In whose 
favor did the victory turn ? 



360 IRELAND. 

11. Before the fate of the battle was Known, 
James fled to Dublin, and embarked for 
France, After his departure, the Irish leaders 
for some time nobly sustained the cause of 
their country. At length, James, having ob- 
tained a quantity of military stores, and a 
small force, from the king of France, sent 
them over to Ireland, under the command of 
Saint Ruth, an experienced French general. 
Saint Ruth, after taking command of the 
Irish forces, took up a position near the ruins 
of the castle of Aughrim ; here he was met 
by the English army, under the command of 
General Grinkle. 

12. An obstinate battle ensued ; the Irish 
fought with heroic bravery, and the English 
were repulsed at every charge ; a few moments 
more must have sealed their destruction. At 
this critical juncture, Saint Ruth fell by a 
cannon-ball discharged from the enemy's bat- 
tery. This unfortunate event changed the 
fortune of the day, and the scale of victory 
turned in favor of the English. 

13. After the battle of Aughrim, the Irish 
forces, under the brave and patriotic Sarsfield, 

Questions. — 11. What did James do? The Irish 
leaders ? At length what did James do ? What is said 
of Saint Ruth ? 12. What ensued ? What was the fate 
of Saint Ruth ? What followed ? 



IRELAND. 361 

retired to the city of Limerick, which was be- 
sieged by the English. The war, however, 
was soon terminated by a treaty, known bj 
the name of the treaty of Limerick. Bj 
this treaty, the Eoman Catholics were to en 
joy the free exercise of their religion, and 
were required to take no oath, except that of 
allegiance. Two days after the treaty was 
signed, a French fleet appeared off the coast, 
with re-enforcements, and a large supply of 
military stores. The assistance, however, ar- 
rived too late ; the honor of the nation was 
pledged by the treaty of Limerick, and the 
fleet was dismissed. 



CHAPTEK L. 

The Insurrection of 1798. 

1. For centuries the Irish people had 
groaned under the weight of oppression and 
tyranny which a despotic government exer- 
cised over them. Often was the father's heart 

Questions. — 13. Where did the Irish forces retire ? 
How was the war terminated ? What is said of the 
treaty of Limerick ? What happened two days after ? 
— 1. What is said of the Irish people? 



362 IRELAND, 

ready to break within his bosom, as he looked 
upon the son of his affection, and reflected on 
the wretchedness to which that son was born; 
often had the tear of sorrow dimmed the 
mother's eye, as she looked abroad upon the 
misery that rested on her native land, and 
taught her child for the first time to lisp the 
name of Ireland. 

2. When ready to sink under the weight of 
these accumulated evils, they were cheered 
with the delusive hope that the future would 
unfold a brighter prospect, and open to their 
view a happier era ; but, alas! each succeeding 
year only added a new link to the chain of 
their misery, and rendered more bitter the 
cup of their sorrow. However, they still 
hoped to be able to obtain a redress of their 
grievances, by the power of reason and moral 
influence. For this purpose, an association, 
styled the United Irishmen, was formed in 
Belfast during the year 1791. 

a. The leading principle of this association 
seems to have been a pure and disinterested 
love of liberty. It was formed for the pur- 
pose, as they themselves declared, of forward- 

Qfestions. — 1. What of the father ? Of the mother? 
2. How were they cheered, &c. ? What did they still 
hope? What association was formed? 3. What wer« 
the leading objects of this association? 



IKELAND. 363 

ing a brotherhood of affection, a communion 
of rights, and a union of power among Irish- 
men of every religious denomination, thus to 
obtain a complete reform in the legislature, 
founded on principles of civil, political, and re- 
ligious liberty. 

4. Another association grew into existed *e 
about this time, called the Orange Association. 
The object of this association was to support 
the measures of G-overnment, and to oppose 
reform. The first Orange Lodge was formed 
on the 21st of September, 1795, in the village 
of Youghall. The members pledged themselves 
by the most solemn oath to support and de- 
fend the king and his heirs, so long as he or 
they shall support the Protestant ascendency. 

5. Finding their condition hopeless, and 
despairing of ever being able to obtain relief 
of the British G-overnment by a peaceable 
course, the United Irishmen resolved to appeal 
to arms, and to the more forcible arguments 
of the sword. They secretly applied to France 
for aid; but, before any effectual assistance 
could arrive, and before their plans could be 
orgauized, the people were driven into hostil- 
ities by the cruelty of the Government. Mar- 



Questions. — 4. What other association was formed ? 
What was the object of it? 5. What did the United 
Irishmen resolve ? 



364 IRELAND. 

tial law was pioclaimed in several provinces ; 
% savage soldiery emulated each other in acts 
Df barbarity ; the torture of whipping, half- 
nan gin g, and the pitch-cap, were put into act- 
ive operation, and the most liberal rewards 
were held out to informers. 

6. Early in the spring of 1798, the insurrec- 
tion broke out in the counties of Kildai'e and 
Carlow. The first important battle took place 
at Carlow. The Irish, who were armed with 
clumsy pikes and a few muskets, fought with 
desperation ; but they were finally defeated, 
with a loss of four hundred slain, and two 
hundred taken prisoners ; the unfortunate 
prisoners were all executed under martial law. 
The Irish patriots defeated the British at 
Oulart Hill, and took the city of Waterford ; 
but they lost the desperate battle of Ballyna 
hinch. After this, they intrenched themselves 
on Yinegar Hill, where they were finally de- 
feated by the royal army, on the 22d of June. 
This defeat terminated the eventful struggle 
of Ireland for her national rights and the re- 
dress of her grievances. 

7. Shortly after this event, the question of 

Questions. — 5. What was proclaimed? "What were 
put in operation ? 6. In 1798, what took place ? How 
were the Irish armed? What was the fate of the pris- 
oners ? Where did they defeat the British ? Where did 
they intrench themselves ? 7. What was the object of 
the Union ? 



IRELAND. 365 

the Union began to be agitated, the object of 
which was to destroy the National Parliament 
of Ireland, and oblige her representatives to 
meet in the Parliament of England. The 
measure, at first, was decidedly unpopular, but 
by an unparalleled degree of bribery and cor- 
ruption, it was carried towards the close of 
year 1800. On the first of January, 1801, the 
Union standard was, for the first time, mounted 
on the Bedford tower, in Dublin, while the 
guns from the royal battery in the Park, an- 
nounced to prostrate Ireland that her national 
independence was no more. 

8. In 1829, Catholic emancipation was ob- 
tained, chiefly through the exertions of the 
illustrious O'Connell. By this act, the disa- 
bilities under which the Catholics had groaned 
for centuries, were removed; they were per- 
mitted to hold office, and allowed the privilege 
of voting at elections. They are, however, 
still excluded from the throne, and from the 
office of Lord Lieutenant, and Lord Chancel- 
lor of Ireland, and that of Lord Chancellor 
of England. 

9.* In 1844 the repeal of the Union with Eng- 
land was warmly agitated. The rebellion of 

Questions. — 7. What is said of the measure ? In 1801 
what took place? 8. In 1829? What was the effect of 
this ? From what are they still excluded ? 9. What 
eyents occurred in 1844? 



366. IRELAND. 

1848 and the Fenian movement of 1866-68 
were put down by the strong hand of authority. 
Since the disestablishment of the Episcopal Church 
(1871) and the partial reform of the land laws, the 
country has shown some improvement. Yet great 
discontent with English rule prevails. The causes 
lie deep in the hearts of the people, and long years 
must pass before centuries of wrong can be for- 
gotten. Oppressive laws and alien land-owners 
were mainly instrumental in reducing the popu- 
lation of Ireland from 8,000,000 in 1841 to 
5,000,000 in 1871, while the population of 
England and of Scotland grew. Emigration 
gave the only relief, and thousands of the Irish 
have found refuge in the "United States. 

10. In 1886 Mr. Gladstone introduced into 
Parliament his Home Rule Bill, having in view 
an Irish Parliament, to deal with local affairs, 
and the repeal of the unjust laws governing land- 
holdings. It failed of passage, and Lord Salis- 
bury, Mr. Gladstone's political opponent, became 
Premier. 

Mr. Gladstone was ably supported by Mr. 
Parnell, the leader of the Irish Nationalist party. 
Most unhappily Mr. Parnell became involved in 



Questions.— 9. What events occurred in 1848, 1866-68 ? 
What is said of the country since 1871 ? Of the oppressive 
laws and alien landlords ? 10. When and by whom was the 
first Home Eule Bill introduced ? The result ? Who was 
Mr. Gladstone's Irish supporter ? The fate of Mr. Parnell ? 



IRELAND. 367 

a scandal which impaired his personal influence 
and divided his followers. His death (1891) was 
followed rather by a deepened factional bitterness, 
and Ireland's cause almost seemed lost. But 
affairs have improved. The Irish factions have 
drawn towards each other. Mr. Gladstone, in 
1892, became Premier again distinctly on the 
Home Rule issue; and he has (1893) introduced 
a Home Rule Bill, acceptable to the great body 
of the Irish people, and which, it is believed, will 
in the end become law. 

11. Ireland, though crushed to the earth by 
the iron despotism of England, has been fruit- 
ful in men of genius, and has given to the world 
some of the greatest generals, statesmen, orators, 
and poets of modern times. The eloquence of the 
patriotic Daniel O'Connell shook the very throne 
of England, and obtained for Ireland what her 
armies could not achieve. The name of this 
great man is identified with his country's history. 
At an early age he engaged in her cause, and for 
upwards of forty years he labored in her service! 
The last few years of his public career were spent 
in endeavoring to obtain a repeal of the legisla- 
tive union between Great Britain and Ireland, 

Questions. — 10. When and by whom was the second 
Home Rule Bill introduced? 11. What is said of Ire- 
land? What of the eloquence of O'Connell? Of his 
name ? How long did he labor in her service, &c. ? What 
did he endeavor to obtain ? 



368 IRELAND. 

and thus to restore to Ireland her national par- 
liament. His health at length began to decline, 
and he was advised to travel on the continent. 
He never returned to his native land, but died at 
Genoa, in Italy, in the seventy-eighth year of 
his age. 

12. Wellington, the hero of Waterloo, and 
perhaps the greatest general of Europe, was an 
Irishman, though no friend to the land of his 
nativity. Ireland's sons, in foreign lands, have 
frequently acquired imperishable fame. During 
our own Revolutionary contest, our armies were 
led to battle and victory by the brave and patri- 
otic General Montgomery, who finally fell in the 
noble effort to achieve American liberty. More 
recently the names of General Shields, Reily, and 
others, have reflected honor upon American arms, 
and have acquired renown under the banner of 
their adopted land. 

Questions. — 11. When did he die ? 12. What is said 
of Wellington ? What is said of Ireland's sons in foreign 
lands ? 



ITALY. 



CHAPTEK LI. 

1. We must go with our youug readers to Italy, 
the land of the Caesars, and standing amidst its 
magnificent and classic ruins, we will view its 
former greatness, and its present beauty. At an 
early period, Romulus laid the foundation of 
Rome, at present a magnificent city, and ruled 
over it for forty years. After his death, the 
monarchy continued for upwards of two hundred 
years ; but at length the regal government was 
abolished and a republic established. After the 
republic had continued for several centuries, it 
was overthrown by Julius Caesar, who seized upon 
the government, and the country became an 
Empire. 

2. During the reign of Augustus, the first who 
assumed the title of emperor, the Roman empire 
included within its limits almost the entire known 
world. It had carried its conquests over a great 



Questions. — 1. What did Komulus do? What hap- 
pened? What continued? By whom was the republic 
overthrown ? 2. During the reign of Augustus, what is 
said? 

369 



370 ITALY. 

part of Asia, a portion of Africa, and nearly all 
of Europe. Germany was subdued, Spain was 
conquered, and even Britain had yielded to its 
arras. Shortly after the promulgation of Chris- 
tianity, even before the death of the Apostles, the 
light of the gospel spread over the empire. Saint 
Peter established his see at Rome, the capital of 
the empire ; and Saint Paul carried the knowl- 
edge of Christ within the very palace of the 
Caesars. 

3. Many of the Roman Emperors were wicked 
and cruel, and raised violent persecutions against 
the Christians. During the first persecution 
under the tyrant Nero, Saint Peter and Saint 
Paul, the two illustrious Apostles, suffered death. 
Saint Peter was crucified with his head down- 
wards, but Saint Paul, being a Roman citizen, 
had the honor of dying by the sword. During 
the reign of Constantine the Great, an end was 
put to the persecution of the Christians, and 
Christianity became the religion of the Roman 
empire, A. D. 312. 

4. Constantine built the city of Constantinople, 
which he called after his own name, and made it 
the capital of the Roman empire. After his death 

Questions. — 2. What happened shortly after the pro- 
mulgation of Christianity ? 3. What is said of the Koman 
emperors ? Of St. Peter and St. Paul ? In the reign of 
Constantine, what took place ? 4, What did Constantine 

do? 



ITALY. 371 

in 337, the empire was generally governed by two 
emperors, the one residing at Constantinople, and 
the other at Rome. In 395, the former city be- 
came the seat of the Eastern or Greek empire, 
which endured for 1,100 years longer, while the 
Western empire, with Rome for its capital, rap- 
idly declined in power and importance. A race 
of people from the north of Germany, called the 
Goths, emerging from their forests, began to make 
inroads upon the fertile plains of Italy, and under 
Alaric, their king, they carried their devastations 
to the capital itself, A. D. 410. 

5. Rome, which for ages had been the mistress 
of the world, and had enriched herself with the 
spoils of nations, was now besieged, and finally 
taken by a people who had often trembled at the 
terror of her name. In 476, another barbarous 
race, called the Heruli, overran Italy, conquered 
the country, and compelled Romulus Augustus, 
the last of the Roman emperors, to resign his 
crown, while Odoacer, their leader, assumed the 
title of the King of Italy. Thus terminated the 
Roman Empire of the West. The city of Rome, 
and a portion of Italy, were wrested from the 
Goths in 552, during the reign of Justinian, Em- 
peror of the East. Italy continued for two hun- 



Questions— 4. What occurred in 337 ? In 395? What 
did a race from the north do ? 5. What is said of the city ? 
In 476, what took place ? 



372 ITALY. 

dred years to be governed by persons appointed 
by the Eastern emperors. 

6. About the middle of the eighth century, the 
Lombards extended their conquests over a great 
part of Italy, and carried their ravages to the 
very walls of Rome. In their distress the Roman 
people applied for assistance to the Emperor of 
Constantinople, in whose name the government 
of Rome was still exercised. The Emperor, how- 
ever, neglected to send them aid, and they were 
compelled to apply for assistance to Pepin, the 
king of France. Pepin immediately responded 
to their call, and having defeated and expelled 
the Lombards, he bestowed his conquered terri- 
tories in Italy on Pope Stephen and his successors 
in the pontifical chair. It was in this manner the 
Pope was raised to the dignity of a temporal 
prince. The territory which he governs is gen- 
erally called the Papal States. 

' 7. The Pope is not only a temporal prince, but 
also the head of the Catholic Church. The city 
of Rome has been, with some slight interruptions, 
the residence of the Popes from the days of St. 
Peter to the present time. Catholics throughout 

Questions. — 5. By whom was Italy governed? 6. 
About the middle of the eighth century, what took place? 
What did the people do ? Where were they compelled to 
apply for assistance ? What did Pepin do? 7. What is 
said of the Pope ? The city of Rome ? 



Italy. 373 

the world look to Rome as the common centre of 
unity, and acknowledge the Sovereign Pontiff as 
their common father, to whom they owe implicit 
obedience in all matters of religion. It is on this 
account that they are frequently called Roman 
Catholics, to denote that they hold communion 
with the bishop of Rome. Catholics, however, 
do not hold the doctrine that the Pope has any 
authority over them in temporal affairs. 

8. During the middle ages, the Sovereign Pon- 
tiff was frequently applied to, as the head of 
Christendom, to settle disputes between contend- 
ing princes, and the laws and usages of that 
period gave him even the right of absolving sub- 
jects from the allegiance due to their rulers. His 
decisions were generally respected by the ruling 
powers. The exercise by the Pope of this 
authority, strange as its possession must seem to 
us at this day, proved a means of protecting 
oppressed peoples and of bringing lawless princes 
to a sense of duty. 

9. During the pontificate of Gregory the Sev- 
enth, Henry the Fourth, of Germany, made many 
encroachments upon the rights of the Church, 
and carried on a shameful traffic in ecclesiastical 



Questions. — 7. What do Catholics do ? What do they 
not hold ? 8. What is said of the Popes during the middle 
ages ? What power had they ? What is said of it ? 9. 
During the pontificate of Gregory the Seventh, what took 
place ? 



374 ITALY. 

dignities, bestowing them on those who offered 
him the largest sums of money. Gregory, at 
length, in 1076, in compliance with the repeated 
request of his oppressed subjects, excommunicated 
the monarch, and at the same time absolved the 
Germans from their oath of allegiance to him. At 
the news of this event, Henry was alarmed, and 
hastened towards Italy to seek a reconciliation 
with the Pontiff. The emperor presented himself 
at the gates of the castle, and with every expres- 
sion of grief, acknowledged his guilt, and mani- 
fested a willingness to make all the satisfaction in 
his power. 

10. Gregory, who had frequently experienced 
the insincerity of Henry, kept him in suspense 
for three days ; at length he gave him an audi- 
ence, and absolved him on certain conditions. 
The repentance of Henry was of short duration. 
He returned to Germany, and having raised a 
powerful army, he entered Italy, and taking the 
city of Rome, he caused the excommunicated 
bishop of Kavenna to be declared Pope, under the 
title of Clement the Third. In the meantime, 
Gregory retired to the castle of St. Angelo, where 
he remained until the arrival of Robert Guiscard, 
the leader of the Normans, who compelled Henry 
to retire. During the unsettled state of affairs 

Questions.— 9. What did he at length do? "What did 
Henry do? 10. What is said of Gregory? Of Henry? 
Where did Gregory retire ? 



Italy. 375 

that followed, Gregory, the venerable Pontiff, 
removed to Salerno, where he shortly afterwards 
died. A few moments before he expired, the holy 
man made use of these words : " I have loved truth 
and hated iniquity ; therefore I die in a strange 
land." A. D. 1085. 

11. The subsequent history of Italy presents 
few events of importance, until the French Rev- 
olution. The French overran the ecclesiastical 
states, took the city of Rome, and dragged the 
venerable Pontiff, Pius the Sixth, into France, 
where he died in 1799. During the year 1809, 
Napoleon, the emperor of France, requested Pope 
Pius the Seventh to close his harbors against 
British commerce. To this the Pontiff returned 
a positive refusal, saying that " being the father 
of all Christian nations, he could not, % consistently 
with that character, become the enemy of any." 

12. This magnanimous reply so enraged the 
emperor that he immediately ordered the domin- 
ions of the Pope to be annexed to the empire of 
France. The Pontiff was sent into exile, and 
remained in captivity until after the first de- 
thronement of Napoleon, when he again returned 
to Rome, A. D. 1814. 

Questions. — 10. When and where did he die ? What 
were his last words? 11. What did the French do? In 
1809, what did Napoleon request ? What did the Pontiff 
reply ? 12. What is said of this reply ? What became of 
the Pontiff? 



376 ITALY. 

13. The great and good Pius IX. was elected 
to the pontifical throne in 1846. His first act 
was to grant his subjects all the civil liberties 
that would conduce to their happiness; but his 
generosity was rewarded by ingratitude, and 
during the revolutionary troubles that convulsed 
Europe in 1848, Rome was taken possession of by 
the revolutionists. The venerable Pontiff was 
compelled to seek refuge at Gaeta, in the kingdom 
of Naples. 

14. In 1850, after an exile of about a year and 
a half, he was reinstated with the aid of the 
French troops of Napoleon III. Thus, by a 
strange dispensation of Providence, the heir of 
Napoleon, the despoiler of the Papal dominions, 
became for a time the protector of the Pope. In 
1859 France and Sardinia joined their armies in 
a war against Austria, and the great battles of 
Magenta and Solferino were followed by the 
Treaty of Villafranca. By this treaty Venetia 
was confirmed to Austria, but Lombardy was 
taken from her and given to Sardinia. Through 
the efforts of the French emperor, Napoleon III., 
the other Italian States were formed into a con- 
federation under the Presidency of the Pope. 

Questions.— 13. What happened in 1846 ? In 1848 ? 
What became of Pius IX. ? 14. What occurred in 1850 ? 
What great battles were fought in 1859 ? What were the 
terms of the Treaty of Villafranca? What was done 
through the efforts of Napoleon III. ? 



IfALY. 377 

15. In 1860, Savoy and Nice were ceded to 
France. The same year Victor Emmanuel, King 
of Sardinia, added to his dominions a large part 
of the Papal States, together with the possessions 
of the other Italian princes, and in 1861 he took 
the title of King of Italy. In 1866 Austria was 
beaten by the combined forces of Prussia and 
Italy, and made to give up Venetia to the latter 
power. Until the outbreak of the war between 
France and Germany, Rome remained in the 
possession of the French, in spite of the revolu- 
tionary efforts of Mazzini and Garibaldi ; but on 
September 20, 1870, the troops of Victor Emman- 
uel entered Rome, put an end to the Pope's 
temporal power, and made this city the political 
capital of Italy. Victor Emmanuel died in 1878, 
and was succeeded by his son, the present king, 
Humbert IV. The government is Parliamentary, 
or representative. 

16. The Pope still resides in Rome. In this 
city, in 1869, assembled the (Ecumenical Council 
of the Vatican. It opened on the 8th of Decem- 
ber, under the presidency of Pius IX. The fol- 
lowing year the Declaration of Infallibility was 

Questions.— -15. What happened in 1860? In 1861? 
In 1S66 ? What occurred on September 20, 1870 ? When 
did Victor Emmanuel die, and who succeeded him ? 16. 
What great council assembled in 1869? Under whose 
presidency? What important Catholic dogma was pro- 
mulgated in the following year ? 



S78 ITALY. 

made. Pius IX. died in 1878, and Cardinal 
Pecci was chosen his successor, under the name 
of Leo XIII. 

17. In 1883 Italy entered into an alliance with 
Germany and Austria. It has become famous in 
history, as the Dreibund or Triple Alliance. By 
it these three great powers stand pledged to act 
together against public enemies. This alliance 
was renewed in 1889 — and again in 1891. 

18. Since 1883 foreign affairs have been unim- 
portant. An attempt at colonization, a year or 
two later, on the eastern coast of Africa, proved 
a failure. In 1890 the lynching at New Orleans 
of a number of Italian desperadoes, brought on a 
difficulty with the United States. The matter was 
peaceably settled. In 1892, the 400th anniver- 
sary of the discovery of America by Columbus 
was fitly commemorated at Genoa, the birth-place 
of the renowned navigator. Towards the close of 
this year a commotion throughout Italy was raised 
by the detection of great Bank Frauds. Millions 
were lost to honest people. In 1893 Leo XIII 
commemorated his Episcopal Jubilee. His Ju- 
bilee, as a priest, he had celebrated some years 
before. 



Questions. — 16. When did Pius IX. die, and who suc- 
ceeded him? 17. Explain the Dreibund. 18. What 
occurred in 1890? What events in 1892? What com- 
memorations in 1893 ? 



ITALY. 379 

19. The government of Italy is controlled by 
those who are hostile to the Church. The Pope's 
position continues without change. The law of 
the Papal Guarantees (passed by the Italian 
government in 1870, when Rome became the 
political capital), declaring the Pope, with, his 
immediate surroundings, independent of the 
Italian government, and granting him, yearly, 
4,000,000 francs, remains in force. The francs, 
however, though offered every year, the Pope has 
never taken, as accepting them would be a sign 
of consent to the seizure of his temporal posses- 
sions. The moral strength of the rising Italian 
generation is said to be declining. A main cause 
is the exclusion of religious teaching from the 
governmental schools. Excessive militarism, 
high taxes, and hard times, are pressing the peo- 
ple sorely, and very many are emigrating. 

Questions.— 19. "What is the position of the govern- 
ment towards the Church ? Explain the law of the Papal 
Guarantees. What is said of the rising Italian genera- 
tion ? What is the general condition of Italy ? 



SPAIN. 



CHAPTER LIL 

1. Spain, or Iberia, as it was formerly styled, 
is one of the oldest countries in Europe, and the 
one, perhaps, in which there has been the greatest 
mingling of races. The Celts, who originally 
peopled that country, were civilized by the Phoe- 
nicians, who built the city of Cadiz, 900 years 
B. C. Subsequently, the Carthaginians took pos- 
session of Spain, and held it until the destruction 
of their power by the Romans. 

2. Early in the fifth century, the Suevi and 
other barbarian tribes from the north, invaded 
Spain, and wrested that province from the 
Romans. Soon after this conquest, the country 
was subdued by the Visigoths, who founded there 
a monarchy. In the eighth century, the Gothic 
kings were overthrown by the Saracens, or Moors, 
the followers of Mahomet. 

3. The Moors built many fine cities, and divided 
the conquered territory into several independent 



Questions. — 1. What is the origin of the Spaniards? 

2. What happened from the fifth century to the eighth ? 

3. Tell us about the Moors in Spain. 

380 



SPAIN. 381 

sovereignties or Caliphates ; but they seldom en- 
joyed peace, for the Christians made continual 
war upon them, the Moors gradually losing their 
possessions, until, in the year 1492, the fall of 
Granada terminated their empire. 

4. Spain, which had been divided into several 
sovereignties, was now united into one monarchy, 
under Ferdinand and Isabella. The reign of 
these wise and great sovereigns was marked by 
the most important event of modern times : the 
discovery of America by Christopher Columbus. 
Spain then became the leading power of Europe. 
In 1520, Charles I., of Spain, was elected Empe- 
ror of Germany, under the name of Charles V., 
and thus his dominion was extended over Ger- 
many, the Netherlands, and a part of Italy. He 
had, besides, immense possessions in the New 
World. 

5. Charles had to sustain long and bloody wars, 
principally with Francis I., of France, who had 
been his rival for the imperial crown. He was 
eventually successful ; and, at the very time when 
peace and prosperity had been established in his 
vast empire, the great emperor astonished the 
world by resigning his throne and authority into 
the hands of his son, Philip, and retiring to the 



Questions.— 4. What is said of Spain ? What import- 
ant event took place during this reign ? What happened 
in 1520 ? 5. Tell us about the reign of Charles V, 



382 spain. 

monastery of St. Just, where he remained in 
peaceful seclusion until his death. 

6. The most important event of the reign of 
Philip II. was the loss of the Low Countries, or 
Netherlands, whose people revolted, and suc- 
ceeded in gaining their independence after a 
bloody struggle. These provinces formed a con- 
federation under the title of the Seven United 
Provinces of Holland, A. D. 1579. 

7. The history of Spain from this period pre- 
sents few events of great importance, until the 
invasion by the French in 1808, who drove Fer- 
dinand VII. from the Spanish throne, and placed 
thereon Joseph Bonaparte, the brother of the 
Emperor Napoleon. The Spaniards rose in fierce 
opposition to the invaders of their soil, and, with 
the assistance of the English, succeeded in expel- 
ling the French, after the long and bloody con- 
test known as the Peninsular War. At the 
restoration of peace in 1814, Ferdinand resumed 
the crown. 

8. Spain gradually lost nearly all her Ameri- 
can possessions ; and, torn by civil dissensions, 
that nation, once so proud, declined rapidly into 
comparative insignificance. Of late years she 
st-ems to have once more entered the road of pro- 

Qtjestions.— 6. What happened under Philip II.? 7. 
What are the interesting events in the subsequent history 
of Spain ? 8. What followed, and what is the present 
condition of that country ? 



spain. 383 

gress, and, by judicious reforms, to be endeav- 
oring to secure that internal tranquillity so 
necessary to national prosperity. 

9. Ferdinand VII. was succeeded in 1833 by 
Isabella II. Her weak administration and per- 
sonal misdoings caused great discontent, and in 
1868 she fled the country before a popular up- 
rising. The following year a constitutional form 
of government was adopted, with Marshal Serrano 
regent. In 1870, Amadeus, a son of Victor 
Emmanuel, was chosen king. He was an amiable 
prince and earnestly sought the good-will of his 
subjects; but Spaniards have a special dislike 
towards a foreign ruler, and after an unhappy 
reign of three years he abdicated the throne. 

10. A republic was at once proclaimed, with 
Figueras as president, succeeded almost immedi- 
ately by Emilio Castelar. It was a time of great 
danger and confusion, from Communistic and 
Carlist insurrections. To put these down the 
president assumed extraordinary powers. The 
Cortes, or national legislature, refused to acknowl- 
edge them, and Castelar, resigning his office, was 
succeeded in 1874 by Marshal Serrano. That 

Questions.— 9. Who succeeded Ferdinand VIT.? What 
is said of her administration ? What was the next form 
ol government? Who was chosen king in 1870? What 
is said of him? 10. What form of government was next 
proclaimed? Who were the presidents ? What is said of 
the state of the country ? Who succeeded Castelar ? 



384 , spain. 

same year the monarchy was restored, and Alfonso, 
son of ex-Queen Isabella, proclaimed king, under 
the title of Alfonso XII. 

11. In 1876 the Carlist plottings and risings 
which for a number of years had been distracting 
Spain came to an end. The leader, Don Carlos, 
claimed the throne through the male line of the 
Spanish sovereigns. Queen Isabella and her heirs 
represented the female line, and were held to be 
excluded by the Salic law, forbidding the throne 
to women. 

12. On the whole, Alphonso's reign was suc- 
cessful. He died suddenly in 1885, and his 
Queen, Christina, became regent under circum- 
stances threatening the order and peace of the 
country. The next year the Queen-dowager gave 
birth to a son, who is now (1893) king, under a 
regency, as Alphonso XIII. 

13. For many generations Spain has been 
politically unimportant. Once so powerful 
among the nations of Europe, she has fallen into 
a third rate state. There are now (1893) some 
signs of revival. The government is representa- 
tive, with a responsible ministry. Eecently, the 
republicans and the anarchists have given trouble. 

Questions. — 10. In what year was the monarchy re- 
stored? Who was proclaimed king? 11. What hap- 
pened in 1876. What of Don Carlos and his claims? 
12. What is said of Alphonso's reign ? When did he die? 
Who succeeded ? Who is now king ? 13. What is said 
of the Spanish nation ? What trouble in recent years ? 



PORTUGAL. 385 

14. The great and good Columbus was not born 
in Spain, but its pious and beautiful Queen Isa- 
bella was his truest friend. Through her and the 
friends her friendship made for him, he got the 
money to build and equip his ships. From a sea- 
port in Spain he bravely set forth on his voyage, 
and to Spain he first gave the glorious news of his 
discovery. Hence, in the Columbian Celebrations 
of 1892 and 1893 Spain has borne, as she ought 
to bear, a leading part. 



PORTUGAL, 



CHAPTER LIII. 

1. Portugal has one common origin with 
Spain, of which it was formerly a part. In 1139 
the Portuguese threw off the yoke of Spain, and 
formed an independent kingdom, with Alphonso 
I. as their king. 

2. Portugal sustained many successful wars 
against the Moors and the Spaniards, and became 
distinguished by the progress her seamen made 
in navigation. From 1418 to the middle of the 
following century, these hardy navigators made a 
large number of discoveries, not the least import- 

Qxjestions. — 14. What are the relations of Spain to 
Columbus? — 1. What is the origin of Portugal? 2. For 
what did Portugal become distinguished ? What discov- 
eries did they make ? 



386 PORTUGAL. 

ant of which were the discovery of the Cape of 
Good Hope, in 1481, by Bartholomew Diaz, and 
the doubling of this cape, in 1497, by Vasco da 
Gama, who accomplished the first voyage to the 
Indies. 

3. In 1580, Portugal was seized upon by Philip 
II., who united it to the crown of Spain ; but the 
Spaniards were driven out of the country in 1640 
by the Duke of Braganza, who was crowned king 
under the title of John IV. 

4. The Portuguese preserved their Brazilian 
possessions until 1825, when Brazil was declared 
an independent empire, and the regent, Don 
Pedro, was proclaimed emperor. King John VI., 
of Portugal, having died, Don Pedro, who was 
his eldest son, resigned his claim to the crown of 
Portugal in favor of his young daughter, Maria 
da Gloria; but Don Miguel, a younger son of 
King John, usurped the throne in 1828. The 
usurper was subsequently expelled, and the crown 
restored to the lawful heir, in 1833. 

5. Pedro died in 1861. He was succeeded by 
his brother, as Louis I. Louis' reign was long, 
comparatively quiet, and, as a whole, beneficial 
to his country. It is marked by a gradual in- 
crease of republican sentiment, with now and 

Questions —3. What happened in 1580 and 1640? 4. 
Tell us about the empire of Brazil . The subsequent events 
in Portugal. 5. When did Pedro die? Who succeeded ? 
What is said of Louis' reign ? 



POLAND. 387 

then ineffectual outbreaks. The most memorable 
event was the liberation of the slaves (1876) on 
the islands of St. Thomas and Cape de Verd. 
Louis died in 1889, and his son Charles, the 
present ruler, became king. 

6. Portugal has a number of colonies in Africa 
and other parts of the world. The Catholic reli- 
gion is established, but all other forms of worship 
are tolerated. There is one university at Coini- 
bra, and the public school system is general. 



POLAND. 



CHAPTER LIV. 

1. Although the name of Poland has been 
stricken out from the list of nations by the ruth- 
less hand of grasping tyranny, that name will 
ever awake feelings of respectful sympathy in all 
who honor courage and patriotism. 

2. Founded in the sixth century, the king- 
dom of Poland attained some pre-eminence 
only in the early part of the fifteenth century. 
Casimir III., surnamed the Great, who then 
occupied the throne, was a sovereign of un- 
common wisdom and ability. By the wise 



Questions.— 5. What event in 1876? What in 1889? 
6. Where has Portugal colonies? What is said of* her 
religious and educational condition ? 1. What have you 
to say about Poland? 2. When was that kingdom 
founded, and what is its early history ? 



388 POLAND. 

laws which he promulgated, and the encour- 
agement he gave to commerce and industry, 
he secured the prosperity of his kingdom. 
An enlightened patron of learning, he founded 
the University of Cracow, which acquired 
great celebrity. 

3. In 1506, Sigismund I. ascended the 
throne, and under his wise rule Poland soon 
attained a high degree of prosperity, which 
she preserved under his successors for nearly 
a hundred years; but continued wars with her 
neighbors, the Bussians and the Turks, grad- 
ually weakened her, and she began to decline. 

4. In 1674, John Sobieski, a man of great 
military talents and eminent civil virtues, was 
proclaimed King of Poland. He vanquished 
the Turks, and restored peace and prosperity to 
his kingdom. His reign, which lasted twenty- 
two years, was an era of happiness for the Poles. 

5. The national prosperity of Poland may 
be said to have ended with the death of tho 
great Sobieski. The throne remained vacant 
for twelve months, after which Frederick 
Augustus, Elector of Saxony, was proclaimed 
king. This prince declared war against 
Charles XII., King of Sweden, but was de- 
feated and compelled to abdicate. Subse- 
quently, however, he displaced his successor, 
Stanislaus, and regained his dominions, which, 
after his death, passed to his son, Frederick 
Augustus II. 

6. After the reign of this prince, Poland 
was torn by civil dissensions, excited by the 



Questions.— 3. What happened in 1506? 4. In 1674? 
5. What took place after Sobieski's death? 6. What 
followed ? 



POLAND. 383 

surrounding powers, who finally accomplished 
their unjust projects in 1772, by dismembering 
that unfortunate country. .Russia, Prussia, 
and Austria seized upon the richest provinces 
of Poland, and compelled her to sanction her 
own spoliation by legislative enactment. 

7. A new division was made by these three 
powers in 1793, after the successful invasiv>n 
of Poland by Russia — a war in which the 
gallant Kosciusko, who had recently taken 
such an active part in the American Revolu 
tionary war, commanded in chief the army of 
his unfortunate countrymen. In 1798, Stan- 
islaus, the last king of Poland, died, having 
resigned his crown three years before ; and 
what remained of his former dominions was 
seized upon by the three powers. 

8. Thus was a brave and independent na- 
tion crushed out of existence by the unjust 
and wicked rapacity of its stronger neighbors. 
Europe was convulsed by the wars arising 
from the great French Revolution, and the dis- 
memberment of Poland was permitted by the 
other nations, who were too busily engaged 
with their own troubles. The Poles have 
made several efforts to regain their liberty, 
but the fruits of these efforts have been only 
new sufferings for this ill-fated people. 

9. Russia is now busily engaged in crushing 
out every feature of Polish nationality. The 
Polish language is forbidden to be used. Many 
of their churches have been closed ; they are 
not allowed to show public honors to the 
memory of some eminent men of their nation. 

Questions. — 7. Was another division made? What 
followed? 8. Tell us about the subsequent fate of 
Poland? 9. Describe the recent course of Russia to- 
wards Poland. 



390 RUSSIA. 

Russia is endeavoring by persecution to force 
the Polish Catholics into the Greek Church. 
Their clergy and bishops have been imprisoned 
or banished. The last Polish bishop left in 
office died of ill treatment in 1869, while on 
his way to his place of exile in Siberia. 



RUSSIA. 



CHAPTEE LV. 

1. The early history of the tribes of north, 
ern barbarians who founded the empire of 
Russia is involved in much obscurity. These 
tribes, continually at war with each other, 
were at length partially subjugated by the 
Tartars. In the fifteenth century, the invad- 
ers were finally overcome by John Basilowitz, 
known as Ivan III., who was the first to take 
the title of Autocrat of all the Russias. 

2. But Russia could scarcely claim rank 
among the civilized nations of Europe, until 
the reign of Peter the Great, who succeeded 
to the throne in 1689. Coarse, ignorant, and 
impetuous, the victim of a neglected educa- 
tion, and of naturally fierce passions, Peter 
had much to contend with, at his advent to 
power. But he was gifted with extraordinary 
energy and uncommon mental abilities ; he 
resolved to raise his people to the rank of a 

Qukstions. — 1. What do we know about the early 
nistory of Russia? 2. Who ascended the throne in 
1089? What was the character of this prince? 



Russia. 39 L 

civilized nation, and he commenced to qualify 
himself for this task, by the most persevering 
practical study. 

3. Under the dress of a common laborei, he 
found employment in the dock-yards of Hoi 
land and England, and during sixteen months, 
he worked daily at the art of ship-building. 
On his return he created a navy. He sent his 
young nobles to the different courts of Europe, 
and he himself subsequently visited these 
countries, in order to study their laws and 
customs. He sustained several wars against 
the Turks, and a long, but eventually success- 
ful contest with the warlike Charles XII., 
King of Sweden, whom he vanquished at Pui- 
towa, in 1709. 

4. Peter's indomitable courage, the extra- 
ordinary abilities he manifested in the govern- 
ment of his empire, certainly entitled him to 
the surname of Great; but if, forgetting the 
monarch, we look only for the man, we find 
the vile and ferocious instincts of the brute. 
Intemperance ; and the other vices which 
usually accompany it, degraded the private 
character of the czar. 

5. The Empress Catharine, a peasant girl 
whom Peter had married, succeeded to the 
throne at his death, in 1725. Her reign, 
which lasted two years, was prosperous. So 
was the short reign of Peter II., and that of his 
niece, Anne, who succeeded him. After Anne's 
death, her infant heir was deposed, and the 

Questions. — 3. How did he proceed? 4. Was Peter 
truly great ? 5. What followed after Peter's death ? 



392 Russia. 

crown given to Elizabeth, the daughter of 
Peter the Great, in 1741. 

6. Elizabeth seems to have inherited many 
of her father's great talents, with his vices. 
During her brilliant reign, the Eussian arms 
were constantly victorious, and Kussia ceased 
to be looked upon as a country of half-civil, 
ized barbarians. The successor of Elizabeth 
was her nephew, Peter III. This weak prince 
was dethroned by his wife, Catherine of An- 
halt, and afterwards assassinated. 

7. Catherine was proclaimed empress, under 
the title of Catherine II., in 1762. Possessed 
of extraordinary abilities, she attracted the 
eyes of all Europe upon her court, patronized 
the arts and sciences, encouraged manufac- 
tures, and greatly extended her dominions by 
important conquests. But whilst she showed 
greatness as a sovereign, she was, in private 
life, a vicious woman. 

8. Catherine's son, Paul, who succeeded her 
in 1796, was a tyrant. He was assassinated, 
after a short reign, A. D. 1801. His eldest son, 
Alexander I., succeeded to the throne. This 
prince showed much wisdom and talent in 
government, and became very popular. He 
joined Austria against Napoleon the First, 
but was defeated in several battles. 

9. A peace was signed at Tikit, but hostilities 
were resumed in 1812, when Napoleon invaded 
.Russia. The Russians gave proof of their 
savage heroism by burning their beautiful 
city, Moscow, after it had been entered by the 
victorious enemy. The grand French array > 

Questions. — 6. What have you to say of Elizabeth? 
7. What of Catharine II.? 8. Who were Catherine's 
successors? 9. Did peace reign after this? 



Russia. 393 

which seemed invincible, could not withstand 
the rigors of a Russian winter. These veteran 
troops perished by thousands from the exces- 
sive cold, as they retraced their steps over the 
anow-covered, barren soil. 

10. Alexander died in 1825, and was suc- 
ceeded by his brother, Nicholas I. This prince 
showed marked ability as a ruler, and during 
the early years of his reign waged successful 
war against the Persians and Turks. Hia 
measures towards the unfortunate Poles, how- 
ever, were tyrannical and cruel, and have left 
an indelible stain on his character. 

11. In 1853, Nicholas again declared war 
against the Turks, and invaded their territory. 
This involved Russia in a war with France 
and England, the allies of Turkey, which is 
known as the Crimean war; Crimea having 
been the theatre of hostilities. This war, com- 
menced in 1854, lasted two years, and ended 
in the defeat of the Eussians, ana the fall of 
their famous stronghold, Sebastopol. Nicholas 
died in 1855, during this siege, and was suc- 
ceeded by his son, Alexander II. 

12. In 1861 the emperor, or czar, set free the 
serfs. These were a kind of slaves, not bought 
and sold, but attached to the land, and whoever 
owned the land was their master. Their freedom 
made a great change in the condition of Russia. 
In 1863 the Poles rose against their Russian 
rulers and made a brave resistance, but were 

Questions. — 10. Who succeeded Alexander ? 11. What 
happened in 1853, and wuat was the consequence? How 
long did the war last, and how did it end? Who suc- 
ceeded Nicholas? 12. What did the emperor do in 
1861? In 1863 what occurred? 



394 Russia. 

beaten and forced to submit. Poland was once a 
free nation in the centre of Europe, surrounded 
by Russia, Prussia, and Austria. More than a 
hundred years ago these powerful neighbors 
joined their armies in a cruel war against Poland, 
and, having conquered it, divided it among 
themselves. The Poles have often risen in arms 
in the hope of becoming free again, but have 
always been beaten. 

13. In 1877, Russia invaded Turkey, her 
object being to improve the wretched condition 
of the Christians in the Turkish provinces. A 
bloody war ended, the next year, in the defeat of 
the Turks and the Treaty of San Stefano. The 
Great Powers of Europe thought the terms of 
this treaty too favorable to Russia ; hence, Great 
Britain, Germany, Austria, France, and Italy 
compelled Russia and Turkey to meet their rep- 
resentatives at Berlin, where a new treaty, called 
the Treaty of Berlin, was signed. By this treaty 
the whole of Northern Turkey was either taken 
from her or her control over it greatly lessened. 
Bosnia and Herzegovina were given to Austria ; 
Bulgaria and Eastern Roumelia became semi- 
independent states, paying a tribute to Turkey ; 
Montenegro and Servia were each made independ- 
ent, with additional territory ; and, while Rou- 
mania was declared independent also, she was 
required to cede one of her provinces, Bessarabia, 
to Russia. Russia gained, in addition, a large 
section of Asiatic Turkey south of the Black 

Questions. — 12. What is said of Poland and the Poles ? 
13. What occurred in 1877? With what result ? What 
did the Great Powers think of the Treaty of San Stefano ? 
What did they then do ? State the terms of the Berlin 
treaty. What did Russia gain ? 
33 



Russia. • 335 

Sea. These newly-made powers are known as 
the Balkan States, because the Balkan Mountains 
pass through them, and the rivalry between 
Russia and Austria for influence over them is a 
constant danger to the peace of Europe. 

14. In 1881, Alexander II. was assassinated by 
the Nihilists, and was succeeded by his son as 
Alexander III., splendidly crowned at Moscow two 
years later. The Nihilists — called Socialists in 
Germany and Communists in France — are revo- 
lutionists who wish to destroy the present order 
of society and government and replace it with a 
peculiar government of their own. They have 
been very active in Russia, where the government 
is a despotism — that is, the country is governed, 
not by a Parliament or Legislature elected by the 
people, but by the emperor and those whom he 
appoints. The Nihilists had often threatened to 
kill Alexander II. unless he gave them a freer 
government. 

15. Of late years Russia has been pushing Iter 
conquests in Central Asia east of the Caspian 
Sea. The key to the India possessions of Eng- 
land is Herat, the northern capital of Afghan- 
istan. Russia has been manoeuvring to possess 
it, or at least to acquire there a controlling influ- 
ence. With this end in view General Komaroff 
seized and occupied in force (1884) the oasis of 
Merv in Toorkastan, which, in relation to Herat, 
is of first military importance. England was 

Questions. — 13. What is said of the Balkan States ? 14. 
When and how did Alexander die ? Who succeeded him ? 
Tell us about the Nihilists and the Russian form of gov- 
ernment. 15. What has been occupying Russia of late 
years? Why did she wish to possess Herat? 



396 . russia. 

roused. Negotiations and expeditions followed 
(1884-1886), and war with Russia avoided only 
by the latter's agreeing to delimit her Asiatic 
frontier. 

16. The period intervening between 1886 and 
1891 is marked by a fierce persecution of the 
Jews. It reached a crisis in 1891, when the body 
of the Jews were cruelly expelled from the coun- 
try. The same year a large portion of the empire 
was desolated by famine. The famine was fol- 
lowed by a deadly epidemic of cholera. 

Russia is a very powerful military state, of vast 
resources, and destined to play a most important 
part in the future history of the world. 

Questions.— 15. Result of her designs on Herat? 16. 
What occurred between 1886 and 1891? What in 1891? 
What followed the famine ? What is said of the Russian 
nation ? 



PRUSSIA AND THE GERMAN EMPIRE. 



CHAPTER LVI. 

1. The Duchy of Prussia was united to the 
Electorate of Brandenburg, in 1525, and be- 
came a kingdom in 1701, under Frederick I. 

In 1713, his son Frederick William I., and, ia 
1740, his grandson, Frederick II., styled the 
Great, succeeded to the throne. The latter 
signalized his accession to power by the con- 
quest of Silesia. This great warrior then turned 
his arms against Saxony, and so alarmed Eu- 
rope by his conquests, that an alliance was 
formed against him by France, Russia, and 
Austria. The war lasted seven years, and its 
termination, in 1763, left Frederick in the 
peaceful enjoyment of his possessions. 

2. Frederick gave much attention to the de- 
velopment of agriculture, manufactures, and 
commerce, and was a protector of literature ; 
but what principally engrossed his care, was 
the organization of his army. He made of 
the Prussian soldiers perfect models of dis- 
cipline, living machines to be moved at will. 
He died in 1786, aged seventy-four years. 

3. Frederick William II. succeeded to the 
throne. His short reign was marked by no 

Questions. — 1. What is the origin of the kingdom of 
Prussia? What kings succeeded to the throne? 2. To 
what did Frederick turn his attention after the seven 
year's' war? 8. What about Frederick William II.? 

397 



398 PRUSSIA AN"D THE GERMAN EMPIRE. 

important event, and he was succeeded by his 
son, Frederick William III., in 1797. The 
reign of this prince was made memorable by 
the part which he took in the French war. 
Defeated by Napoleon at Jena, and deprived 
of half of his dominions by the treaty of Tilsit, 
he was destined to give the last blow to the 
great conqueror : the arrival of the Prussian 
troops under Blucher decided the fate of the 
battle of Waterloo and the downfall of Napo- 
leon. 

4. The present king of Prussia is William I., 
who succeeded Frederick William IV., in 1861. 
In 1863, Prussia and Austria joined in a most 
unjust war against Denmark, and compelled that 
power to cede the duchies of Schleswig, Holstein, 
and Lauenburg. 

5. The two allies then quarrelled over the 
spoils, and Prussia joined Italy in a war upon 
Austria. Austria was beaten and the foundation 
of the great German Empire laid. Before this, 
Germany had been in a divided condition and 
the common battle-ground of Europe. After the 
downfall of Napoleon a confederation of German 
States was formed, controlled, now by Austria, 
now by Prussia, during a period of fifty years. 
Gradually the power of Austria lessened, while 
that of Prussia increased. The battle of Sadowa, 
or Koniggratz, in 1866, removed Austria from 
being the head of the South German States, and 

Questions. — 3. What made the reign of Frederick Wil- 
liam III. remarkable ? 4. Who is the present king of 
Prussia? What happened in 1803 ? 5. Did Prussia and 
Austria remain friends ? What was the result of this war ? 
Tell us of the state of affairs after the downfall of Napo- 
leon ? What was the consequence of the battle of Sadowa ? 



PRUSSIA AND THE GERMAN EMPIRE. 399 

under the lead of Prussia united the other Ger- 
man States in what became known as the North 
German Confederation. Complete unity followed 
the successful end of the war between France and 
Germany (1870-71), when the North German 
Confederation became a part- of the empire, and 
the imperial crown was placed upon the head of 
King William. 

6. The empire, with Prussia at the head, in- 
cludes the North German Confederation, the 
South German States, and Alsace and Lorraine. 
It occupies the central and most fertile part of 
Europe, has a vast commerce, the people are all 
of the same race and well educated, and the army, 
which receives great attention, is one of the most 
powerful in the world. German unity is mainly 
due to the guiding hand of her prime minister, 
Prince Bismarck. 

7. This eminent statesman — known as the " Iron 
Chancellor" — was born in 1815. After studying 
at Gottingen and Berlin, he entered the army. 
We next find him a member of the Diet of 
Saxony, then of the General Diet, where he 
was remarkable for the boldness of his speeches, 
declaring on one occasion that all great cities 
should be swept from the face of the earth as 
being the centres of democracy and constitu- 
tionalism. In 1851 he entered the diplomatic 
service, and in turn represented Prussia at Vienna, 

Questions. — 5. What of the North German Confedera- 
tion ? 6. What does the Prussian empire include? Tell 
us of its people and army. To whom is German unity 
mainly due ? 7. When was Bismarck born ? His early 
life? Where do we next find him ? In 1851 what did 
he do? 

33* 



400 PRUSSIA AKD THE GERMAK EMPIRE. 

St. Petersburg, and Paris, resigning this last posi- 
tion to become the Prussian minister for foreign 
affairs. 

8. At the close of the war (1864) waged by- 
Prussia and Austria against Denmark, he saw the 
opening for realizing his long-cherished design of 
making Prussia the real head of Germany. A 
war, therefore, soon followed against Austria, and 
at Sadowa her influence in Germany was de- 
stroyed. Provinces and kingdoms were now rap- 
idly annexed to Prussia ; the city of Frankfort 
was compelled to receive a Prussian garrison ; 
Hanover became a part of the Germanic Con- 
federation ; and by the end of the year 1866, 
Bavaria, Baden, and Wurtemberg were in close 
alliance with Prussia. In 1867, Bismarck, now 
created a count, organized the powerful North 
German Confederation, embracing, with Prussia 
at the head, twenty-two states and a population 
of twenty-nine million. At the same time he 
was made chancellor of the confederation and 
president of the Federal Council, and two years 
after became foreign minister. 

9. In the war with France (1870-71) he at- 
tended the king throughout the campaign, drew 
up the terms of peace after the surrender of Paris, 
succeeded finally in uniting all Germany into a 
powerful empire, and on January 18, 1871, had 
the satisfaction of seeing King William of Prus- 
sia crowned Emperor of Germany in the palace 
of the French kings at Versailles. In the same 



Questions. — 8. Describe the rise of Prussia from 
1864-6G. In 1867 what did Bismarck do ? 9. What of 
him in the war with France ? 



PRUSSIA AND THE GERMAN EMPIRE. 401 

month he was made chancellor of the empire, and 
soon after raised to the rank of prince. His policy 
has been high-handed and aggressive, but (in a 
political sense) brilliant and successful. He 
stands foremost in giving shape to the history 
of his age. 

10. In 1872 a law was passed suppressing the 
Jesuit Houses and related orders. In 1873 the 
Falk laws were published, whereby the state 
exercises a large control over the Catholic clergy. 
An open rupture with the Papacy followed. In 
1879 a severe law against the Socialists was 
passed. In 1880 there was a violent outbreak 
against the Jews throughout the empire. In 1 8#4 
Germany developed a colonization policy, chiefly 
in Africa. It has not been remarkably successful. 
In 1888 William I. died. He was succeeded by 
his son, Frederick. The Emperor Frederick 
died, of cancer of the throat, a few months after 
reaching the throne, and was succeeded by his 
son, William II., the present ruler. The young 
Emperor is fiery and self-willed. He soon quar- 
relled with the imperious Bismarck, removed him 
from office, and appointed in his place General 
Von Caprivi. 

11. Within recent years the government's 
bearing towards the Church has undergone a 
marked change for the better. The change beuau 
soon after Leo XIII. became Pope. Bismarck, 



Questions.— 9. To what rank was he raised in 1871 ? 
What of his policy and position in the history of his age? 
10. What law passed in 1S72 ? In 1873 ? In 1879 ? What 
was done in 1884? What event in 1888 ? Who succeeded 
William I.? Who succeeded Frederick? Why was Bis- 
marck removed ? Who succeeded him ? 



402 THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. 

feeling the need of the centre, or Catholic party, 
in the Reichstag, to carry his measures, made 
advances towards conciliation. These advances 
were met. The harsher features of the anti-papal 
legislation were repealed, and the Falk laws so 
changed as to be practically dead letters. 

12. Germany is the originator and head of the 
Dreibund, or Triple Alliance — the military union 
of Germany, Austria, and Italy. Militarism has 
here its centre. The Army! the Army! the 
Army ! — how to support it — how to improve it — 
how to increase it — is the one thought of the 
government. The result of this excessive mili- 
tarism is : Business depressed, labor in distress. 



THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. 



CHAPTER LVII. 

1. The independent principalities into which 
Germany was formerly divided, became con- 
solidated when Charlemagne established the 
new Empire of the West. In 843, this empire 



Questions. — 11. "Why did Bismarck try to conciliate 
the Church? What was the result? 12. What Power 
originated the Dreibund ? What is the Dreibund ? What 
is the one thought of the government? The result of 
excessive militarism ? — 1. Tell us about the early history 
of Germany. 



THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. 403 

was divided into three monarchies, France, 
Germany, and Italy; the title of Empire re- 
maining to Germany. 

2. The reigns of a long line of German em- 
perors who succeeded to the throne, from the 
foundation of the empire to the year 1264, 
present few events of importance, save con- 
tinual quarrels With the Popes about their pos- 
sessions in Italy. In the last-mentioned year, 
Rodolph, Count of Hapsburg, ascended the 
imperial throne, and became the founder of 
the present house of Austria. 

3. One of the greatest sovereigns of this 
house, after Charles V., was Maria Theresa, 
who claimed the throne left vacant by the 
death of her father, Charles VI., in 1740. 
There was no male heir. Charles, elector of 
Bavaria, disputed the claims of the princess. 
A contest ensued, which is known as the war 
of the Austrian Succession. In 1748, Maria 
Theresa was finally acknowledged the right- 
ful empress of Austria. She governed theem- 
pire wisely during seventeen years. 

4. In 1806, Napoleon compelled Francis II. 
to resign the title of Emperor of Germany, and 
to absolve the German states from their al- 
legiance. He therefore became Francis I. of 
Austria. Thus the German empire, after sub- 
sisting for a thousand years, ceased to exist; 
but, on the fall of Napoleon, the German states 
formed a new union, called the Germanic Con- 

Questions. — 2. What happened from the foundation 
of the empire to the year 1264 ? 3. What great sover- 
eign claimed the throne in 1740? Tell us about her? 
4 What happened in 1806? What was the result? 



404 THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. 393 

federation, over which the Emperor of Austria- 
presided. 

5. Francis I. was succeeded by his son Ferdi- 
nand in 1835, who in 1848 resigned the crown 
to his nephew, the 'present emperor, Francis 
Joseph. In 1859 a short war of two months 
with France led to the loss of Lombardy, in 
Northern Italy. In 1860 a constitutional form 
of government went into effect. The Seven Days' 
War, as it is called, with Prussia, in 1866, led to 
the Treaty of Prague, by which Austria was re- 
moved from the headship of the South German 
States, lost Venetia, in Northern Italy, gave up 
all claim to the duchies of Schleswig and Hol- 
stein, and was required to pay war-expenses to 
the amount of fifteen million of dollars. 

6. Hungary is a part of the Austrian Empire, 
and in the year 1867 her constitution, which 
Austria had taken from her, was given back to 
her, and the emperor was crowned as king of 
Hungary. In the division of the northern part 
of Turkey, as the result of the war between Rus- 
sia and Turkey (1877-78), Bosnia and Herzego- 
vina fell to Austria. Though recent wars have 
been of an unlucky character, Austria is yet 
prosperous and powerful, and keeps her place 
in the front rank of European nations. 

7. Since 1878 no event of importance in foreign 
affairs occurred until 1883, when Austria, with 



Questions. — 5. Who were the successors of Francis? 
What were the principal events in 1859 and 1860 ? What 
were the consequences of the Seven Days' War in 1866? 
6. Tell us about Hungary. How were Bosnia and Herze- 
govina acquired? What of the present state of the 
empire? 7. What occurred in 1883 ? 



THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. 405 

Germany and Italy, formed what is known as the 
Triple Alliance. Its object was to be a defence 
against a feared combination of France and Rus- 
sia. The Alliance was renewed in 1889, and 
again in 1891. 

8. The Emperor, Francis Joseph, is a pious 
Catholic, and very friendly towards the Pope. 
Although he is an ally of the King of Italy, he 
has steadily refused to visit him at Rome, because 
he thinks the Italian king holds Rome against 
the right of the Holy Father. Austria is, per- 
haps, the most quiet country in Europe — that is, 
for some years past it has been freer from labor 
strikes and the commotions stirred up by those 
who want to overturn the present order of affairs, 
such as Communists and Socialists. 

9. Like all the other European countries, 
Austria is afflicted by being forced to keep on a 
war footing very large and very expensive armies. 
The European nations lie next to each other, and 
there are such hates between some of them, and 
they all are so afraid of each other, that they 
must have these immense armies, which not only 
cause the people to be sorely taxed for their sup- 
port, but greatly lessen the amount of food and 
production by taking men from the harvest fields 
and other common callings of peace. 



Questions. — 8. Why has the Emperor refused to visit 
the Italian King at Rome ? What is said of the social 
state of Austria? 9. How is Austria afflicted ? Result of 
militarism ? 



SWEDEN, DENMARK, AND NORWAY. 



CHAPTER LVIII. 

1. In the latter part of the fourteenth cen- 
tum, Sweden, Denmark, and Norway were 
united into one kingdom. During the reign 
of Christian II., king of Denmark, a revo- 
lution took place, and the Swedes, form- 
ing an independent government, elected Gus- 
tavus Yasa their king, A. D. 1527. 

2. Sweden, although a small country, played 
a conspicuous part in the wars which were so 
often waged between the powers of Europe. 
Gustavus Adolphus, who occupied the Swedish 
throne in 1611, was one of the greatest gen- 
erals of his times. He waged successful wai 
against Denmark, Russia, and Poland. 

3. Charles XII., who ascended the throne in 
1697, at the age of fifteen years, also sustained 
a war against those three powers, and signally 
defeated their forces. In the celebrated battle 
of Yarna, he defeated a Eussian army of 80,000 
men, and took 30,000 prisoners. His own army 
numbered only 8,000 men. He reduced Cour- 
land and Lithuania, entered Poland, and took 
Warsaw and Cracow ; but having invaded 
Russia in midwinter, he suffered a disastrous 
defeat at Pultowa, in 1709. The Russians 
were commanded by Peter the Great. 

Questions.— 1. When did Sweden separate from Nor- 
way and Denmark? 2. What warlike prince occupied 
the throne in 1(511 ? 3. Tell about Charles XII. 
4 li 



SWEDEN, DENMARK, AND, NORWAY. 407 

4. Charles fled into Turkey, where he sus- 
tained a battle against 20,000 Turks. Over- 
come by numbers, he had to succumb, and 
finally returned to Sweden, where he imme- 
diately set about the conquest of Norway. 
He invaded that country, and met his death 
from a cannon-ball at the siege of Fredericks- 
halle, in 1718. 

5. In 1814, Norway was taken from Den- 
mark and annexed to Sweden. The throne 
of Sweden having become vacant in 1818, by 
the death of Charles XIII., who had no chil- 
dren, the crown was given to Bernadotte, one 
of Napoleon's generals, who had been adopted 
by the king, and declared Crown Prince, in 
1809. Bernadotte had a peaceful reign, and 
was succeeded by his son, Oscar, in 1844. 
Oscar died in 1859, and left the throne to its 
present occupant, Charles XY. 

6. In 1872, Charles died, and was succeeded by 
his brother as Oscar II., the present king of Nor- 
way and Sweden. In 1879, Nordenskjold made 
his celebrated voyage to China by way of the 
Arctic Ocean and Behring's Straits. Since 1880 
a political struggle has been going on in Norway 
between the king and the Legislature, the king 
holding that his ministers are entitled to seats in 
the legislative body, and that he has a right to an 
absolute veto in all matters relating to changes in 
the fundamental law of the country. 



3TIONS. — 4. Where did he go after his defeat ? 5. 
When was Norway annexed to Sweden ? What took 
place ? 6. When did Charles XV. die ? Who succeeded 
him ? What celebrated voyage was made in 1879 ? 
Since 1880 what political struggle has been going 
on? 



408 SWEDEN, DENMARK, AND NORWAY. 

7. The history of Denmark, as we have seen, 
is blended with that of Sweden. The government 
was originally elective, but in the year 1660, it 
was changed by the voice of the people into an 
hereditary and absolute monarchy. 

8. The wars in which Denmark engaged were 
principally against Sweden, but the Danes have 
suffered at the hands of stronger powers. In 
1808, Copenhagen, the Danish capital, was bom- 
barded by a British fleet, under the pretence 
that Denmark intended to join France. The 
Danish fleet, consisting of eighteen ships of the 
line and sixteen frigates, met with complete de- 
struction in that unjustifiable attack. 

9. Sweden has been free from political disturb- 
ances, and of late years has prospered. She has 
made great improvement in manufactures, arts, 
and sciences, while the moral and social condition 
of the people has advanced. 

"10. The present king of Denmark is Christian 
IX., who in 1863 succeeded Frederick VII. In 
the following year, Prussia, as we have already 
seen, aided by Austria, wrested from Denmark 
the duchies of Schleswig, Holstein, and Lauenburg, 
and gained her wished-for frontier on the North 
Sea. The recent history of the country is marked 
by the steady increase of the liberal and radical 
parties, and of a desire for Parliamentary rule. 
Denmark, though it has lost so much of its ter- 
ritory, yet prospers under the steady industry and 
thrifty character of the people. Many of the 
Danes have found homes in the United States. 

Questions. — 7. Tell us about. Denmark. 8. From what 
powers did Denmark suffer? 9. Tell us about Sweden. 
10. Whois the present king of Denmark ? What provinces 
were wrested from her in 1864? What of the recent his- 
tory of the country ? Its present condition ? 



SWEDEN, DENMARK, AND NORWAY. 409 

11. The constitution binding Sweden and Nor- 
way is very much like the constitution of the 
United States, save in this important particular, 
that, whereas general legislative powers are exer- 
cised by the Diet or Congress of the Union, the 
Diets of the individual States are bound by spe- 
cified powers. In America it is just the other 
way; for here it is the Congress of the United 
States that has specified or restricted powers, 
while the legislatures of the individual States 
exercise general powers, or all those powers not 
reserved to the government of the Union. 

12. The Norwegians have always been noted 
as daring and successful sailors. They are noted, 
too, for their honesty and worth of character. 
Like the Danes and Swedes, many have settled 
in the United States. 



Questions.— 11. How does the constitution of Sweden 
and Norway differ from that of the United States? 12. 
For what are the Norwegians noted ? Where have many 
settled ? 



HOLLAND AND BELGIUM. 



CHAPTER LIX 

1. The countries now known as Belgium 
and Holland were united to Germany subse- 
quent to the reign of Charlemagne. They 
regained their independence in the tenth cen- 
tury, were subjected to Burgundy in 1443, 
and, subsequently, again transferred to Austria. 

2. Resigned to Philip II., of Spain, by the 
Emperor Charles V., in 1555, they revolted 
and gained their independence. During the 
wars of the French Republic and Empire, they 
were seized, by, and became temporarily unit- 
ed to France ; but after the fall of Napoleon, 
they were erected into a kingdom, under the 
government of the Prince of Orange, who as- 
sumed the title of King of the Netherlands. 
The present king is William III., who ascend- 
ed the throne in 1849. 

3. .Holland has large and important possessions 
in the East Indies, the greater part of the Malay 
Archipelago being under her rule. In 1873-76 
an expensive war was carried on in Acheen, on 
the island of Sumatra. With this exception, Hol- 
land has been peaceful since the treaty with Bel- 
gium in 1839, and has made great strides in pros- 
perity and wealth. 

4. The union between Holland and Belgium 

Questions. — 1. When were these territories united to 
Germany? What subsequent, changes took place? 2. To 
whom were they resigned in 1555? What happened 
during the French war? 3. Tell us about Holland. 
Present state of the country ? 

4 I) 



HOLLAND AND BELGIUM. 411 

was not a happy one. The Hollanders, or Dutch, 
were a slow, conservative people, while the Bel- 
gians, from their intercourse with France, had 
adopted the lively manners and the modes of 
thought of that country. The Dutch, too, looked 
upon the Belgians as a conquered people, aud, 
though the less numerous body, ruled the coun- 
try almost entirely in their own interests. In 
1830 the Belgians, roused by a popular outbreak 
in Paris, rose in arms for separation from Hol- 
land. War followed between the two States, and 
the difficulties were finally settled by a convention 
of the five Great Powers of Europe, assembled in 
London. The result was the dissolution of the 
kingdom of the Netherlands ; and in 1831 the 
National Congress elected Prince Leopold, of 
Saxe-Coburg, king. The Dutch made another 
attempt to subdue Belgium, and it was not till 
the Treaty of London, in 1839, that its independ- 
ence was recognized by all the States of Europe. 
5. In 1865, Leopold died, beloved by the 
people and greatly respected by the other mon- 
archs of Europe. He was succeeded by his 
eldest son, the present king, Leopold II. He 
governs through a responsible Ministry. Since 
1879 a struggle has been going on between the 
Catholics and the liberal party, growing out of 
an educational bill passed that year by the Legis- 

Questions. — 4. What of the union between Holland 
and Belgium? The character of the people ? What oc- 
curred in 1830? How were the difficulties settled? 
With what result? What treaty followed the second 
attempt of the Dutch to subdue Belgium ? 5. When did 
Leopold die? Who succeeded him ? Since 1879 what 
struggle has been going on? 



412 HOLLAND AND BELGIUM. 

lature. Before this the clergy gave instructions 
in the public schools and exercised a large con- 
trol over their general conduct. By this bill they 
were excluded and instruction placed entirely in 
the hands of the civil authorities. In 1884 the 
Catholics came into power, and the educational 
laws have undergone changes. 

6. In 1890 William III., King of Holland, 
died. He was succeeded by his daughter, Wil- 
helmina, under the regency of Queen-dowager 
Emma. 

7. Within recent years Belgium has taken 
special interest in the development of Central 
Africa. Her hand was mainly instrumental in 
founding the Congo Free State. By the terms 
of a Convention met in 1890, this State, at the 
end of ten years, is to be annexed to Belgium. 
In 1893 the Belgians voted universal suffrage. 
Belgium is the most densely populated country 
of Europe. The constitution is liberal. The 
lands are finely cultivated. The people are 
prosperous. 



Questions. — 5. In 1884 what changes were made ? 6. 
When did King William die? Who succeeded him ? 7. 
What has Belgium done in Africa? What occurred in 
1893 ? What is said in respect to the general condition of 
Belgium ? 



SWITZERLAND. 



CHAPTER LX. 

1. In the year 1273, Rodolph of Hapsburg, 
who was possessed of considerable territories in 
Switzerland, was raised to the throne of Ger- 
many. Obliged to acknowledge the supremacy 
of the empire, the Swiss Cantons, though free in 
their internal government, became restless and 
discontented. The Emperor Albert, son and suc- 
cessor of Rodolph, indignant at the spirit of 
freedom they occasionally manifested, determined 
to force them to subjection. 

2. Gesler, one of his officers, had erected a pole 
in the market-square, on which he placed his hat, 
commanding the passers-by to pay it homage. 
William Tell refused. He was sentenced to 
death, but his sentence was changed into a com- 
mand to shoot an apple from the head of his son, 
and if he failed, both he and his son were to be 
executed. Tell hit the apple, but an arrow haviug 
been discovered in his possession, which he con- 
fessed was intended for Gesler's heart in case of 
failure, he was imprisoned. Placed on board a 
boat to be conveyed across Lake Lucerne, a storm 
arose, and Tell was unbound, that his skill might 
save the vessel. He guided her course to the 

Questions. — 1. To what country were the Swiss sub- 
ject ? 2. Relate the story of William Tell. 

413 



414 SWITZERLAND. 

shore, where, leaping upon a rock, he killed 
Gesler with an arrow, and then escaped to his 
friends, already arming in defence of their endan- 
gered liberties. It is due to truth, however, to 
say that recent researches cast great doubt upon 
the whole legend of " William Tell." 

3. At the battle of Morgarten the brave moun- 
taineers, with thirteen hundred infantry, defeated 
the emperor Leopold at the head of twenty-one 
thousand cavalry. This battle was fought A. 1). 
1315, and the independence of the Swiss glori- 
ously won. Switzerland is the mountain-centre 
of Europe, and in the wars that have swept that 
continent its roughness of surface has generally 
saved it from invasion. It is, besides, under the 
protection of the Great Powers of Europe, they 
having in 1819 guaranteed its independence. 

4. The States, or Cantons, are joined in a con- 
federation. The present Constitution was adopted 
in 1848 and revised in 1874. The laws are made 
by an Assembly, consisting of two bodies, very 
much like our Congress, and the executive power, 
answering to our President, is in the hands of a 
Federal Council of seven members, chosen for 
three years. There is no standing army, but the 
children are given military training in the schools. 
Manufactures receive great attention. In five of 
the cantons thirty-six thousand workmen make, 
every year, five hundred thousand watches. 



Questions. — 3. Describe the battle of Morgarten. What 
of the natural features of Switzerland ? When was its 
independence guaranteed, and by whom ? 4. What of the 
constitution and the law-making bodies? Of the army 
and schools? Manufactures? 



GREECE. 415 

5. The present head of the Council (1893) is 
W. Hauser. The history of Switzerland, in recent 
times, is without important event. Its limited 
area and mountain location tend to give protec- 
tion against the march of armies and the cupidity 
of neighbors. Hence its comparative freedom 
from those commotions and wars that have deso- 
lated other European countries. The Swiss are 
a brave, ingenious, and prosperous people. 



GREECE (MODERN.) 



CHAPTER LXI. 

1. In 1820, after enduring for four hundred 
years the weight of Turkish despotism, the Greeks, 
animated by a desire for liberty, openly revolted. 
After the war had continued several years, Great 
Britain, France, and Russia interposed in their 
behalf in 1827. The Turks rejected the proffered 
mediation, and Ibraham Pacha, with a Turkish- 
Egyptian fleet, entered the bay of Navarino. 
While lying there in order of battle, the combined 
British, French, and Russian fleets approached, 
and a deadly conflict ensued, the entire Turkish 
fleet being either burned, sunk, or disabled. This 
event secured the independence of Greece. The 



Questions. — 5. Why has Switzerland been so exempt 
from wars ? What is said of the Swiss ? — 1. In what year 
did the Greeks revolt ? Who interposed in their favor ? 
Describe the battle of Navarino. 



416 GREECE. 

Greeks, true to their history, had chosen a repub- 
lican form of government, but the combined 
powers having decided that the government must 
be monarchical, conferred the crown upon Otho, 
son of Louis, King of Bavaria, 1832. 

2. In 1844 the king was forced to grant a con- 
stitutional government. For the first ten years, 
under the new form of government, the history 
of Greece is marked by political uproar, insur- 
rection, and change. Upon the breaking out of 
the Crimean War, between Russia on the one side 
and Turkey and her allies on the other, Greece 
took a strong stand for Russia, the two countries 
being bound together by the ties of a common 
religion ; but England and France forced Greece 
to remain neutral. A dispute with England, 
growing out of a protectorate this power claimed 
over the Ionian islands, on the western coast of 
Greece, led, in 1862, to the abdication of Otho, 
and a successor was chosen by universal suffrage. 
Prince George, son of Prince Christian of Den- 
mark, was elected, and ascended the throne under 
the title of George I. In 1866 a revolution in 
the island of Crete threatened to provoke a war 
with Turkey. 

3. Modern Greece is a weak State, and its re- 
cent history without special event. The Great 
Powers (England, France and Russia) which, in 
1827, secured its independence against Turkey, 



Questions. — 1. "What form of government was adopted? 
2. What form of government was granted in 1844? What 
of the country during the Crimean War? What led to 
the abdication of Otho in 1862 ? Who succeeded him ? 
What occurred in 1866? 3. How is the independence of 
Modern Greece guaranteed ? 



GREECE. 417 

still guarantee its independence. In 1881, by- 
treaty with Turkey, it obtained large territorial 
addition out of Thessaly and Epirus. In 1886 a 
threatened invasion of Turkey was checked by 
the Great Powers. In 1889 the Crown Prince 
of Greece wedded the Princess Sophia, of Prussia. 
The established religion is that of the Greek or 
Eastern Church, whose political head is the Czar 
of Russia ; and the government is representative, 
with a responsible ministry. 



Questions. — 3. What addition of territory was made in 
1881 ? What event in 1886 ? In 1889 ? What is said of 
religion ? Of the nature of the government ? 



THE MIDDLE AGES. 



CHAPTEK LXIL 

1. The period from the close of the fifth 
century to the beginning of the fourteenth, is 
generally known by the name of the Middle 
Ages. Some writers, however, only enumer- 
ate the ninth, tenth, and eleventh centuries as 
the Middle Ages. During the greater part of 
this period, the different nations of Europe were 
either engaged in foreign wars, or distracted 
by domestic feuds. 

2. This state of things interfered with tht 
cultivation of the arts, which flourish besi 
while peace prevails ; but it is doing an injus- 
tice to the Middle Ages to speak of them ai 
dark. An accurate knowledge of the state of 
religion and learning in those times, and an 
attentive study of the arts and usages which 
prevailed, where war was not the constant 
occupation of the people, will convince the 
student of history that, as a general title, the 
term " Dark Ages " is misplaced. The writers 
who employ this term, generally do so in the 
interest of a religious party. 



Questions. — 1. What period is called the Middle Ages? 
How were the nations of Europe then engaged ? 2. What 
was the effect of this state of things? What title is 
wrongly bestowed on these ages? What should con- 
vince us that this title is misplaced? Why is this title 
sometimes employed? 
418 



THE MIDDLE AGES. 419 

3. Before the invention of the art of print- 
ing, all books were transcribed, or written 
with a pen. The labor of transcribing a book 
was great, and the process slow; hence the 
number of books was very limited. This cir- 
cumstance tended in a great degree to retard 
the progress of general knowledge ; but at the 
same time the most strenuous efforts were 
made by the clergy to keep alive the sacred 
flame of science, and to diffuse instruction 
among the people. In the council of Toul, 
held in the year 859, the bishops and princes 
of Europe were earnestly recommended to es- 
tablish public schools, for the purpose of teach- 
ing sacred science and polite literature. 

4. The monasteries and abbeys, during the 
Middle Ages, were the asylums of learning. 
Here, secluded from the splendor of the court 
and the turmoil of the camp, the zealous 
monks and virtuous nuns taught, without dis- 
tinction, the children of both rich and poor. The 
branches of learning taught in those days were 
of the more useful and solid kind. Of these, 
seven were termed the liberal arts; namely, 
grammar, logic, rhetoric, arithmetic, geometry, 
astronomy, and music. Besides these, Hebrew, 
Greek, Latin, and Philosophy were carefully 
studied. 

5. Monastic Institutions. — The monaste- 
ries and abbeys were religious institutions, de- 

Questions. — 3. Before the art of printing, what ia 
said of books ? What did the clergy do ? What was 
done in the council of Toul ? 4. What is said of the mon- 
asteries ? What did the monks and nuns do ? What were 
the branches taught, &c. ? 5. What were the monasteries? 



420 THE MIDDLE AGES. 

signed for the reception of those who desired 
to retire from the world, and to pass their 
days in prayer, and in other good works. 
Those who inhabited the monasteries of men 
were called monks ; the occupants of the like 
female institutions, nuns. These institutions 
were governed by strict rules. The inmates 
had their various duties assigned them. While 
some were employed in transcribing books, 
others were engaged in teaching in the acad 
emies attached to their institutions; others 
were occupied in manual labor, in attending 
the duties of the farm, or the garden, or other 
domestic affairs ; they had at the same time 
certain hours set apart for devotional exer- 
cises. Besides those orders which employed 
their members in imparting instruction in 
learning and religion, and in composing and 
copying books, there were others devoted to 
the care of the sick, the redemption of cap- 
tives, the hospitable reception of pilgrims, the 
reformation of vicious persons, &c. 

6. Mahometanism Mahomet, the founder 

of Mahometanism, was a native of Arabia, and 
was born at Mecca, in the year 570. He pre- 
tended that he had received a divine commis- 
sion to restore the Jewish and the Christian 
religions, which he maintained had fallen from 
their primitive purity. Being subject to cer- 
tain fits, he attributed them to the visits of 

Questions. — 5. Who were the monks ? The nuns ! 
What is said of these institutions ? How were the in- 
mates employed ? To what objects did some orders de- 
vote themselves ? 6. Who was Mahomet ? What did ht 
pretend ? 



THE MIDDLE AGES. 421 

the Archangel Gabriel, by whom he pretended 
he was taught, but whose presence he could 
not bear without convulsions. 

7. The two leading principles of his religion 
were, that "there is bat one G-od, and that 
Mahomet is his prophet." The Koran, the 
book which contains his doctrine, was com 
piled chiefly by a Nestorian monk, as Ma- 
homet himself could neither read nor write. 
He propagated his religion by the sword, and 
stimulated the courage of his followers by the 
promise of a martyr's crown in paradise to 
every one who should fall in battle. He even 
taught, " that to fight for the faith was an act 
of obedience to G-od." 

8. A popular tumult being raised against 
*im in his native city, Mecca, he fled to Me- 
dina. His flight on that occasion is called the 
Hegira, and forms the Mahometan era, which 
corresponds with the year 622 of our era 
Mahomet died at Medina, in the sixty-third 
year of his age, A. D. 632. His tomb, around 
which three hundred lamps are kept constantly 
burning, remains there to the present time. 
The Mahometan religion is sometimes called 
the religion of Islam. Mahometans are also 
called Mussulmen. They were generally called 
in former days Saracens. 

9. Feudal System. — This system regulated, 



Questions. — 6. To what did lie ascribe the fits to which 
he was subject? 7. What were the leading principles 
of his religion? By whom was the Koran compiled? 
How did he propagate his religion ? What did he teach ? 
8. What is his flight called, &c. ? Where did he die? 
What is said of his tomb ? 



422 THE MIDDLE AGES. 

during the Middle Ages, the relations of persons 
with other persons, and of persons with pro- 
perty, in the following manner : those who held 
and occupied lands were bound to render for the 
same, certain service, generally of a military 
character, towards their suzerains or superi- 
ors. The latter, in return, whether kings, pre- 
lates, nobles, or other chieftains, were bound 
to afford protection to those who were thus 
constituted their vassals. Yassals often held 
other vassals subject to themselves, and be- 
neath all was the serf, or " villain/' attached to 
the soil, and bound to cultivate it, or contribute 
other manual labor. These serfs were often 
the only laborers, while their superiors were 
engaged in warfare, or possibly in expeditions 
of pillage, employing the stronghold of the 
chieftain as a rendezvous. Humble labor was 
not held in respect by these chieftains, whose 
ideas have, no doubt, made an impression on 
society which is not yet effaced. The exist- 
ence of Feudalism was unfavorable to the pro- 
gress of society. The changes introduced into 
Europe by the crusades caused it gradually to 
disappear, although it had assisted the crusades 
at first by affording numerous followers to 
those who engaged in them. 

10. Chivalry, or knighthood, was a military 
institution which prevailed in Europe during 
the Middle Ages. Its early history is involved 

Questions. — 9. Explain the character of the feudal 
system ? What is said of chieftains ? Of vassals ? Who 
were the serfs? What is said of humble labor? What 
was the effect of Feudalism? How did it disappear? 
10. What was chivalry? 



THE CRUSADES. 423 

in obscurity; but it took its rise from a noble 
design of protecting the weak and defenceless, 
especially widows, maids, and orphans. An 
apprenticeship in military and athletic exer 
cises was begun in early life by him who as- 
pired to become a knight, and he advanced to 
this honor only by regular degrees, which 
were conferred with impressive religious cere- 
monies. The true knight was chaste, brave, 
generous, and courteous, and held woman in 
high respect and deference. Knighthood gave 
rise to several military orders, some of which 
exist nominally to the present day. The most 
distinguished of these warrior-monks were 
the Knights Hospitallers, afterwards known 
as the Knights of Malta, and the Knights 
Templars. The principal object of these or 
ders was to protect and defend the Christiana 
of the Holy Land against the attacks and the 
insults of the infidels. 



THE CRUSADES. 



CHAPTEE LXIII. 

1. The Crusades were military expeditions, 
undertaken by the Christians of Europe foi 

Questions. — 10. What is said of its early history ? What 
course was followed by the candidate for knighthood? 
What was the character of J he true knight? What is 
said of military orders? What was their object? — 1. 
What were the crusades? 



424 THE CRUSADES. 

the purpose of delivering the Holy Land from 
the dominion of the Turks. As early as the 
year 637, the city of Jerusalem fell into the 
hands of the Saracens, but the Christians were 
permitted, for political reasons, to visit the 
holy places. In 1076, the City was taken by 
the Seijuk Turks; from this time, the Chris- 
tian inhabitants were exposed to every species 
of insult. The Christians of Europe, actuated 
by motives of religion, were accustomed to 
visit the places hallowed by the footsteps, and 
sanctified by the sufferings of the Saviour of 
man. But after reaching the Holy City, they 
were exposed, like the other Christian inhab- 
itants, to all the rigors of Mahometan cruelty. 
2. Such was the condition of Palestine when 
Peter the Hermit, a native of Amiens, in 
France, undertook a pilgrimage to Jerusalem. 
Peter was greatly moved by the sufferings of 
the Christians in Asia, and prevailed upon 
Simon, the venerable Patriarch of Jerusalem, 
to write to the Pope and to the princes of 
Europe, for the purpose of soliciting their 
aid in arresting the tyranny exercised against 
the Christians of the East. Peter immedi- 
ately returned to Europe, and presented him- 
self before Pope Urban the Second. He was 
kindly received by the Pontiff, who readily 
entered into his views, and commissioned him 
to go forth and preach in favor of the suffer- 
ing Christians of Palestine, and the deliverance 
of Jerusalem from the hands of the infidels. 

Questions. — 1. In 637, what took place? And m 
1076 ? What is said of the Christians of Europe ? 2. What 
did Peter the Hermit do? How was he received, &c. ? 



THE CRUSADES. 425 

3. Peter went forth, and travelled through 
Italy, France, and other countries, and by his 
eloquence, induced thousands to engage in the 
sacred expedition. The subject was finally 
brought before a council, held at Clermont, in 
France, towards the close of the year 1095. 
The Pope himself addressed the assembled 
bishops and princes, and at the conclusion of 
his discourse, the whole assembly exclaimed: 
" God wills it!" As a mark of their engage- 
ment, it was proposed that a cross of some 
red material should be worn upon the right 
shoulder, and from this circumstance, these 
wars received the name of Crusades. 

4. Many of the most distinguished princes 
of that time engaged in the first Crusade; 
among them, Eaymond, count of Toulouse; 
Kobert, brother of the king of England; Hugh 
the Great, brother of the king of France, and 
Godfrey of Bouillon, duke of Lorraine. After 
many difficulties, they took the city of Jeru- 
salem, and established there a Christian king- 
dom, of which Godfrey was chosen the first 
king. The difficulties that surrounded the 

' new kingdom of Jerusalem, soon obliged the 
Christians of Palestine to apply for aid to 
their brethren in Europe. This called forth a 
second Crusade. But before any effectual as- 
sistance could be rendered, Jerusalem again fell 
into the hands of the Turks. 

Questions. — 3. Where did he travel? Where was the 
subject brought? What did the Pope do ? From what 
is the word Crusade derived ? 4. Who were some of the 
princes of- Europe at that time? What did they do? 
Who was chosen king ? What followed ? 



426 PBOGRESS OF CIVILIZATION. 

5. Seven other Crusades, the last being in 
1268, were undertaken .to gain possession of 
the Holy City, but it was never effectually re- 
covered ; and it remains to the present day 
under the dominion of the infidels. Nearly 
two millions of Europeans are said to have 
lost their lives in the East during these wars. 
Though they failed to accomplish their primary 
object, the Crusades were, in many respects, 
beneficial to the people of Europe. By the 
frequent voyages of the crusaders to Palestine, 
the art of navigation and ship-building were 
rapidly improved, and commerce was pro- 
moted ; hence, from this period may be dated 
the great commercial prosperity of many of 
the nations of Europe. The learning and the 
arts of the East were also introduced to the 
knowledge of Europe. Indeed, the benefits 
that followed from the Crusades more than 
compensated for the material losses and dis- 
advantages suffered while they were in pro- 
gress. 



PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION. 



CHAPTER LXIY. 

1. We have seen in the history of modern 
nations, that in their origin they were no more 

Questions. — =5. What were undertaken? What was the 
number of the Crusades ? What were some of the special 
benefits that followed from the Crusades? And in general? 
— 1. Tell us something; of modern nations in their origin. 



PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION. 427 

than savage tribes, led by some warlike chief. 
The people were divided into two classes : the 
warriors, or free men, whose business it was 
to fight and govern ; and the laborers, or 
slaves, who tilled the land. Christianity, by 
its teachings, softened the rude chiefs, and ele- 
vated the degraded serfs, whilst commerce, by 
bringing together the various nations, created 
a middle class, and society was organized. 

2. During the Middle Ages, study was con- 
sidered as beneath the attention of those who 
followed the profession of- arms. The monks, 
alone, devoted themselves to science, and to 
the education of youth, who, after being duly 
instructed, were known as clerks or scribes ; 
these did all the writing and reading for their 
lords and patrons. The earliest and most im- 
portant inventions and discoveries came tc 
light in the monasteries — the peaceful abode 
of the early votaries of science. 

3. In the ninth century, knowledge became 
more generally diffused, under the enlightened 
rulers who held sway over the principal coun- 
tries of Europe, and it has steadily extended, 
until, in our days, it has taken precedence of 
birth and wealth. 

4. Under the first kings of France and Eng- 
land, the homes of the wealthiest lords were 
far less comfortable than the log-cabins of our 
poorest backwoodsmen. Chimneys were un- 

Questions. — 1. Into what classes were the people 
divided ? How was society formed ? 2. What was the 
condition of learning before the Middle Ages ? 8. What 
change took nlace in the ninth century ? 4. Describe 
the homes o' th& wealthy in those times. 



428 PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION. 

known ; the fire was built on a large, flat 
stone, in the middle of the room, and the 
smoke ascended through a hole in the roof. 
A few rudely-shaped vessels of coarse earthen- 
ware were the only household utensils used; 
the dagger served as a carving-knife, and 
spoons and forks were not known. 

5. Window-glass was first used in the 
churches towards the middle of the fourth 
century; bells were made during the sixth, 
and organs introduced during the seventh 
century. About the same time, the first can- 
dles were made for common use. 

6. Wise laws were gradually introduced, but 
the population in many places being lately re- 
claimed from barbarism, and not well regulated 
in their faith, were accustomed to invoke what 
was called the " Judgment of (rod " in trials 
where the evidence was not sufficiently clear 
to convict or acquit the accused person. In 
their strong, but as yet unenlightened faith, 
they believed that God would show the guilt 
or innocence of the accused by the result of 
a duel with the accuser, or by submitting to 
dangerous tests, such as walking blindfolded 
over a spot where red-hot iron plates were 
laid, &c. If he escaped injury in these ordeals, 
his innocence was established. The legal duel 
was not abolished in England until 1817. 

7. Family crests and coats-of-arms originated 

Questions. — 5. What discovery was made in the fourth 
century ? In the sixth ? In the seventh ? 6. Tell us 
about the laws. State what was meant by the judg- 
ment of God in trials. 7. What originated during the 
Crusades? 

35* 



PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION. 429 

during the Crusades, and became hereditary 
Previous to that time, the knights chose fan- 
ciful emblems and mottoes, which they changed 
at will. 

8. In 989, a monk named Gerbert, who was 
subsequently Pope, under the name of Sylves- 
ter II., invented the pendulum clock. 

About the same time, the Italian, Guy oi 
Guido, of Arezzo, invented the system of di- 
viding music into a scale called the gamut; thus 
enabling one to learn in a short time what was 
formerly the study of years. 

The nautical compass came into use in the 
beginning of the thirteenth century. 

9. During the fourteenth century, the two 
most important inventions were those of spec- 
tacles, and of paper made from rags. Pre- 
viously, papyrus and parchment were used. 

But the following century was to bring a 
discovery of still greater importance. The art 
of engraving letters on blocks of wood or 
ivory had been long known, when, in 1440, the 
German Gutenberg invented the art of printing 
by means of metallic types. 

The art of oil-painting was discovered about 
1410. 

10. Gunpowder, discovered during the 13th 
century, was not used in war until the 14th. 
Cannon were first made, then firelocks, and 
finally pistols. This invention gave the death- 
blow to chivalry. The knights, who relied on 

Questions. — 8. Who invented the clock ? The division 
of music ? What was invented in the thirteenth cen- 
tury? 9. In the fourteenth? 10. What about gun- 
powder ? 



430 PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION. 

their personal courage and vigor, were now 
at the mercy of the weakest coward who 
could speed a bullet in perfect safety from a 
distance of a hundred yard3. The institution 
of chivalry disappeared rapidly, whilst the 
profession of arms became more general. 

11. The discovery of America, in 1492, gave 
a new impulse to commerce and navigation. 
The New World was, at first, a field for the ad- 
venturous, the ambitious, and the avaricious; it 
soon became a place of refuge for the perse- 
cuted of the Old World. 

America gave to Europe the potato, tobacco, 
and cane-sugar ; and soon after, coffee was in- 
troduced from Arabia. 

12. The seventeenth century is remarkable for 
the development of the arts and sciences, and 
the extraordinary impulse given to literature. 
Improvements in military discipline and tac- 
tics, and uniformity in the dress and equip- 
ment of the troops, were introduced during 
the seventeenth century. 

13. Among the important discoveries and 
inventions made during the eighteenth cen- 
tury, we must mention the developments con- 
nected with electricity ; the chronometer, so 
useful to navigators ; inoculation and vaccina- 
tion ; and the invention of balloons, which seem 
destined to reach a perfection that will enable 
man to traverse air as he does earth and sea. 

14. The present century (19th) has vastly im- 
proved and extended the valuable discoveries and 

Questions. — 11. What event of importance took place 
in 1492 ? 12. For what is the seventeenth century remark- 
able? 13. The eighteenth ? 



PROGEESS OF CIVILIZATION, 431 

inventions of preceding ages. It has given us, 
besides, railroads and ocean steamers. It has so 
perfected the implements and engines of war and 
made them so destructive, as to lessen the likeli- 
hood of war. Nations hesitate longer now than 
heretofore to make war, in the face of such de- 
struction. At the same time a gentle spirit of 
peace has been brooding, and nations, more and 
more, are inclined to settle difficulties by arbitra- 
tion. A case in point is the negotiation now 
(1893) going on at Paris, where arbitrators have 
met to smooth the dispute between the United 
States and England relative to certain territorial 
claims in the Behring Sea. Photography and 
other processes of painting by means of light, 
have placed works of art within reach of all. The 
steam printing press has aided wonderfully in the 
spread of literature. The construction of rail- 
roads across the continent of North America, and 
the opening of a ship canal through the Isthmus 
of Suez, have exerted great influence on the 
development and the course of trade. 

15. A leading mark of the century is Indus- 
trial Progress. Improved methods of production 
have resulted in a prodigious increase in the 
amount of production. There is vast wealth — 
but the distribution is, on the whole, unsatisfac- 
tory. Values, out of all proportion, have been 



Questions. — 14. What has the 19th century done in 
respect to past discoveries and inventions ? What modes 
of transit has it given ? How has it affected war ? What 
other method of settling disputes between nations '? How 
has the century affected art and literature and trade ? 15. 
A leading mark of the 19th century ? What has created 
such vast wealth ? What is said of the distribution ? 



432 PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION. 

gathered in by the comparative few, and most 
enormous fortunes in the hands of individuals or 
of corporations — fortunes undreamt of a century 
ago — bode the land no good. In one direction, 
it has tended to make anarchists — those who plot 
the overthrow of the existing order of affairs. In 
another direction it has set going a current of 
thought that, finally, may find an expression in 
laws, imposing a graduated tax on incomes, or 
confiscating to the State the wealth of individuals 
exceeding a certain limit. 

16. Another leading mark of the 19th century 
is the advance made in the applications of elec- 
tricity — an advance so notable that this has been 
called the era of electricity. The magnetic tele- 
graph (transmitting alphabetic characters by 
means of the electric current) has been in use for 
a number of years. At first it connected distant 
points over land. Now, continents are joined by 
the electric wire, laid along the ocean's bed, and 
the most distant points in the civilized world — 
points that, fifty years ago, required months for 
inter-communication — can to-day exchange mes- 
sages within the space of a few minutes. A more 
recent application of electricity is known as the 
telephone, whereby sounds and words are trans- 
mitted, and persons, hundreds of miles apart, can 
talk with each other as if face to face. Discov- 
eries and inventions still more recent have utilized 
electricity as an agent for creating heat, and the 
most brilliant light; and, what is of higher im- 
portance, as a means of motive power. It is now 
• 

Questions. — 16. What is another leading mark of the 
century ? Give the various uses of electricity ? 



PKOGRESS OF CIVILIZATION. 433 

used to move light railway carriages and machi- 
nery of various kinds, and is destined, very likely 
— with improvements in motor-mechanism and 
cheapening of production — to take entirely the 
place of steam. At the same time we have 
scarcely more than touched, it may be, the capa- 
bilities of this powerful and mysterious agent — 
mysterious, for really little is known about it. 
We know some of the effects of electricity ; but, 
as yet, learned men, after all their efforts, are 
far from understanding its nature. It is highly 
probable that the area of its practical application 
we have scarcely entered upon ; nor is it improb- 
able that, in connection with it, we are on the 
verge of profound discoveries. 

These events mark the material progress of 
civilized society. While war and violence deso- 
late countries and divide nations, the peaceful 
pursuit of science and art confer great and lasting 
benefits on mankind, and supply a common 
ground of interest to the whole human family. 



Questions. — 16. What motive power may electricity 
take the place of? Is the nature of electricity under- 
stood? Are further applications probable? Civilized 
society is marked chiefly by the pursuit of what ? 



Standard Educational Books 



PUBLISHED BY 



JOHN MURPHY & CO., 

BALTIMORE, MD. 



HISTORY. 



Preparing text-books on this study for beginners in an 
attractive and interesting manner is a very important 
consideration, for upon it much of the pupil's progress 
depends. In Fredet's, Vuibert's, Kerney's and 
Lingard's Histories this matter has received special 
attention at the hands of their authors, which in a great 
measure explains their popularity and success. 

FREDET'S ANCIENT HISTORY. From the 
dispersion of the sons of Noe to the Battle of Actium and 
the change of the Roman Republic into an Empire. 
By Rev. Peter Fredet, D. D., Professor of History in St. 
Mary's Seminary. 12mo, half leather, 543 pages, 
price $1.50. 

FREDET'S MODERN HISTORY. From the 

coming of Christ, and the change of the Roman Republic 

into an Empire to the year of Our Lord 1887. By Rev. 

Peter Fredet, D. D., Professor of History in St. Mary's 

Seminary. 12mo, half leather, 736 pages, price $1.50. 

The histories combine all the .qualities such works should possess, 
— caudor in the treatment of all questions, accuracy of scholarship, 
and sound reflections upon the harmony of events with the order of 
Providence, are the principal features which designate the works of 
Dr. Fredet as the most useful manual for use in Catholic schools. 



Standard Educational Books. 



VUIBERT'S ANCIENT HISTORY. From the 
creation of the world to the fall of the Western Empire in 
A. D. 476, with maps, plans of cities and views of battle- 
fields. By Rev. A. J. B. Vuibert, S. S., A. M., Professor 
of History in St. Charles College, Md. 12mo, cloth, 
price $1.50. 

Besides separate maps of the Empires of Alexander and Augustus, 
of Egypt, Palestine and Phoenicia, Mesopotamia, Asia Minor, Greece, 
Italy and Gaul, it contains plans of cities of Rome, Aihens, Jeru- 
salem and Syracuse, and the battle-fields of Marathon and Ther- 
mopylae. 

KERNEY'S COMPENDIUM OF HISTORY. 

A Compendium of Modern and Ancient History. By 

M. J. Kerney, A. M. Corrected, enlarged and brought 

down to date. With questions adapted to the use of 

schools, by Dr. John O'Kane Murray, M. A. 12mo, 

cloth, price $1.25. 

Taken as a whole Kerney's Compendium may fairly claim to be 
the most complete summary of Ancient and Modern History con- 
tained in any one volume in the English language. 

KERNEY'S FIRST CLASS BOOK OF HIS- 
TORY. Designed for pupils commencing the study of 
History. With questions adapted to the use of schools. 
By M. J. Kerney, A. M. Revised, enlarged and brought 
down to date. 18mo, half arabesque, price 60 cts. 

In the present edition, that portion embracing Sacred and Ancient 
History has been entirely rewritten. In Modern History the chap- 
ters on Greece and Switzerland and portions of other chapters are 
new, the whole being brought down to the present time. 

ELEMENTARY HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
STATES. From the discovery of America to the 
year 1886. 16mo, boards, price 25 cts. 

ONDERDONK'S HISTORY OF MARYLAND. 

From its settlement to the year 1887. By Henry 
Onderdonk, A. M. 16mo, cloth, price 75 cts. 



John Murphy & Co., Baltimore, Md. 



LINGARD'S HISTORY OF ENGLAND. With 
a continuation to the reign of Victoria. By Rev. John 
Lingard, D. D. Abridged by James Burke, A. B. 
With an appendix to 1873. To which are added mar- 
ginal notes and questions adapted to the use of schools. 
21st edition. 12mo 7 half arabesque, price $1.50. 



BALMES' HISTORY OF CIVILIZATK 

Protestantism and Catholicity compared in their effects 
upon the civilization of Europe. By Rev. J. Balmes. 
Royal octavo, cloth, price $3.00. 

NOETHEN'S HISTORY OF THE CATHOLIC 
CHURCH. From the commencement of the Chris- 
tian Era to the Ecumenical Council of the Vatican. 
With an appendix to 1876. By Rev. Theodore Noethen. 
With questions adapted to the use of schools. 12mo, 
half arabesque, price $1,25, 

BIBLE AND CHURCH HISTORY. Catechetically 
arranged for the use of schools. 16mo, boards, price 
30 cts. net. 

CATECHISM OF SCRIPTURE HISTORY. 

By M. J. Kerney, A. M. 18mo, cloth, price 75 cts. 

The object of this catechism is to familiarize young children with 
the truthful and interesting events recorded in the Sacred Scriptures. 

CATECHISM OF ECCLESIASTICAL HIS- 
TORY. Abridged for the use of schools. 16mo, 
cloth, price 30 cts. 

DE VIRUS ILLUSTRIBUS URBIS ROMAE. 

New Edition. 16mo, cloth, price 40 cts. net. 

EPITOME HISTORIAE SACRAE. New Edition, 
16mo, cloth, price 30 cts. net. 



Standard Educational Books. 



IRVINGS SCHOOL CATECHISMS. Eevised 
by M. J. Kerney, A. M. New Editions, with, Illustra- 
tions. Square 16rno, cloth, price each 12 cts. net. 

These Catechisms treat their themes exhaustively but simply. 
Prot. Keraey's recent revision and additions has added greatly to 
their value. 

Catechism of Astronomy. 

Catechism of Botany. 

Catechism of Practical Chemistry. 

Catechism of Classical Biography. 

Catechism of The History of England. 

Catechism of Grecian Antiquities. 

Catechism of Grecian History. 

Catechism of Jewish Antiquities. 

Catechism of Mythology. 

Catechism of Roman History. 

Catechism of Roman Antiquities. 



HILL'S ELEMENTS OF PHILOSOPHY. By 

Eev. W. H. Hill, S. J., Professor of Philosophy in St. 
Louis University. Sixth Eevised Edition. 12mo, 
cloth, price $1.25 net. 

HILL'S ETHICS ; or MORAL PHILOSOPHY. 

By Eev. W. H. Hill, S. J., Professor of Philosophy in 

St. Louis University. Sixth Eevised Edition. 12mo, 

cloth, price $1.25 net. 

'An attentive study of these books of Father Hill -will engraft 
such principles upon the minds of our people, of the men who are to 
make our laws and shape the destinies of our country, as will save 
them from fatal errors and secure our liberties against the evils 
which are rapidly undermining them." 



MURRAY'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. Adapted 
to the different classes of learners, with an Appendix 
containing Eules and Observations for assisting the 
more advanced students to write with perspicuity and 
accuracy. By Lindley Murray. 12mo, boards, price 
40 cts. 



John Murphy & Co., Baltimore, Md, 



KERNEY'S ABRIDGMENT OF MURRAY'S 
GRAMMAR. Designed to perfect students in the 
knowledge of Grammar, Parsing and the principles of 
Composition. By M. J. Kerney, A. M. 51st Bevised 
and Improved Edition. 16mo, boards, price 25 cts. 



LESSONS IN ENGLISH LITERATURE. By 

Dr. John O'Kane Murray, M. A. 18mo, half arabesque, 

price 75 cts. 

The work is divided into four books. Book I gives a brief history 
of the English language ; a bird's-eye view of its composition, and a 
history of English' literature frorn Caedmon to Chaucer. Book II 
covers the English literature of Great Britain from Chaucer to the 
present time. Book III treats of the literature of Ireland, Celtic and 
English. Book IV embraces in brief the literature of America, and 
ends with a short Dictionary of Authors. 

JENKINS' ENGLISH LITERATURE. The 

Student's Hand Book of British and American Litera- 
ture. Containing Sketches, Biographical and Critical, 
of the most distinguished Authors from the earliest 
times to the present day ; with selections from therr 
writings. With questions adapted to the use of schools. 
By Kev. O. L. Jenkins, A. M., late President of St. 
Charles College. Fourth Eevised Edition. 12mo, 
cloth, price $1.25 net. 



A CATECHISM OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. 

"With word meanings at the head of every chapter. 
Prepared and enjoined by order of the Third Plenary 
Council of Baltimore. Published by Ecclesiastical 
Authority. New Edition. 80 pages. Per hundred, 
$3.50 net. 

A CATECHISM OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. 

Prepared by order of the Third Plenary Council. 
Per 100, $2.50 net. Same abridged, per 100, $1.50 net. 



Standard Educational Books. 



ARS RHETORIC A. By E. P. DuCygne, S. J. 
Third American Edition. 12mo, half leather, price 
75 cts. net. 

GUIDE TO LATIN CONVERSATION. By a 

Father of the Society of Jesus. Translated from the 
French by Prof. Stephen W. Wilby, of the Epiphany 
Apostolic College, Baltimore. 24mo, half leather, 
price $1.00 net. 



MURPHY'S ILLUSTRATED CATHOLIC 
READERS. A series of eight books, with 300 illus- 
trations. Published with the approbation of His 
Eminence Cardinal Gibbons, Archbishop of Baltimore. 
Printed from new type on beautiful tinted paper, and 
bound in the most substantial manner. 



Primer, - - 12 cts. 
Infant Reader, 16 " 
First Reader, 25 " 
Second Reader, 40 " 



Third Reader, 60 cts. 
Fourth Reader, 70 " 
Filth Reader, 85 " 
Sixth Reader, 1.00 " 



THE PEABODY ILLUSTRATED READING 

BOOKS. This series of readers are printed on fine 
tinted paper from large clear type. Illustrated with 
over 300 fine engravings, and substantially and beauti- 
fully bound. In both their literary and mechanical 
departments they stand abreast of the most advanced 
series in the market, and in price they offer advantages 
to the consumer over all others. 



Primer, - - 10 cts. net. 
Infant Reader, 12 " " 
First Reader, 17 " " 
Second Reader, 25 " " 



Third Reader, 35 cts. net. 
Fourth Reader, 40 " " 
Fifth Reader, 50 " " 
Sixth Reader, 60 " " 



JOHN MURPHY & CO., Publishers, Baltimore. 



:du 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




STANDARD PIIGATIOML WORKS, 



JOHN MCBPKY 



in 



Baltimore, 



MURPHY'S^CATHOLIC READERS: 

Primer 

infant Reader ' 16 

First Reader 

ond Reader.,.., 

Third Reader 

Fourth Reader 

Fifth Reader 

Sixth Reader 1 00 

ALLARDYCES Stops; or, Punctual 

v ^LMES' European Oiviiizath 

CAT SCHISM of S< History 

of Feel--; f-tical His;ory , 

DuCYGNE'S Ars K ' net 

FREDET'S Ancientll 
Moil 

HILL'S Etb 

JENKINS' English h\ 

K T ": Y'S Compel story 

Fir of Hi.sti; 

LIN' ARD'S Historv of 

MCCARTHY'S Outlines, ,f Irish Hisioiv 

MURRAY'S English Gra.r r.ar— .cou 

English Grammar. A! 1 ridged bv aekxey. 
MURRAY'S (J. 0'KA?;E) Le^mitoglkh Literature, 

NC;..:T HEN'S History of the Catholic Chn ten 1 25 

ONV: -RDONK'S History of Maryland 75 

VUOERT'S 'indent History..... 

WETTENIJALL'S Greek Grammar 75 

WILSON'S Progressive Speller 

^sTtiituloirues, mill Recommendations, <tt., furnished on application. 





1 






1 


50 




1 
1 






1 





